not counsel 〈◊〉 but the Lord giueth all good things he humbleth whome he wil as he wil now therefore my sonne remember my cōman dements nether let them at anie time be put out of thy minde 20 * Furthermore I signifie this to thee that I deliuered ten talents to Gabaél the sonne of Gabrias at Rages in Media 21 And feare not my sonne for as muche as we are made poore for thou hast manie things if thou feare God flee frō sinne do that thing which is acceptable vnto him CHAP V. 2 Tobias sent to Rages 5 He meteth with the Angel Raphael which did conduct him 1 TObias then answered said Father I wil do all things which thou hast cōmanded me 2 But how cāl receiue the siluer seing I know him not 3 Then he gaue him the hand writing and said vnto him Seke thee a man which may go with thee whiles I yet liue and I wil gi ue him wages go receiue the money 4 Therefore when he was gone to seke a man he founde 〈◊〉 the Angel 5 But he knewe not said vnto him May I go with thee into the land of Media and knowest thou those places well 6 To whome the Angel said I wil go with thee for I haue remained with our brother Gabael 7 Then Tobias said to him Tarie for me til I tell my father 8 Then he said vnto him Go and tary not so he went in and said to his father Beholde I haue founde one which wil go with me Then he said Call him vnto me that I may know of what tribe he is and whether he be faithful to go with thee 9 So he called him and he came in and they saluted one another 10 Then Tobit said vnto him Brother shewe me of what tribe and familie thou art 11 To whome he said Doest thou seke a stocke or familie or an hired man to go with thy sonne Thē Tobit said vnto him I wolde knowe thy kinred and thy name 12 Then he said I am of the kinred of Azarias and Ananias the great of thy brethren 13 Then Tobit said Thou art welcome be not now angrie with me because I haue en quired to knowethy kinred and thy fami lie for thou art my brother of an honest and good stocke for I knewe Ananias and Iona thas sonnes of that great Samaias for we went together to Ierusalém to worship offred the first borne and the tenths of the frutes and they were not deceiued with the errour of our brethren my brother thou art of a great stocke 14 But tel me what wages shal I giue thee wilt thou a grote a day and things necessarie as to mine owne sonne 15 Yea more ouerifye returne safe I wil adde some thing to the wages 16 So thei agreed Then said he to Tobias Prepare thy self for the iourney and go you on Gods Name And when his sonne had prepared all things for the iourney his father said Go thou with this man God which dwelleth in heauen prosper your iourney and the Angel of God kepe you companie So they went forthe bothe and departed and the dogge of the yong man with them 17 But * Anna his mother wept and said to Tobit Why hast thou sent a way our sonne is he not the staffe of our hand to minister vnto vs 18 Wolde to God we had not laid money vpō money but that it had bene cast away in respect of our sonne 19 For that which God hathe giuen vs to liue with doeth suffice vs. 20 Then said Tobit Be not careful my sister he shal returne in safetie and thine eyes shal se him 21 For the good Angel doeth kepe him companie and his iourney shal be prosperous and he shal returne safe 22 Then she made an end of weping CHAP. VI. 2 Tobias deliuered from the fish 8 Raphaél sheweth him certeine medecines 19 He conducteth him toward Sarra 1 ANd as they went on their iourney they came at night to the flood Tygris and there abode 2 And when the yong man went to wash him self a fish leaped out of the riuer wolde haue deuoured him 3 Then the Angel said vnto him Take the fish And the yong man toke the fish and drewe it to land 4 To whome the Angel said Cut the fishe take the heart and the liuer and the gall and put them vp surely 5 So the yong man did as the Angel commā ded him and when thei had rosted the fish they ate it then they bothe went on their way til they came to Ecbatane 6 ¶ Then the yong man said to the Aungell Brother Azarias what auaileth the heart and the liuer and the gall of the fish 7 And he said vnto him Touching the heart and the liuer if a deuil or an euil spirit trou ble any we must make a perfume of this before the man or the woman and he shal be no more vexed 8 As for the gall an oint a man that hathe whitenes in his eies and he shal be healed 9 ¶ And when they were come nere to Rages 10 The Angel said to the yong man Brother to day we shall lodge with Raguel who is thy cousin he also hath one onelie daughter named Sarra I will speake for her that she may be giuen thee for a wife 11 For to thee doeth * the right of her perteine seing thou alone art remnant of hys kinred 12 And the maid is faire and wise now therfore heare me and I will speake to her father that we maye make the mariage whē we are returned from Rages for I knowe that Raguel can not marie her to another according to the Lawe of Moyses els he shulde deserue death because the ryghte doeth rather apperteine to thee then to anie other man 13 Then the yong man answered the Angell I haue heard brother Azarias that this maid hathe bene giuen to seuen men who all dyed in the mariage chamber 14 And I am the onely begotten sonne of my father and I am afraied lest I go into her and dye as the other for a wicked Spirite loueth her whiche hurteth no bodye but those whiche come into her wherefore I also feare lest I dye and bring my fathers my mothers life because of me to the graue with sorrowe for thei haue no other sonne to burye them 15 Then the Angel said vnto him Doest thou not remember the preceptes whiche thy Father gaue thee that thou shuldest marie a wife of thine owne kinred wherefore heare me ô my brother for she shal be thy wife nether be thou carefull of the euyll spirit for this same night shal she be giuen thee in mariage 16 And whē thou shalt go into thy bed thou shalt take of the hote coles for perfumes and make a perfume of the heart of the liuer of the fish 17 Whiche if the spirit do smell he will flee awaye and neuer come
that is in thine house 3 Grace be with you and peace from GOD our Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ. 4 I* giue thankes to my God making mēcion alwaies of thee in my prayers 5 When I heare of thy loue and faith which thou hast towarde the Lord Iesus and to warde all Saintes 6 That the felowship of thy faith may be made fruteful and that whatsoeuer good thing is in you through Christ Iesus may be knowen 7 For we haue great ioye and consolacion in in thy loue because by thee brother the Saintes hearts are comforted 8 Wherefore thogh I be verie bolde in Christ to commande thee that which is cōuenient 9 Yet for loues sake I rather beseche thee thogh I be as I am euen Paul aged and euen now a prisoner for Iesus Christ. 10 I beseche thee for my sonne* Onesimus whome I haue begotten in my bondes 11 Whiche in time past was to thee vnprofitable but now profitable bothe to thee and to me 12 Whome I haue sent againe thou therefore receine him that is mine owne bowels 13 Whome I wolde haue reteined with me that in thy stede he might haue ministred vnto me in the bondes of the Gospel 14 But without thy minde wolde I do nothyng that thy benefite shulde not be as it were of necessitie but willingly 15 It may be that he therefore departed for a ceason that thou shuldest receiue hym for euer 16 Not now as a seruant but aboue a seruant euen as a brother beloued specially to me how muche more than vnto thee bothe in the flesh and the Lord 17 If therefore thou counte our things commune receiue him as my self 18 If he hathe hurt thee or oweth thee ought that put on mine accountes 19 I Paul haue written this with mine owne hand I wil recompense it albeit I do not say to thee that thou owest vnto me euen thine owne self 20 Yea brother let me obteine this pleasure of thee in the Lord comforte my bo wels in the Lord. 21 Trusting in thine obedience I wrote vnto thee knowing that thou wiltdo euen more then I say 22 Moreouer also prepare 〈◊〉 lodgyng for I trust through your prayers I shal be giuen vnto you 23 There salute thee Epaphras my fellowe pri soner in Christ Iesus 24 Marcus Aristarchus Demas and Luke my fellowe helpers 25 The grace of our Lorde Iesus Christe be with your spirit Amen Written from Rome to Philemon and sent by Onesimus a seruant THE EPISTLE TO the Ebrevves THE ARGVMENT FOrasmuche as diuers bothe of the Greke writers and Latines witnesse that the writer of this Epistle for iuste causes wolde not haue his name knowen it were curiositie of our parte to labour muche therein For seing the Spirit of God is the autor thereof it diminisheth nothing the autoritie althogh we knowe not with what penne he wrote it Whether it were Paul as it is not like 〈◊〉 Luke or Barnabas or Clement or some other his chief purpose is to persuade vnto the Ebrewes whereby he principally meaneth them that abode at Ierusalem and vnder them all the rest of the Iewes that Christ Iesus was not onely the redemer but also that at his comming all ceremonies must haue an end forasmuche as hys doctrine was the conclusion of al the prophecies therfore not onely Moses was inferior to him but also the Angels for they al were seruants he the Lord but so Lord that he hathe also taken our flesh and is made our brother to assure vs of our saluation through him self for he is that eternal Priest whereof all the Leuitical Priests were but shadowes and therfore at his comming they ought to cease and all sacrifices for 〈◊〉 to be abolished as he proueth from the seuenth chap. verse 11. vnto the 12. chap. verse 13. Also he was that Prophet of whome all the Prophetes in time past witnessed as is de clared from the 12. chapter verse 18. to the twentie and fiue verse of the same chapter yea and is the King to whome all things are subiect as appeareth from that verse 25. to the beginning of the last chapter Wherefore according to the examples of the olde fathers we must constantly beleue in him that being sanctified by his iustice taught by his wisdome and gouerned by his powet we may stedfastly and courageously perseuere euen to the end in hope of that ioye that is set before our eyes occupying our selues in Christian exercises that we may bothe be thankeful to God duetiful to our neighbour CHAP. I. 1 He sheueth the excellencie of Christ. 4 Aboue the Angels 7 And of their office 1 AT sondrie times and in diuers maners God spake in the olde time to our fathers by the Prophetes 2 In these last dayes hathe spoken vnto vs by his Sōne whom he hathe made heir of all things by whome also he made the worldes 3 * Who being the brightnes of the glorie the ingraued forme of his persone and bea ring vp al things by his mightie worde hathe by him self purged our sinnes and sitteth at the right hand of the maiestie in the high est places 4 And is made so muche more excellent then the Angels in as muche as he hath obteined a more excellent name then thei 5 For vnto which of the Angels said he at anie time * Thou art my Sonne this day begate I thee and againe I * wil be his Father and he shal be my sonne 6 And againe when he bringeth in his first begotten Sonne into the worlde he saith * And let all the Angels of God worship him 7 And of the Angels he saith * He maketh the Spirits his messengers and his ministers a flame of fyre 8 But vnto the Sonne he saith * O God thy throne is for euer and euer the scepter of thy kingdome is a scepter of righteousnes 9 Thou hast loued righteousnes and hated iniquitie Wherefore God euen thy GOD hathe anointed thee with the oyle of gladnes aboue thy fellowes 10 And Thou Lord in the beginning hast established the earth ād the heauens are the workes of thine hands 11 They shal perish but thou doest remaine and they all shal waxe oldeas doeth a garment 12 And as a vesture shalt thou folde them vp and they shal be changed but thou art the same and thy yeres shal not faile 13 Vnto which also of the Angels said he at anie time Sit at my right hand til I make thine enemies thy fotestole 14 Are they not all ministring spirits sent forthe to minister for their sakes which shal be heires of saluation CHAP. II. 1 He exhorteth vs to be obedient vnto the new Law which Christ hathe giuen vs 9 And not to be offended at the infirmitie and Iowe degre of Christ 10 Because it was necessarie that for oursakes he shulde
14 Then he fel on his brother Beniamins necke wept Beniamin wept on his necke 15 Moreouer he kissed all his brethren and wept vpō them and afterwarde his brethren talked with him 16 ¶ And the tydings came vnto Pharaohs house so that thei said Iosephs brethren are come and it pleased Pharaoh wel and his seruants 17 Then Pharaóh said vnto Ioséph Say to thy brethren This do ye lade your beà stes and departe go to the land of Canáan 18 And take your father and your housholdes and come to me and I wil giue you the best of the land of Egypt and ye shal eat of the fat of the land 19 And I commande thee Thus do ye take you charets out of the lād of Egypt for your children and for your wiues and bring your father and come 20 Also regard not your stuffe for the best of all the land of Egypt is yours 21 And the children of Israél did so ād Ioséph gaue them charets according to the cōmandement of Pharaoh he gaue them vitaile also for the iourney 22 He gaue them all none except change of raiment but vnto Beniamin he gaue thre hundreth pieces of siluer and fine sutes of rayment 23 And vnto his father likewise he sentten he asses laden with the best things of Egypt ten she asses ladē with wheat and bread and meat for his father by the way 24 So sent he his brethren a way and thei departed and he said vnto them Fal not out by the way 25 ¶ Then thei went vp from Egypt and came vnto the land of Canáan vnto Iaakób their father 26 And tolde him saying Ioséph is yet aliue and he also is gouerner ouer all the land of Egypt and Iaakobs heart failed for he beleued them not 27 And thei tolde him all the wordes of Ioséph which he had said vnto them but when he sawe the charets which Ioséph had sent to cary him then the spirit of 〈◊〉 their father reuiued 28 And Israél 〈◊〉 I haue ynough Ioséph my sonne is yet aliue I wil go and se him yer I dye CHAP. XLVI 1 God assureth Iaakob of his 〈◊〉 into Egypt 27 The nombre of his 〈◊〉 when he went into Egypt 29 〈◊〉 meteth his father 〈◊〉 He teacheth his brethren what to answer to Pharaoh 1 THen Israél toke his iourney with all that he had and came to Beer 〈◊〉 and offred sacrifice vnto the God of his father Izhák 2 And God spake vnto Israél in a vision by night saying Iaakób Iaakób Who answered I am here 3 Then he said I am God the God of thy father feare not to go downe into Egypt for I wil there make of thee a great nation 4 I wil go downe with thee into Egypt and I wil also bring thee vp againe and Ioséph shal put his hand vpon thine eies 5 Then Iaakób rose vp from Beer-shébâ and the sonnes of Israél 〈◊〉 Iaakób their father and their children and their wiues in the charets which Pharaóh had sent to cary him 6 And thei toke their 〈◊〉 and their goods which they had gottē in the land of Canáan and came into Egypt bothe * Iaakób and all his sede with him 7 His sonnes and his sonnes sonnes with him his daughters and his sonnes daughters and all his sede broght the with him into Egypt 8 ¶ And these are the names of the children of Israél which came into Egypt euen Iaakób and his sonnes * Reubén Iaakobs first borne 9 And the sonnes of Reubén Hanóch and 〈◊〉 and Hezrón and Carmi. 10 ¶ And the sonnes of * Simeón Iemuél and Iamin and O had and Iachin and Zóhar and Shaul the sonne of a Canaanitish woman 11 ¶ Also the sonnes of * Leui Gershón Koháth and Merari 12 ¶ Also the sonnes of * Iudáh Er and Onán and Sheláh and Phárez and Zérah but Er and Onán dyed in the land of Canáan And the sonnes of Phárez were Hezrón and Hamúl 13 ¶ Also the sonnes of * Issachár Tolá and Phuuáh and Iob and Shimron 14 ¶ Also the sonnes of Zebulún Séred and Elon and Iahleél 15 These be the sonnes of Leah which she bare vnto Iaakob in Padan Aram with his daugh ter Dinah All the soules of his sonnes his daughters were thirty and thre 16 ¶ 〈◊〉 the sonnes of Gad Ziphion and Haggi Shuni and Ezbon Eri and Arodi and Areli 17 ¶ Also the sonnes of * Ashér Iimnah and Ishuah and 〈◊〉 and Beriah and Sérah their sister And the sonnes of Beriah Héber and Malchiél 18 These are the children of Zilpah whome Laban gaue to Leah his daughter and these shebare vnto Iaakob euen sixtene soules 19 The sonnes of 〈◊〉 Iaakobs wife were Ioséph and Beniamin 20 ¶ And vnto Ioséph in the land of Egypt were borne Manasséh and Ephraim which * Asenath the daughter of Poti-phérah prince of On bare vnto him 21 ¶ Also the sonnes of * Beniamin Bélah and Bécher and Ashbél Gera and Naaman Ehi Rosh Mupppim Huppim Ard. 22 These are the sonnes of Rahél which were borne vnto Iaakób fourtene soules in all 23 ¶ Also the sonnes of Dan Hushim 24 ¶ Also the sonnes of Nep htali Iahzeél and Guni and lézer and Shillém 25 These are the sonnes of Bilháh which Labán gaue vnto Rahél his daughter and she bare these to Iaakób in all seuen soules 26 All the * soules that came with Iak ōb into Egypt which came out of his loynes beside Iakobs sonnes wiues were in the whole thre score and sixe soules 27 Also the sonnes of Ioséph which were borne him in Egypt were two 〈◊〉 so that all the soules of the house of Iaakób which came into Egypt are seuentie 28 ¶ Then he sent Iudà h before him vnto Ioseph to direct his way vnto Góshen and they came into the land of Goshen 29 Then Ioséph made ready his charet and went vp to Goshen to mete Israél his father and presented him selfe vnto him and fel on his necke and wept vpon his necke a good while 30 And Israél said vnto Ioséph Now let me dye since I haue sene thy face 〈◊〉 that thou art yet aliue 31 Then Ioséph said to his brethren and to his fathers house I wil go vp ād shewe Pharáoh and tel him My brethren and my fathers house which were in the land of Canáan are come vnto me 32 And the men are e shepherdes and because they are shepherdes they haue broght their shepe and their cattel and all that thei haue 33 And if Pharaóh call you and aske you What is your trade 34 Then ye shal say Thy seruants are men occupied about cattel frō our childhode euen vnto this time bothe we and our fathers that ye may dwel in the land of Góshen for euerie shepekeper is an f abominacion vnto the Egyptians CHAP. XLVII 7
all Israél shal come to appeare befo re the Lord thy God in the place which he shal chose thou shalt read this Lawe before all Israél that they may heare it 12 Gather the people together men and women and children and thy stranger that is within thy gates that they may heare and that they may learne and feare the Lord your God and kepe and obserue all the wordes of this Lawe 13 And that their children which haue not knowē it may heare it learne to feare the Lord your God as long as ye liue in the land whether ye go ouer Iordén to possesse it 14 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thy dayes are come that thou must dye Call Ioshúa and stand ye in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion that I may giue him a charge so Mosés and Ioshúa went and stode in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 15 And the Lord appeared in the Tabernacle in the piller of a cloude and the piller of the cloude stode ouer the dore of the Tabernacle 16 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thou shalt slepe with thy fathers and this people wil rise vp and go a whoring after the gods of a strange land whether they go to dwel therein and wil forsake me breake my couenāt which I haue made with them 17 Wherefore my wrath wil waxe hote against them at that day and I wil forsake them and wil hide my face from thē then they shal be consumed and many aduersities and tribula cions shal come vpon them so then they wil say Are not these troubles come vpon me because God is not with me 18 But I wil surely hide my face in that day because of all the euil which they shal commit in that they are turned vnto other gods 19 Now therefore write ye this song for you and teache it the children of Israél put it in their mouthes that this song may be my witnes against the children of Israél 20 For I wil bring them into the land which I sware vnto their fathers that floweth with milke and honie and they shal eat and fil them selues and waxe fat then shal they turne vnto other gods and serue them and contemne and breake my couenant 21 And then when manie aduersities and tribulacions shal come vpon them this song shal answer them to their face as a witnes for it shal not be forgotten out of the mouthes of their posteritie for I knowe their imaginacion which they go about enē now before I haue broght them into the land which I sware 22 ¶ Mosés therefore wrote this song the same day and taught it the children of Israél 23 And God gaue Ioshúa the sonne of Nun a charge and said * Be strong and of a good courage for thou shalt bring the children of Israél into the land which I sware vnto thē and I wil be with thee 24 ¶ And when Mosés had made an end of writing the wordes of this Lawe in a boke vntil he had finished them 25 Then Mosés cōmanded the Leuites which barethe Arke of the couenant of the Lord saying 26 Take the boke of this Law and putye it in the side of the Arke of the couenant of the Lord your God that it may be there for a witnes against thee 27 For I knowethy rebellion thy stiffe necke beholde I being yet aliue with you this day ye are rebellious against the Lord how muche more then after my death 28 Gather vnto me all the Elders of your tribes and your officers that I may speake these wordes in their audience and call heauen and earth to recorde against them 29 For I am sure that after my death ye wil vtterly be corrupt and turne from the way which I haue commanded you therefore euil wil come vpon you at the length because ye wil commit euil in the sight of the Lord by prouoking him to angre through the worke of your handes 30 Thus Mosés spake in the audience of all the Congregacion of Israél the wordes of this song vntil he had ended them CHAP. XXXII 7 The song of Mosés conteining Gods benefites toward the people 15 And their in gratitude toward him 20 God menaceth them 21 And speaketh of the vocation of the Gentiles 46 Mosés commandeth to teache the Lawe to the children 48 God fore warneth Mosés of his death 1 HEarkenye heauens and I wil speake and let the earth heare the wordes of my mouth 2 My doctrine shal drop as the raine and my speache shal stil as doeth the dewe as the shoure vpon the herbes and as the great raine vpon the grasse 3 For I wil publishe the Name of the Lord giue ye glorie vnto our God 4 Perfect is the worke of the mighty God for all his wayes are iudgement God is true and without wickednes iust and righteous is he 5 They haue corrupted them selues toward him by their vice not being his children but a frowarde and crooked generacion 6 Do ye so rewarde the Lord ô foolish people and vnwise is not he thy father that hathe boght thee he hathe made thee and proportioned thee 7 ¶ Remember the dayes of olde consider the yeres of so manie generacions aske thy father and he wil shewe thee thine Elders they wil tel thee 8 When the most 〈◊〉 God deuided to the 〈◊〉 cions their inheritance when he separated the sonnes of Adám he appointed the borders of the people according to the nomber of the children of Israél 9 For the Lords porciō is his people Iaakób is the lot of his inheritance 10 He founde him in the land of the wildernes in a waste and roaring wildernes he led him about he taugh thim and kept him as the apple of his eye 11 As an egle stereth vp her nest flotereth ouer her birdes stretcheth out her wings taketh them and beareth them on her wings 12 So the Lord alone led him and there was no strange god with him 13 He caried him vp to the hie places of the earth that he might eat the frutes of the fields and he caused him to sucke hony out of the stone and oyle out of the hard rocke 14 Butter of kine and milke of shepe with fat of the lambs and rams fed Bashán and goates wyth the fat of the graynes of wheat and the red licour of the 〈◊〉 haste thou dronke 15 ¶ But he that shulde haue bene vpryght when he waxed fat spurned wyth hys hele thou att fat thou art grosse thou art laden with fatnes therfore he forsoke God that made him and regarded not the strong God of his saluacion 16 They prouoked hym with strange gods they prouoked hym to angre wyth abominacions 17 They offred vnto deuils not to God but to gods whom they knew not newe gods that came newly vp whome theyr fathers feared not 18 Thou
him and made him a captaine ouer a thousand and he went out and in before the people 14 And Dauid behaued him selfe wisely in all his waies for the Lord was with him 15 Wherefore when Saúl sawe that he was ve ry wise he was afraied of him 16 For all Israél and Iudáh loued Dauid becau se he went out and in before them 17 ¶ Then Saúl said to Dauid Beholde mine eldest daughter Meráb her I wil giue thee to wife onely be a valiant sonne vnto me and fight the Lords battels for Saúl thoght Mine hand shal not be vpon him but the hād of the Philistīs shal be vpō him 18 And Dauid answered Saúl What am I and what is my life or the familie of my father in Israél that I shuldebe sonne in lawe to the King 19 How 〈◊〉 whē Meráb Sauls daughter shulde haue bene giuen to Dauid she was giuen vnto Adriél a Meholathite to wife 20 ¶ Then Michál Sauls daughter loued Dauid and thei shewed Saúl and the thing pleased him 21 Therefore Saul said I wil giue him herz that she may be a snare to him and that the hand of the Philistims may be against hi Wherefore Saúl said to Dauid Thou shalt this day be my sonne in lawe in the one of the twaine 22 And Saúl commāded his seruants Speake with Dauid secretly and say Beholde the King hathe a fauour to thee and all his ser uants loue thee be now therefore the Kings sonne in lawe 23 And Sauls seruants spake these wordes in the eares of Dauid And Dauid said Semeth it to you a light thing to be a Kings sonne in lawe seing that I am a poore mā and of small reputacion 24 And thē Sauls seruants broght him word againe saying Suche wordes spake Dauid 25 And Saúl said This wise shal ye say to Dauid The King desireth no do wrie but an hundreth foreskinnes of the Philistims to be auenged of the Kings enemies for Saúl thoght to make Dauid fall into the hands of the Philistims 26 And when his seruants tolde Dauid these wordes it pleased Dauid wel to be the Kings sonne in lawe and the daies were not expired 27 After warde Dauid arose with his men and went and slewe of the Philistims two hundreth men and Dauid broght their foreskinnes and thei gaue them wholy to the King that he might be the Kings sonne in lawe therefore Saúl gaue him michál daughter to wife 18 Then Saúl sawe and vnderstode that the Lord was with Dauid and that Michál the daughter of Saûl loued him 29 Then Saúl was more and more afraied of Dauid and Saúl became alway Dauids enemy 30 And when the princes of the Philistims went for the at their going for the Dauid behaued him selfe more wisely then all the seruantes of Saúl so that his name was mu che set by CHAP. XIX 2 Ionathan declareth to Dauid the wicked purpose of Saúl 11 Michal his wife saueth him 18 Dauid commeth to Samuél 23 The Spirit of prophecie commeth en Saúl 1 THen Saúl spake to Ionathan his sonne and to all his seruants that they shulde kil Dauid but Ionathán Sauls sonne had a great fauour to Dauid 2 And Ionathán tolde Dauid saying Saūl my father goeth about to slaye thee now therefore I pray thee take hede vnto thy selfe vnto the morning and abide in a secret place and hide thy selfe 3 And I wil go out and stand by my father in the field where thou art and wil commune with my father of thee and I wil se what he saith and wil tel thee 4 ¶ And Ionathan spake good of Dauid vn to Saúl his father and said vnto him Let not the King sinne against his seruant against Dauid for he hathe not sinned against thee but his workes haue bene to thee very good 5 For he did * put his life in danger and slewe the Philistim and the Lord wroght a great saluacion for all Israél thou sawest it and thou reioysedst wherefore then wilt thou sinne against innocent blood slaye Dauid with out a cause 6 Then Saúl hearkened vnto the voyce of Ionathán and Saūl sware As the Lord liueth he shalt not dye 7 So Ionathán called Dauid and Ionathán shewed him all those wordes and Ionathán broght Dauid to Saúl and he was in his presence as in times past 8 ¶ Againe the warre began Dauid wēt out and foght with the Philistims slewe them with a great slaughter and they fled from him 9 ¶ And the euil Spirit of the Lord was vpō Saúl as he sate in his house hauing his spea re in his hand and Dauid played with his hand 10 And Saūl entended to smite Dauid to the wall with the speare but he turned aside out of Sauls presence and he smote the speare against the wall but Dauid fled eschaped the same night 11 Saūl also sent messengers vnto Dauids house to watche him and to slaye him in the morning Michál Dauids wife tolde it him saying If thou saue not thy self this night tomorowe thou shalt be slaine 12 So Michál let Dauid downe through a windowe and he went and fled and escaped 13 Then Michāl toke an image and layed it in the bed and put a pillowe stuffed with goates heere vnder thé head of it and co uered it with a cloth 14 And when Saúl sent messen gers to take Dauid she said He is sicke 15 And Saúl sent the messengers againe to se Dauid saying Bring him to me in the bed that I may slaye him 16 And when the messengers were come in beholde an image was in the bed with a pillowe of goates here vnder the head of it 17 And Saúl said vnto Michà l Why hast thou mocked me so and sent away mine enemy that he is eschaped And Michál answered Saúl He said vnto me Let me go or els I wil kil thee 18 ¶ So Dauid fled and escaped and came to Samuél to Ramáh and tolde him all that Saúl had done to him and he and Samuél went and dwelt in Naiōth 19 But one tolde Saūl saying Beholde Dauid is at Naioth in Ramáh 20 And Saúl sent messengers to take Dauid and whē they sawe a cōpanie of Prophets prophecying and Samuel standing as ap pointed ouer them the Spirit of God fel vpon the messengers of Saúl and they also prophecied 21 And when it was tolde Saūl he sent other messēgers and they prophecied likewise againe Saūl sent the third messengers they prophecied also 22 Then went he him self to Ramáh and came to a great wel that is in Sechū he asked and said Where are Samuel and Dauid and one said Beholde they be at Naiōth in Ramáh 23 And he went thither euen to Naiòth in Ramáh and the Spirit of God came vpon him also and he wēt prophecying vntil he came to Naiōth in Ramáh 24 And he stript of
man possessed with a deuill 33 And when the deuill was caste out the domme spake thē the multitude marueiled saying The like was neuer sene in Israel 34 But the Pharises sayd * He casteth out deuils through the prince of deuils 35 ¶ And * Iesus went about all cities and tow nes teaching in their Sinagogues and preachyng the Gospell of the kyngdome and healyng euerye sicknes and euerie disease among the people 36 But * when he sawe the multitude he had compassion vpon them because they were dispersed and scatered abroad as shepe hauing no shepherde 37 Then said he to hys disciples * Surely the haruest is great but the laborers are fewe 38 Wherfore praye the Lord of the haruest that he wolde send forthe laborers into his haruest CHAP. X. 5 Christ sendeth out his Apostles to preache in Iudea 7 He 〈◊〉 them charge teacheth them and 〈◊〉 them against 〈◊〉 20 The holie Gost speaketh by his ministers 26 whome we oght to feare 30 Our heere 's are counted 32 To confesse Christ. 37 Not to loue our parents more thē Christ. 38 To take vp our crosse 39 To saue or lose the life 40 To receiue the 〈◊〉 1 ANd * he called hys twelue disciples vnto him and gaue them power againste vncleane spirits to cast them out and to heale euerie sickenes and euerie disease 2 Nowe the names of the twelue Apostles are these The firste is Simon called Peter and Andrewe his brother Iames the sonne of Zebedeus and Iohn his brother 3 Philippe and Bartleme we Thomas and Mat thewe the Publicane Iames the sonne of Alpheus and Lebbeus whose surname was Thaddeus 4 Simon the Cananite ād Iudas Iscariot who also betrayed him 5 These twelue did Iesus send forth and commanded them saying Go not into the waye of the Gentiles and into the cities of the Samaritans enter ye not 6 But go rather* to the lost shepe of the house of Israel 7 * And as ye go preach saying The kingdom of heauen is at hand 8 Heale the sicke clense the lepers raise vp the dead cast out the deuils Frely ye haue recei ued frely giue 9 * Possesse not golde nor siluer nor money in your girdels 10 Nor a scrippe for the iorney nether two coates nether shoes nor a staffe * for the workeman is worthie of his meat 11 And into * whatsoeuer citie or towne ye shal come enquire who is worthie in it and there abide til ye go thence 12 And when ye come into an house salute the same 13 And if the house be worthie let your peace come vpon it but if it be not worthie let you peace returne to you 14 * And whosoeuer shal not receiue you nor heare your wordes when ye departe out of that house or that citie * shake of the dust of your fete 15 Truely I say vnto you it shal be easier for thē of the land of Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of iudgement then for that citie 16 ¶ * Beholde I send you as shepe in the middes of wolues be ye therefore wise as serpentes and innocent as doues 17 But beware of men for they will deliuer you vp to the Councils and will scourge you in their Synagogues 18 And ye shall be broght to the gouernours and Kings for my sake in witnes to thē and to the Gentiles 19 * But when they deliuer you vp take no thoght how or what ye shal spake for it shal be giuē you in that houre what ye shall say 20 For it is not ye that speake but the spirit of your Father whiche speaketh in you 21 And the * brother shall betray the brother to death and the father the sonne and the children shall rise against their parents and cause them to dye 22 And ye shal be hated of all men for my Name * but he that endureth to the end he shal be saued 23 And when they persecute you in this citie flee into another for verely I say vnto you ye shall not finish all the cities of Israel till the Sonne of man be come 24 * The disciple is not aboue his master nor the seruant aboue his Lord. 25 It is ynough for the disciple to be as his master is the seruant as his Lord. * If they haue called the master of the house Beelzebub how muche more thē of his housholde 26 Feare them not therefore * for there is nothing couered that shal not be disclosed nor hid that shall not be knowen 27 What I tel you in darkenes that speake ye in light and what ye heare in the eare that preache ye on the houses 28 And feare ye not them which kil the bodie but are not able to kill the soule but rather feare him whiche is able to destroye bothe soule and bodie in hel 29 Are not two sparrowes solde for a farthing and one of them shall not fall on the ground without your Father 30 * Yea and all the heere 's of you heade are nombred 31 Feare ye not therefore ye are of more value then manie sparrowes 32 * Whosoeuer therefore shal confesse me before men him wil I confesse also before my Father which is in heauen 33 But whosoeuer shal denie me before men him wil I also denie before my Father which is in heauen 34 * Thinke not that I am come to send peace into the earth I came not to send peace but the sworde 35 For I am come to set a man at variance against his father the daughter against her mother the daughter in law against her mother in law 36 * And a mans enemies shal be they of his owne housholde 37 * He that loueth father or mother more thē me is not worthie of me And he that loueth sonne or daughter more then me is not wor thie of me 38 * And he that taketh not his crosse and followeth after me is not worthie of me 39 * He that wil saue his life shal lose it and he that loseth his life for my sake shal saue it 40 He that receiueth you receiueth me and he that receiueth me receiueth him that hathe sent me 41 * He that receiueth a Prophet in the name of a Prophet shal receiue a Prophetes rewar de and he that receiueth a righteous man in the name of a righteous mā shal receiue the rewarde of a righteous man 42 * And whosoeuer shal giue vnto one of these litle ones to drinke a cup of colde water onely in the name of a Disciple verely I say vnto you he shal not lose his rewarde CHAP. XI 1 Christ preacheth 2 Iohn Baptist sendeth his disciples vnto him 7 Christs testimonie concerning Iohn 18 The opinion
euerie man that euil doeth hateth the light nether commeth to light lest his dedes shulde be reproued 21 But he that doeth trueth commeth to the light that his dedes might be made manifest that they are wroght according to God 22 ¶ After these things came Iesus and his disciples into the land of Iudea there taried with them and * baptized 23 And Iohn also baptized in Enon besides Salim because there was much water there and they came and were baptized 24 For Iohn was not yet cast into prison 25 Thē there arose a question betwene Iohns disciples and the Iewes about purifying 26 And they came vnto Iohn said vnto him Rabbi he that was with thee beyonde Iordan to whome * thou barest witnes behold he baptized and all men come to him 27 Iohn answered and said A man can receiue nothing except it be giuē him from heauen 28 Ye your selues are my witnesses that * I said I am not the Christ but that I am sent before him 29 He that hathe the bride is the bridegrome but the friend of the bridegrome which stādeth and heareth him reioyceth greatly because of the bridegromes voice This my ioye therefore is fulfilled 30 He must increase but I must decrease 31 He that is come from on high is aboue all he that is of the earth is of the earth and speaketh of the earth he that is come from heauen is aboue all 32 And what he hathe sene and heard that he testifieth but no man receiueth his testimonie 33 He that hathe receiued his testimonie hath sealed that* God is true 34 For he whome God hathe sent speaketh the wordes of God for God giueth him not the Spirit by measure 35 The Father loueth the Sonne and hathe * giuen all things into his hand 36 * He that beleueth in the Sonne hathe euer lasting life and he that obeieth not the Sōne shal not se life but the wrath of God abideth on him CHAP. IIII. 1 The communication of Christ with the woman of 〈◊〉 34 His zeale towarde his Father and his haruest 39 The conuersion of the Samaritans 45 And 〈◊〉 47 How he healeth the rulers soune 1 NOw whē the Lord knewe how the Pharises had heard that Iesus made and baptized modisciples then Iohn 2 Thogh Iesus him self baptized not but his disciples 3 He left Iudea and departed againe into Galile 4 And he must nedes go through Samaria 5 Then came he to a citie of Samaria called Sychar nere vnto the possession that* Iacob gaue to his sonne Ioseph 6 And there was Iacobs well Iesus then wearied in the iorney sate thus on the well it was about the sixt houre 7 There came a woman of Samaria to drawe water Iesus said vnto her Giue me drinke 8 For his disciples were gone away into the citie to bye meat 9 Then said the woman of Samaria vnto him How is it that thou being a Iewe ask est drinke of me which am a woman of 〈◊〉 For the Iewes medle not with the Samaritans 10 Iesus answerest and said vnto her If thou knewest the gift of God and who it is that saith to thee Giue me drinke thou woldest haue ask est of him and he wolde haue giuē thee water of life 11 The woman said vnto him Syr thou hast nothing to drawe with and the well is depe frō whence thē hast thou that water of life 12 Art thou greater then our Father Iacob which gaue vs the well and he him self dranke thereof and his children and his cattel 13 Iesus answered said vnto her Whosoeuer drinketh of this water shal thirst againe 14 But whosoeuer drinketh of the water that I shal giue him shal neuer be more a thirst but the water that I shal giue him shal be in him a well of water springing vp into euerlasting life 15 The woman said vnto him Syr giue me of that water that I may no thirst nether come hither to drawe 16 Iesus said vnto her Go call thine housband and come hither 17 The woman answered and said I haue no housband Iesus said to her Thou hast wel said I haue no housband 18 For thou hast had fiue housbands and he whome thou now hast is not thine housbād that saidest thou truely 19 The woman said vnto him Syr I se that thou art a Prophet 20 Our fathers worshiped in this mountaine ye say that in* Ierusalem is the place where men oght to worship 21 Iesus said vnto her Woman beleue me the houre cometh when ye shal nether in this mountaine nor at Ierusalem worship the Father 22 Ye worship that which ye* knowe not we worship that which we knowe for saluation is of the Iewes 23 But the houre cometh and now is when the true worshippers shal worshippe the Father in spirit and trueth for the Father requireth euen suche to worship him 24 * God is a Spirit ād they that worship him must worship him in spirit and trueth 25 The woman said vnto him I know wel that Messias shal come which is called Christ when he is come he wil tell vs all things 26 Iesus said vnto her I am he that speak vnto thee 27 ¶ And vpō that came his disciples and marueiled that he talketh with a woman yet no mā said vnto him What ask est thou or why talkest thou with her 28 The woman then left her waterpot and wēt her way into the Citie and said to the men 29 Come se a man whiche hathe tolde me all things that euer I did is not he the Christ 30 Then they went out of the Citie and came vnto him 31 ¶ In the meane while the disciples prayed him saying Master eat 32 But he said vnto them I haue meat to eat that ye knowe not of 33 Then said the disciples betwene them selues Hathe anie man broght him meat 34 Iesus said vnto them My meat is that I may do the wil of him that sent me and finish his worke 35 Say not ye There are yet foure moneths ād then cometh haruest Beholde I say vnto you Lift vp your eyes loke on the regions * for they are white already vnto haruest 36 And he that reapeth receiueth wages and gathereth frute vnto life eternal that bothe he that soweth and he that reapeth might reioyce together 37 For herein is the saying 〈◊〉 that one soweth and another reapeth 38 I sent you to reape that whereon ye bestowed no labour other men laboured and ye are entred into their labours 39 Now manie of the Samaritans of that citie beleued in him for the saying of the woman which testified He hathe tolde me all things that euer I did 40 Then when the Samaritans were come vnto him they besoght him that he wolde tarie with them and he abode
foreknowledge 1 NOw then there is no comdemnation to them that are in Christ Iesus which walke not after the slesh but after the Spirit 2 For the Law of the Spirit flif which is in Christ Iesus hathe freed me from the law of sinne and of death 3 For that that was impossible to the Law in as muche as it was weake because of the flesh God sending his owne Sonne in the similitude of sinful flesh and for sinne condemned sinne in the flesh 4 That the righteousnes of the Law might be fulfilled in vs which walke not after the flesh but after the Spirit 5 For they that are after the flesh sauour the things of the flesh but they that are after the Spirit the things of the Spirit 6 For the wisdome of the flesh is death but the wisdome of the Spirit is life peace 7 Because the wisdome of the flesh is enimitie against God for it is not subiect to the Law of God nether in dede can be 8 So then they that are in the flesh can not please God 9 Now ye are not in the flesh but in the Spirit because the Spirit of God dwelleth in you but if anie man hathe not the Spirit of Christ the same is not his 10 And if Christ be in you the bodie is dead because of sinne but the Spirit is life for righteousnes sake 11 But if the Spirit of him that raised vp Iesus from the dead dwell in you he that raised vp Christ frō the dead shal also quicken your mortal boides because that his Spirit dwelleth in you 12 Therefore brethren we are detters not to the flesh to liue after the flesh 13 For if ye liue after the flesh ye shal dye but if ye mortifie the dedes of the bodie by the Spirit ye shal liue 14 For as manie as are led by the Spirit of God they are the sonnes of God 15 For ye haue not receiued the Spirit of bondage to feare againe but ye haue receiued the Spirit of ad opcion whereby we crye * Abba Father 16 The same Spirit beareth witnes with our Spirit that we are the children of God 17 If webe children we are also heires euē the heires of God and heires annexed with Christ if so be that we suffer with him that we maye also beglorified with him 18 For I counte that the afflictions of this present time are not worthie of the glorie which shal be shewed vnto vs. 19 For the seruēt desire of the creature waiteth when the sonnes of God shal be reueiled 20 Because the creature is subiect to vanitie not of it owne wil but by reason of him which hathe subdued it vnder hope 21 Because the creature also shal be deliuered from the bondage of corruption into the glorious libertie of the sonnes of God 22 For we knowe that euerie creature groneth with vs also and trauaileth in paine together vnto this present 23 And not onely the creature but we also which haue the first frutes of the Spirit euē we do sigh in our selues waiting for the adopcion euen the * redemption of our bodie 24 For we are saued by hope but hope that is sene is not hope for how can a man hope for that which he seeth 25 But if we hope for that we se not we do with pacience abide for it 26 Likewise the Spirit also helpeth our infirmi ties for we knowe not what to praye as we ought but the Spirit it self maketh 〈◊〉 for vs with sighs which can not be expressed 27 But he that searcheth the hearts knoweth what is the meaning of the Spirit for he maketh request for the Sainctes according to the wil of God 28 Also we knowe that all things worke together for the best vnto them that loue God euen to them that are called of his purpose 29 For those wich he knewe before he also predestinate to be made like to the image of his Sonne that he might be the first borne among manie brethren 30 Moreouer whome he predestinate them also he called and whome he called them also he iustified and whome he iustified them he also glorified 31 What shal we then say to these things If God be on our side who can be against vs 32 Who spared not his owne Sonne but gaue him for vs all to death how shal he not with him giue vs all things also 33 Who shal lay anie thing to the charge of Gods chosen it it God that * iustifieth 34 Who shal condemne it is Christ which is dead yea or rather whiche is risen againe who is also at the right hand of God and maketh request also for vs. 35 Who shal separate vs from the loue of Christ shal tribulacion or anguish or persecucion or famine or nakednes or peril or sworde 36 As it is written For thy sake are we killed all day long we are counted as shepe for the slaughter 37 Neuertheles in all these things we are more then conquerers through him that loued vs. 38 For I am persuaded that nether death nor life nor Angels nor principalities nor pow ers nor things present nor things to come 39 Nor height nor depth nor anie other creatu re shal be able to separate vs from the loue of God which is in Christ Iesus our Lord. CHAP. IX 1 Heauing testified his great loue towardes his nacion and the signes thereof 11 He entreateth of the election and reprobacion 24 Of the vocation of the Gentiles 30 And reiection of the Iewes 1 I Say the trueth in Christ I lye not my conscience bearing me witnes in the holie Gost. 2 That I haue great heauines and continual sorowe in mine heart 3 * For I wolde wish my self to be separate from Christ for my brenthren that are my kinsmen according to the flesh 4 Which are the Israelites to whome perteineth the adoption and the glorie and the * Couenantes and the giuing of the Law the seruice of God and the promises 5 Of whome are the Fathers and of whome concerning the flesh Christ came who is God ouer all blessed for euer Amen 6 * Not withstanding it can not be that the worde of God shulde take none effect for all they are not Israel which are of Israel 7 Nether are they all children because they are the sede of Abraham * but In Isaac shal thy sede be called 8 That is they which are the children of the flesh are not the children of God but the* children of the promes are counted for the sede 9 For this is a worde of promes * In this same time wil I come and Sara shal haue a sonne 10 Nether he onelie felt this but also * Rebecca when she had cōceiued by one euē by
blessing of Abraham might come on the Gentiles through Christ Iesus that we might receiue the promes of the Spirit through faith 15 Brethren I speake as men do * Thogh it be but a mans couenant when it is confirmed yet no man doeth abrogate it or addeth any thing thereto 16 Now to Abraham and his sede were the pro mises made He saith not And to the sedes as speaking of many but And to thy sede as of one which is Christ. 17 And this I say that the Law which was fou re hundreth and thirtie yeres after can not disanul the couenant that was confirmed a fore of God in respect of Christ that it shuld make the promes of none 〈◊〉 18 For if the inheritance be of the Law it is no more by the promes but God gaue it vnto Abraham by promes 19 Wherefore then serueth the Law It was added because of the transgressions til the sede came vnto the which the promes was made and it was ordeined by Angels in the hand of a Mediatour 20 Now a Mediatour is not Mediatour of one but God is one 21 Is the Law then 〈◊〉 the promes of God God forbid for if 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 had bene a Law giuen which colde haue giuen life surely righteousnes shulde haue bene by the Law 22 But the Scripture hathe* concluded all vnder sinne that the promes by the faith of Iesus Christ shulde be giuen to them that beleue 23 But before faith came we were keptvnder the Law and shut vp vnto the faith which shulde 〈◊〉 warde be reueiled 24 Wherefore the* Law was our scholemaster to bring vs to Christ that we might be made 〈◊〉 by faith 25 But after that faith is come we are no longer vnder a scholemaster 26 For ye are all the sonnes of God by faith in Christ Iesus 27 * For al ye that are baptized into Christ ha ue put on Christ. 28 There is nether Iewe nor Grecian there is nether bonde nor fre there is nether male nor female for ye are all one in CHRIST IESVS 29 And if ye be Christs then are ye Abrahams sede and heires by promes CHAP. IIII. 2 He sheweth wherefore the ceremonies were ordeined Which being shadowes must end when CHRIST the trueth commeth 9 He moueth them by certeine exhortations 22 And confirmeth his argument with a strong example or allegorie 1 THen I say that the heire as long as he is a childe differeth nothing from a seruāt thogh he be Lord of all 2 But is vnder tuters and gouerners vntil the time appointed of the father 3 Euen so we when we were children were in bondage vnder the rudiments of the world 4 But when the fulnes of time was come God sent forthe his Sonne made of awomā and made vnder the Law 5 That he might redeme them which were vn der the Law that we * might receiue the ado ption of the sonnes 6 And because ye are sonnes God hathe sent forthe the Spirit of his Sonne into your hearts which cryeth Abba Father 7 Wherefore thou art no more a seruant but a sonne now if thou be a sonne thou art also the heire of God through Christ. 8 But euen then when ye knewe not God ye did seruice vnto them which by nature are not gods 9 But now seing ye knowe God yea rather are knowen of God how turne ye againe vnto impotent and beggerlie rudiments whereunto as from the beginning ye wil be in bondage againe 10 Ye obserue dayes and moneths and times and yeres 11 I am in feare of you lest I haue bestowed on you labour in vaine 12 Be ye as I for I am euen as you brethren I beseche you ye haue not hurt meat all 13 And ye knowe how through infirmitie of the flesh I preached the Gospel vnto you at the first 14 And the tryal of me which was in my flesh ye despised not nether abhorred but ye receiued me as an Angel of God yea as Christ Iesus 15 What was then your felicitie for I beare you recorde that if it had bene possible ye wolde haue plucked out your owne eyes haue giuen them to me 16 Am I therefore be come your enemie because I tell you the trueth 17 They are ielous ouer you amisse yea they wolde exclude you that ye shulde altogether loue them 18 But it is a good thing to loue earnestly alwayes in a good thing and not onely when I am present with you 19 My litle children of whome I trauaile in birth againe vntil CHRIST be formed in you 20 And I wolde I were with you now that I might change my voice for I am in doute of you 21 Tell me ye that wil be vnder the Law do ye not heare the Law 22 For it is written that Abraham had two sonnes * one by a seruant and * one by a fre woman 23 But he which was of the seruant was borne after the flesh and he which was of the fre woman was borne by promes 24 By the which things another thing is ment for these mothers are the two Testaments the one which is Agar of mounte Sina which gendreth vnto bondage 25 For Agar or Sina is a mountaine in Arabia and it answereth to 〈◊〉 whiche now is and she is in bondage with her children 26 But Ierusalem which is aboue is fre whiche is the mother of vs all 27 For it is written * Reioyce thou barren that bearest no children breake forthe and cryethou that trauailest not for the desolat hathe many mo children then she whiche hathe an housband 28 * Therefore brethren were after the maner of Isaac children of the promes 29 But as then he that was borne after the flesh persecuted hym that was borne after the spirit euen so it is now 30 But what saith the Scripture * Put out the seruant and her sonne for the sonne of the seruant shall not be heire with the sonne of the fre woman 31 Then brethren we are no children of the seruant but of the fre woman CHAP. V. 2 He laboureth to drawe them away from Circumcision 17 And sheweth them the battel betwixt the spirite and the flesh and the 〈◊〉 of them bothe 1 STand fast therefore in the libertie wherewith Christ hathe made vs fre and be not intangled againe with the yoke of bondage 2 * Beholde I Paul say vnto you that if ye be circumcised Christe shall profite you nothing 3 For I testifie againe to euerie man which is circumcised that he is bounde to kepe the whole Law 4 Ye are* abolished from Christ whosoeuer are iustified by the Law ye are fallen frome grace 5 For we through the Spirite waite for the hope of righteousnes through faith 6
remaineth in him nether can he sinne because he is borne of God 10 In this are the children of God knowen the children of the deuil whosoeuer doeth not righteousnes is not of God nether he that loueth not his brother 11 For this is the message that ye heard from the beginning that * we shulde loue one another 12 Not as * Cain whiche was of the wicked and slewe his brother and wherefore slewe he him because his owne workes were euil and his brothers good 13 Marueile not my brethren thogh the worlde hate you 14 We knowe that we are translated frome death vnto life because we loue the brethren * he that loueth not his brother abideth in death 15 Whosoeuer hateth his brother is a manslayer and yc knowe that no manslayer hathe eternall life abidyng in hym 16 * Hereby haue we perceiued loue that he laid downe his life for vs therfore we ought also to lay downe our liues for the brethrē 17 * And whosoeuer hathe this worldesgood and seeth his brother haue nede shutteth vp his compassion from hym how dwelleth the loue of God in hym 18 My litle children let vs not loue in worde nether in tongue onely but in dede and in trueth 19 For there by we knowe that we are of the trueth and shal before him assure our hearts 20 For if our heart condemne vs GOD is greater then our heart knoweth althings 21 Beloued if our heart condemne vs not thē haue we boldenes towarde God 22 * And whatsoeuer we aske we receiue of him because we kepe his cōmādemēts do those things whiche are pleasing in his sight 23 * This is then his commandement That we beleue in the Name of his Sonne Iesus Christ and loue one another as he gaue cōmandement 24 * For he that kepeth his commandements dwelleth in him and he in him and hereby we knowe that he abydeth in vs euen by the Spirit which he hathe giuen vs. CHAP IIII. 1 Difference of spirits 2 How the Spirit of God may be knowen from the spirit of errour 7 Of the loue of God and of our neighbours 1 DErely beloued beleue not euerie spirit but trye the spirits whether they are of God for many false Prophetes are gone out into the worlde 2 Hereby shall ye knowe the Spirit of God Euerie spirit that cōfesseth that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh is of God 3 And euerie spirit whiche confesseth not that Iesus Christ is come in the flesh is not of God but this is the spirit of Antichrist of whome ye haue heard how that he shulde come and now already he is in the worlde 4 Litle children ye are of God and haue ouercome them for greater is he that is in you then he that is in the worlde 5 They are of the worlde therefore speake they of the worlde and the worlde heareth them 6 We are of God * he that knoweth God heareth vs he that is not of God heareth vs not Here by knowe we the Spirit of trueth and the spirit of errour 7 Beloued let vs loue one another for loue cometh of God and euerie one that loueth is borne of God and knoweth God 8 He that loueth not knoweth not God for God is loue 9 In this appeared the loue of God towarde vs because God sent his onely begotten Sonne into the worlde that we might liue through him 10 Herein is loue not that we loued God but that he loued vs and sent his sonne to be a reconciliation for our sinnes 11 Beloued if God so loued vs we ought also loue one another 12 * No man hathe sene God at any time If we loue one another God dwelleth in vs and his loue is persite in vs. 13 Hereby knowe we that we dwell in hym and he in vs because he hath giuen vs of his Spirit 14 And we haue sene and do testifie that the Father sent the Sonne to be the Sauiour of the worlde 15 Whosoeuer confesseth that Iesus is the Sonne of God in him dwelleth God and he in God 16 And we haue knowen and beleued the loue that God hathe in vs. God is loue and he that dwelleth in loue dwelleth in God God in hym 17 Herein is the loue perfite in vs that we shuld haue boldenes in the day of iudgemēt for as he is euen so are we in this worlde 18 There is no feare in loue but perfect loue casteth out feare for feare hathe painfulnes and he that feareth is not perfect in loue 19 We loue him because he loued vs first 20 If anie man say I loue God and hate his brother he is a lyer for how can he that loueth not his brother whom he hathe sene loue God whome he hathe not sene 21 * And this commandement haue we of him that he whiche loueth God shulde loue hys brother also CHAP. V. 1. 10. 13 Of the frutes of faith 14. 20 The office autoritie and diuinitie of Christ. 21 Against images 1 WHosoeuer beleueth that Iesus is the Christ is borne of God and euerie one that loueth him whiche begate loueth him also whiche is begotten of him 2 In this we knowe that we loue the children of God when we loue God and kepe his commandements 3 For this is the loue of God that we kepe his commandements and his * commandements are not grieuous 4 For all that is borne of God ouercometh the worlde and this is the victorie that ouercometh the worlde euen our faith 5 * Who is it that ouer cometh the worlde but he whiche beleueth that Iesus is the Sonne of God 6 This is that Iesus Christ that came by water and blood not by water onelye but by water and blood and it is the spirit that be a reth witnes for the Spirit is trueth 7 For there are thre whiche beare recorde in heauen the Father the Worde and the holie Gost and these thre are one 8 And there are thre whiche beare recorde in the earth the Spirit and the water and the blood and these thre agre in one 9 If we receiue the witnes of men the witnes of GOD is greater for this is the witnes of God whiche he testified of his Sonne 10 * He that beleueth in the Sonne of GOD hathe the witnes in him self he that belieueth not God hathe made him alyer because he beleued not the recorde that God witnessed of his Sonne 11 And thys is the recorde that GOD hathe giuen vnto vs eternallyfe and this lyfe is in hys Sonne 12 He that hathe the Sonne hathe lyfe and he that hathe not the Sonne of GOD hathe not lyfe 13 These thyngs haue I written vnto you that beleue in the Name of the Sonne of GOD that ye may knowe that ye
begate Henóch eight hundreth yeres and begate sonnes and daughters 20 So all the dayes of Iéred were nine hundreth sixty and two yeres he dyed 21 ¶ * Also Henóch liued sixty and fiue yeres and begate Methushélah 22 And Henóch walked with God after he begate Methushélah thre hundreth hundreth yeres and begate sonnes and daughters 23 So all the daies of Henóch were thre hundreth sixty and fiue yeres 24 And Henōch walked with God and he was no more sene for God token him away 25 Methushélah also liued an hundreth eighty and seuen yeres and begate Lámech 26 And Methushélah liued after he begate Lámech seuen hundreth eighty and two ye res and begate sonnes and daughters 27 So all the dayes of Methushélah were nine hundreth sixty and nine yeres and he dyed 28 ¶ Then Lámech liued an hundreth eighty and two yeres and begate a sonne 29 And called his name Nōah saying This sa me shal comforte vs concerning our wor ke and sorowe of our hands as touching the earth which the Lord hathe cursed 30 And Lámech liued after he begate Nóáh fiue hundreth ninety and fiue yeres and begate sonnes and daughters 31 So all the dayes of Lámech were seuen hundreth seuenty and seuen yeres and he dyed 32 And Noah was fiue hundreth yere olde And Nóah begate Shem Ham and Iápheth CHAP. VI. 3 God threateneth to bring the flood 5 Man is altogether corrupt 18 Nóah is preserued in the Arke which he was commanded to make 1 SO when men began to be multiplied vpon the earth and there were daughters borne vnto them 2 Then the sonnes of God 〈◊〉 the daughters of men that they were faire and they toke them wiues of all that they liked 3 Therefore the Lord said My Spirit shal not alway striue with man because he is bu flesh his dayes shal be an hundreth and twentie yeres 4 There were gyantes in the earth in those dayes yea and after that the sonnes of God came vnto the daughters of men and they had borne them children these were mightie men which in olde time were men of renoume 5 ¶ When the Lord sawe that the wickednes of man was great in the earth all the ima ginacions of the thoghts of his * heart we re onely euil continually 6 Then it repēted the Lord that he had ma de man in the earth and he was sorie in his heart 7 Therefore the Lord said I wil destroye frō the earth the man whome I haue created from man to beast to creping thing and to the foule of the heauen for I repent that I haue made them 8 But Nóah founde grace in the eyes of the Lord. 9 ¶ These are the generacions of Nóah Nóah was a iuste and vpright man in his time and walked with God 10 And Nóah begate thre sonnes Shem Ham and Iápheth 11 The earth also was corrupt before God for the earth was filled with crueltie 12 Then God loked vpon the earth and beholde it was corrupt for all flesh had corrupt his way vpon the earth 13 And GOD said vnto Nóah An end of all flesh is come before me for the earth is filled with crueltie through thé and beholde I wil destroye them with the earth 14 ¶ Make thee an Arke of pine trees thou shalt make cabine in the Arke and shalt pytch it within and without with pytch 15 And thus shalt thou make it The length of the Arke shal be thre hundreth cubites the breadth of it fiftie cubites and the height of it thirtie cubites 16 A windowe shalt thou marke in the Arke and in cubite shalt thou finish it aboue and the dore of the Arke shalt thou set in the side thereof thou shalt make it with the lowe seconde and third roume 17 And I beholde I wil bring a flood of waters vpon the earth to destroye all flesh wherein is the breath of life vnder the heauen al that is in the earth shall perish 18 But with thee wil establish my couenant and thou shalt go into the Arke thou and thy sonnes and thy wife and thy sonnes wiues with thee 19 And of euerie liuing thing of all flesh two of euerie sorte shalt thou cause to come into the Arke to kepe thē aliue with thee they shal be male and female 20 Of the foules after their kinde and of the cattel after their kinde of euerie crepyng thing of the earth after his kinde two of euerie sorte shall come vnto thee that thou maiest kepe them aliue 21 And take thou with thee of all meat that is eaten and thou shalt gather it to thee that it may be meat for thee and for them 22 * Nóah therefore did according vnto all that God cōmanded him euen so did he A B The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hundreth cubites A. C. The breadeth fisty D. E. The height thirty E. The windowe a cubite long F. The dore G. H. I. I. The thre 〈◊〉 CHAP. VII 1 Nóah and entre into the Arke 20 The flood destroyeth all the rest vpon the 〈◊〉 1 ANd the Lord said vnto Nôah Entre thou and all thine house into the Arke for thee haue I sene * righteous before me in this age 2 Of euerie cleane beast thou shalt take to thee by seuens the male and his female but of vncleane beastes by couple the male and his female 3 Of the foules also of the heauen by seuens male and female to kepe sede aliue vpon the whole earth 4 For seuen dayes hence I will cause it raine vpon the earth fourthy dayes and fourty nights and al the substance that I haue made will I destroye from of the earth 5 * Nôah therefore did accordyng vnto all that the Lord commanded him 6 And Nôah was six 〈◊〉 yeres olde whē the flood of waters was vpon the earth 7 ¶ So Nôah entred and his sonnes his wife and his sonnes wiues with him into the Arke because of the waters of the flood 8 Of the cleane beastes and of the vncleane beastes and of the foules and of all that crepeth vpon the earth 9 There came two and two vnto Nōah into the Arke male and female as God had commanded Nôah 10 And so after seuen dayes the waters of the flood were vpon the earth 11 ¶ In the six hundreth yere of Noahs life in the seconde moneth the seuententh day of the moneth in the same day were all the fountaines of the great depe broken vp and the windowes of heauen were opened 12 And the raine was vppon the earth fourty dayes and fourty nights 13 In the selfe same day entred Nôah with Shem and 〈◊〉 and Iápheth the sonnes of Nôah and Noahs wife and the thre wiues of his sonnes with the into them Arke 14 They and euerie beast after his kinde and all cattel after
go 43 Beholde * I stand by the wel of water when a virgine commeth forthe to drawe water and I saie to her Giue me I praye thee a litle water of thy pitcher to drinke 44 And she saye to me Drinke thou and I will also drawe for thy camels let her be the wife whiche the Lorde hathe prepared for my masters sonne 45 And before I had made an end of speaking in myne hearte beholde Rebekáh came forthe and her pitcher on her shuldre and she went downe vnto the well and drewe wa ter Then I sayd vnto her Giue me drinke I praye thee 46 And she made haste and toke downe her pitcher from her shulder ād said Drinke and I will giue thy camels drynke also So I dranke ād she gaue the camels drinke also 47 Then I asked her and said Whose daughter art thou And she aunswered The daughter of Bethuél Nahors sonne whome Milcáh bare vnto hym Then I put the abillement vpon her face and the bracelettes vppon her handes 48 And I bowed downe and worshipped the Lorde and blessed the Lord God of my master Abrahám whiche had broght me the ryght waye to take my masters brothers daughter vnto his sonne 49 Now therefore if ye will deale mercifully and truely with my master tel me and if not tel me that I may turne me to the right hād or to the left 50 Thē answered Labán Bethuél said this thing is proceded of the Lord we cā not ther fore say vnto thee nether euil nor good 51 Beholde Rebekáh is before thee take her go that she may be thy masters sonnes wife euen as the Lord hathe said 52 And when Abrahams seruaunt heard their wordes he bowed him selfe towarde the earth vnto the Lord. 53 Then the seruāt toke forth iewels of siluer and iewels of golde and raiment and gaue to Rebekáh also vnto her brother to her mother he gaue giftes 54 Afterwarde they did eat drinke bothe he and the men that were with him taried all night and when they rose vp in the morning he said * Let me departe vnto my master 55 Then her brother and her mother answered Let the maide abide with vs at the least ten dayes then shal she go 56 But he said vnto them Hindre you me not seing the Lord hath prospered my iourney send me away that I may go to my master 57 Then they said We will call the maide and aske her consent 58 〈◊〉 they called Rebekáh and said vnto her Wilt thou go with this man And she answered I wil go 59 So they let Rebekâh their sister go and her nourse with Abrahams seruant and his men 60 And they blessed Rebekáh and said vnto her Thou art our sister grow into thousand thousandes and thy sede possesse the gate of his enemies 61 ¶ Then Rebekâh arose and her maides rode vpon the camels and followed the mā and the seruant toke Rebekáh departed 62 Now Izhák came from the way of * Beér-lahái-roi for he dwelt in the South coūtrey 63 And Izhák went out to pray in the field toward the euening who lift vp his eies and loked and beholde the camels came 64 Also Rebekáh lift vp her eyes and when she sawe Izhák she lighted downe from the camel 65 For she had said to the seruant Who is yonder mā that cōmeth in the field to mete vs And the seruant had said It is my master So she toke a vaile and couered her 66 And the seruant tolde Izhák all thyngs that he had done 67 Afterward Izhák broght her into the tent of Saráh his mother he toke Rebekáh she was his wife and he loued her so Izhák was comforted after his mothers death CHAP. XXV 1 Abrahám taketh Keturáh to wife getteth many children 6 Abrahám giueth al his goods to Izhák 12 The genealogie of I 〈◊〉 25 The birth of Iaakób Esau. 30 Esau selleth his birth right for a messe of potage 1 NOW Abrahám had taken him another wife called 〈◊〉 2 Which bare him Zimrán and Iokshán and Medán and Mideán and Ishbák Shúah 3 And Iokshán begate Shebá and Dedán * And the sonnes of Dedán were Asshurim Letushim and Leummim 4 Also the sonnes of Mideán were Epháh Ephér Hanóch Abidá and Eldáah all these were the sonnes of Keturáh 5 ¶ And Abrahám gaue all his goods to Izhák 6 But vnto the sonnes of the concubines whiche Abrahám had Abrahám gaue giftes and sent them a way from Izhák his sonne while he yet liued East ward to the East countrey 7 And this is the age of Abrahams life whiche he liued an hundreth seuenty and fiue yere 8 Thē Abrahám yelded the spirit and dyed in a good age an olde man and of great yeres and was gathered to his people 9 And his sonnes Izhák and Ishmaél buryed him in the caue of Machpeláh in the field of Ephrôn sonne of Zóhar the Hittite before Mamré 10 Which field Abrahám boght of the Hittites where Abrahám was buryed with Saráh his wife 11 ¶ And after the death of Abrahá God blessed Izhák his sonne * and Izhák dwelt by Beér-lahái-roi 12 ¶ Now these are the generaciōs of Ishmaél Abrahams sonne whom Hagár the Egiptiā Sarahs hand maide bare vnto Abrahám 13 * And these are the names of the sonnes of Ishmaél name by name accordyng to their kinreds the eldest sonne of Ishmaél was Nebaiôth then Kedár and 〈◊〉 and Mibsám 14 And Mishmá and Dumáh and Massâ 15 Hadár and Temá Ietúr Naphish and Kédemah 16 These are the sonnes of Ishmaél and these are their names by their townes and by their castels to wit twelue princes of their nations 17 And these are the yeres of the life of Ishmaél an hundreth thirti and seuen yere and he yelded the spirit and dyed and was gathe red vnto his people 18 And they dwelt from Hauiláh vnto Shur that is to wardes Egypt as thou goest to Asshúr Ishmaél dwelt in the presence of all his brethren 19 ¶ Like wise these are the generacions of Izhák Abrahams sonne Abrahám begate Izhák 20 And Izhák was fourty yere olde when he toke Rebekáh to wife the daughter of Bethuél the Aramite of Padán Arám and sister to Labán the Aramite 21 And Izhak prayed vnto the Lorde for hys wife because she was baren and the Lord was intreated of him and Rebekáh his wife conceiued 22 But the children stroue together within her therefore she said Seing it is so why am I thus wherfore she wēt to aske the Lord 23 And the Lord said to her two nations are in thy wombe two maner of people shal be deuided out of thy bowels and the one people shal be mightier then the other and the * elder shal serue the yonger 24 ¶ Therefore
armies whē they marched 29 ¶ After Mosés said vnto Hobáb the sonne of Reuél the Midianite the father in lawe of Mosés We go into the place of which the Lord said I wil giue it you Come thou with vs we wil do thee good for the Lord hathe promised good vnto Israél 30 And he answered him I wil not go but I wil departe to mine owne countrey and to my kinred 31 Then he said I praye thee leaue vs not for thou knowest our camping places in the wil dernes therefore thou maiest be our guide 32 And if thou go with vs what goodnes the Lorde shall shewe vnto vs the same will we shewe vnto thee 33 ¶ So they departed from the mount of the Lord thre daies iourney and the Arke of the couenant of the Lord went before them in the thre daies iourney to searche out a resting place for them 34 And the cloude of the Lord was vpon thē by day when they went out of the campe 35 And when the Arke went forwarde Mosés said * Rise vp Lord and let thine enemies be scatered and let them that hate thee flee before thee 36 And when it rested he said Returne ô Lord to the manie thousands of Israél CHAP. XI 1 The people murmureth and is punished with fire 4 The people lusteth after 〈◊〉 6 They lothe Manna 11 The weake faith of Mosés 16 The Lord deuideth the burthē of Mosés to seuenty of the Ancientes 31 The Lord sendeth quaiies 33 Their lust is punished 1 WHen the people became murmurers it displeased the Lord and the Lord heard it therefore his wrath was kindled and the fire of the Lord burnt among them and * cōsumed the vt most parte of the hoste 2 Then the people cryed vnto Mosés whē Mosés prayed vnto the Lorde the fire was quenched 3 And he called the name of that place Taberáh because the fire of the Lord burnt among them 4 ¶ And a nomber of people that was amōg them fel a lusting and turned away the children of Israél also wept and said Who shal giue vs flesh to eat 5 We 〈◊〉 the fish which we did eat in Egypt for naught the cucumbers and the pepons and the lekes and the onions and the garleke 6 But now our soule is dried away we can se nothing but this MAN 7 The MAN also was as * coriander sede his coulour like the coulour of bdelium 8 The people went about and gathered it and ground it in milles or bet it in morters and baked it in a cauldron and made cakes of it and the taste of it was like vnto the taste of freshoyle 9 And whē the dewe fel downe vpō the hoste in the night the MAN fel with it 10 ¶ Then Mosés heard the people wepe throughout their families euerie man in the dore of his tente and the wrath of the Lorde was grieuously kindled also Mosés was grieued 11 And Mosés said vnto the Lorde Wherefore hast thou vexed thy seruant and why haue I not founde fauour in thy sight seing thou hast put the charge of all this people vpon me 12 Haue I conceiued al this people or haue I begotten them that thou shuldest say vnto me Cary them in thy bosome as a nurse bea reth the sucking childe vnto the land for the which thou swarest vnto their fathers 13 Where shulde I haue flesh to giue vnto all this people for they wepe vnto me saying Giue vs flesh that we may eat 14 I am not able to beare all this people alone for it is to heauie for me 15 Therfore if thou deale thus with me I pray thee if I haue founde fauour in thy sight kill me that I beholde not my miserie 16 ¶ Then the Lorde said vnto Mosés Gather vnto me seuenty men of the Elders of Israél whome thou knowest that they are the Elders of the people and gouerners ouer thē and bryng them vnto the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and let them stand there with thee 17 And I wil come downe and talke with thee there take of the Spirit whiche is vpon thee and put vpon them and thei shal beare the burthē of the people with thee so thou shalt not beare it alone 18 Furthermore thou shalt say vnto the people Be sanctified against tomorowe and ye shall eat fleshe for you haue wept in the eares of the Lorde saying Who shal giue vs flesh to eat for we were better in Egypt therefore the Lorde will giue you flesh and ye shal eat 19 Ye shal not eat one day not two dayes nor fiue daies nether ten daies nor twētie daies 20 But a whole moneth vntil it come out at your nostrels and be lothesome vnto you because ye haue contemned the Lorde whiche is among you and haue wept before hym saying Why came we hither out of Egypt 21 And Mosés said Six hūdreth thousand fotemen are there of the people amōg whom I am and thou saiest I wil giue thē flesh that they may eat a moneth long 22 Shal the shepe and the beues be slaine for them to finde them ether shall all the fish of the sea be gathered together for them to suffise them 23 And the Lorde sayd vnto Moses Is * the Lordes hand shortened thou shalt se now whether my worde shall come to passe vnto thee or no. 24 ¶ So Mosés went out and tolde the people the wordes of the Lord and gathered seuēty men of the Elders of the people and set thē round about the Tabernacle 25 Then the Lord came downe in a cloude speake vnto him and toke of the Spirit that was vpon him and put it vpon the seuēty Ancient men and when the Spirit rested vpon them then they prophecied and did not cease 26 But there remained two of the men in the hoste the name of the one was Eldád the name of the other Medád and the Spirit rested vpon them for they were of thē that were writen and went not out vnto the Tabernacle and they prophecied in the hoste 27 Then there ran a yong man and tolde Mosés and said Eldád ād Medād do prophecie in the hoste 28 And Ioshúa the sonne of Nun the seruant of Mosés one of his yong men answered and said My Lorde Mosés forbid them 29 But Mosés said vnto him Enuyest thou for my sake yea wolde God that all the Lords people were Prophetes and that the Lord wolde put his Spirit vpon them 30 And Mosés returned into the hoste he and the Elders of Israél 31 Then there went forth a winde frō the Lord and * broght quailes from the Sea let thē fall vpon the campe a dayes iourney on this side and a dayes iourney on the other side round about the hoste they were about two cubites about the
said Go againe vnto Balák and saie thus 17 And when he came to him behold he stode by his burnt offring the princes of Moâb with him so Balák said vnto him What hath the Lord said 18 And he vttered his parable and said Rise vp Balák and heare hearken vnto me thou sonne of Zippôr 19 God is not as man that he shulde lie nether as the sonne of man that he shulde repent hath he said and shall he not do it and hathe he spoken and shall he not accomplish it 20 Beholde I haue receiued commandement to blesse for he hathe blessed and I can not alter it 21 He seeth none iniquitie in Iaakób nor seeth no transgression in Israél the Lord his God is with him the ioyful shoute of a King is among them 22 God broght thē out of Egypt their strēgth is as an vnicorne 23 For there is no 〈◊〉 in Iaakób nor soothsaying in Israél according to this time it shal be said of Iaakób and of Israél What hathe God wroght 24 Beholde the people shal rise vp as a lion lift vp him self as a yong lion he shall not lye downe til he eat of the praie til he drinke the blood of the slaine 25 ¶ Then Balák said vnto Balaám Nether curse nor blesse them at all 26 But Balaám answered and said vnto Balak Tolde not I thee saying All that the Lord speaketh that must I do 27 ¶ Againe Balák said vnto Balaám Come I pray thee I wil bring thee vnto another place if so be it wil Please God that thou maiest thence curse them for my sake 28 So Balák broght Balaám vnto the top of Peór that loketh toward Ieshmón 29 Then Balaám said vnto Balák Make me he re seuen altars and prepare me here seuen bullockes and seuen rams 30 And Balák did as Balaám had said offred a bullocke and a ram on euerie altar CHAP. XXIIII 5 Balaám prophecieth of the great prosperitie that shulde come vnto Israél 17 Also of the comming of Christ 20. The destruction of the Amalekites and of the Kenites 1 WHen Balaám sawe that it pleased the LOKD to blesse Israél then he went not * as certeine times before to fet diuinacions but set his face towarde the wildernes 2 And Balaám lift vp his eies and loked vpon Israél which dwelt according to their tribes and the Spirit of God came vpon him 3 * And he vttered his parable and said Balaám the sonne of Beór hathe said the man whose eies were shut vp hathe said 4 He hathe said which heard the wordes of God and sawe the vision of the Almightie and falling in a trance had his eies opened 5 ¶ How goodlie are thy tents ô Iaakób and thine habitacions ô Israél 6 As the valleis are thei stretched forthe as gardens by the riuers side as the aloe trees which the Lord hathe planted as the cedars beside the waters 7 The water droppeth out of his bucket and his sede shal be in many waters and his King shal be hier then Agág and his kingdome shal be exalted 8 God broght him out of Egypt his strength shal be as an vnicorne he shal eat the nacions his enemies and bruise their bones and shoote them through with his arrowes 9 * He coucheth and lieth downe as a yong lyon and as a lyon who shal stirre him vp blessed is he that blesseth thee and cursed is he that curseth thee 10 Then Balák was verie angry with Balaám and smote his hands together so Balák said vnto Balaám I sent for thee to curse mine enemies and beholde thou hast blessed them now thre times 11 Therefore now flee vnto thy place I thoght surely to promote thee vnto honour but lo the Lord hathe kept thee backe from honour 12 Then Balaà m answered Balák Tolde I not also thy messengers which thou sentest vnto me saying 13 If Balák wolde giue me his house ful of siluer and golde I can not passe the commādement of the Lord to do ether good or bad of mine owne minde what the Lord shal cōmande that same wil I speake 14 And now beholde I go vnto my people come I wil aduertise thee what this people shal do to thy folke in the later daies 15 And he vttered his parable said Balaám the sonne of Beór hathe said and the man whose eies were shut vp hathe said 16 He hath said that heard the wordes of God and hath the knowledge of the moste high and sawe the vision of the Almightie falling in a trance had his eies opened 17 I shal se him but not now I shal be hold him but not nere there shal come a starre of Iaa kôb and ascepter shal rise of Israél shall smite the coastes of Moáb destroye all the sonnes of Shéth 18 And Edôm shal be possessed Seir shal be a possession to their enemies but Israéll shall do valiantly 19 He also that shall haue dominion shal be of Iaakôb and shal destroye the remnant of the citie 20 ¶ And when he loked on Amalèk he vttered his parable and said Amalék was the first of the nacions but his later end shall come to destruction 21 And he loked on the Kenites and vttered his parable said Strong is thy dwellyng place and put thy nest in the rocke 22 Neuertheles the Kenite shal be spoiled vn til Ashúr cary thee away captiue 23 Againe he vttered his parable and said Alas who shall liue when GOD doeth this 24 The shippes also shal come from the coastes of Chittim and subdue Asshúr shall sub due Ebér and he also shall come to destruction 25 Then Balaâm rose vp and went and returned to his place and Balák also went hys way CHAP. XXV 2 The people committeth fornicacion with the daughters of Moáb 9 Phinehás killeth Zimri and Cozbi 11 God maketh his couenant with Phinehás 17 God commandeth to kil the Midianites 1 NOw whiles Israél abode in Shittim the people began to commit whoredome with the daughters of Moáb 2 Which called the people vnto the sacrifice of their gods and the people ate bowed downe to their gods 3 And Israél coupled him self vnto Baál Peór wherefore the wrath of the Lorde was kindled against Israél 4 And the Lorde said vnto Mosés * Take all the heades of the people and hang them vp before the Lord against the sunne that the indignacion of the Lords wrath may be turned from Israél 5 Then Mosés said vnto the Iudges of Israéll Euerie one slay his ment that were ioyned vnto Báal Peór 6 ¶ And beholde one of the children of Israél came and broght vnto his brethren a Midianitish woman in the sight of Mosés and in the sight of all the Congregacion of the chil dren of Israél who wept before the dore of the
the Ahiramites 39 Of Shuphám the familie of the Shuphamites of Huphám the familie of the Huphamites 40 And the sonnes of Belá were 〈◊〉 and Naamán of Ard came the familie of the Ardites of Naamán the familie of the Naamites 41 These are the sonnes of Beniamin after their families and their nombers fiue and fourty thousand and six hundreth 42 ¶ These are the sonnes of Dan after their families of Shuhám came the familie of the Shuhamites these are the families of Dan after their householdes 43 All the families of the Shuhamites were after their nombers thre score and foure thousand and foure hundreth 44 ¶ The sonnes of Ashér after their families were of Iimnáh the familie of the Iimnites of Isui the familie of the Isuites of Beriáh the familie of the Beriites 45 The sonnes of Beriáh were of Hebér the familie of the Heberites of Malchiél the familie of the Malchielites 46 And the Name of the daughter of Ashér was Sárah 47 These are the families of the sonnes of Ashér after their nombers thre and fifty thousand and foure hundreth 48 ¶ The sonnes of Naphtali after their families were of Iahzéel the families of the Iahzeelites of Guni the familie of the Gunites 49 Of Iézer the familie of the Izrites of Shillém the familie of the Shillemites 50 These are the families of Naphtali according to their housholdes and their nōber fiue and fourty thousand foure hūdreth 51 These are the nombers of the childrē of Israél six hundreth and one thousand seuē hundreth and thirty 52 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 53 Vnto these the land shal be deuided for an inheritance accordynge to the nomber of names 54 * To manie thou shalt giue the more in heritāce and to fewe thou shalt giue lesse inheritance to euerie one according to his nomber shal be giuen his inheritance 55 Notwithstanding the land shal be * deuided by lot according to the Names of the tribes of their fathers they shal inherit 56 According to the lot shall the possession therof be deuided betwene manie fewe 57 ¶ * These also are the nombers of the Leuites after their families of Gershôn came the familie of the Gershonites of Koháth the familie of the Kohathites of Merari the familie of the Merarites 58 These are the families of Leui the familie of the Libnites the familie of the Hebronites the familie of the Mahlites the fami lie of the Mushites the familie of the Korhites and Koháth begate Amrám 59 And Amrans wife was called * Iochébed the daughter of Leui whiche was borne vnto Leui in Egypt and she bare vnto Amrā Aarón and Mosés and Miriám their sister 60 And vnto Aarôn were borne Nadáb and Abihú Eleazár and Ithamár 61 * And Nadáb and Abihú dyed because thei offred strange fire before the Lord. 62 And their nombers were thre and twenty thousand all males from a moneth olde aboue for they were not nombred among the children of Israél because there was none inheritance giuen them amonge the children of Israél 63 ¶ These are the nombers of Mosés and Eleazár the Priest which nombred the children of Israél in the plaine of Moáb nere Iordén toward Ierichô 64 And among these there was not a man of them whome Mosés and Aarôn the Priest nombred when they tolde the children of Israél in the wildernes of Sinái 65 For the Lord said of them * They shall dye in the wildernes so there was not left a mā of them saue Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh and Ioshúa the sonne of Nun. CHAP. XXVII 1 The Lawe of the heritage of the daughters of Zelophehád 12 The land of promes is shewed vnto Mosés 16 Mosés praieth for a gouerner to the people 18 Ioshûa is appointed in his stede 1 THen came the daughters of * Zelophehád the sonne of Hépher the sonne of Gileád the sonne of Machir the sonne of Manasséh of the familie of Manasséh the sonne of Ioséph the names of his daugh ters were these Mahláh Noáh Hogláh and Milcáh and Tirzáh 2 And stode before Mosés and before Eleazár the Priest and before the princes and all the assemblie at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion saying 3 Our father * dyed in the wildernes and he was not amonge the assemblie of thē that were assembled against the Lord in the cōpanie of Kôrah but dyed in his sinne and had no sonnes 4 Wherefore shulde the Name of our father be taken awaye from amōg his familie because he hathe no sonne giue vs a possession among the brethren of our father 5 Thē Mosés broght their cause before the Lord 6 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 7 The daughters of Zelophehád speak right thou shalt giue thē a possessiō to inherite amōg their fathers brethré shalt turne the inheritāce of their father vnto them 8 Also thou shalt speake vnto the childrē of Israél saying If a man dye and haue no sonne then ye shall turne his inheritance vnto his daughter 9 And if he haue no daughter ye shall giue his inheritance vnto his brethren 10 And if he haue no bretheren ye shall giue his inheritance vnto his Fathers brethren 11 And if his father haue no bretheren ye shal giue his inheritāce vnto his next kinseman of his familie and he shall possesse it and this shall be vnto the children of Israél a lawe of iudgement as the LORD hathe commanded Mosés 12 ¶ Againe the Lord said vnto Mosés * Go vp into this mount of Abarim and behold the land which I haue giuen vnto the children of Israél 13 And when thou hast sene it thou shalt be gathered vnto thy people also * as Aarôn thy brother was gathered 14 Forye were * disobedient vnto my worde in the desert of Zin in the strife of the assemblie to sanctifie me in the waters before their eies * That is the water of Meribáh in Kadésh in the wildernes of Zin 15 ¶ Thē Mosés spake vnto the Lord saying 16 Let the Lord God of the Spirits of all fleshe appointe a man ouer the Congregacion 17 Who may go out and in before them lead them out and in that the Congregacion of the Lord be not as shepe whiche haue not a shepherd 18 And the Lord said vnto Mosés Take thee Ioshúa the sonne of Nun in whome is the Spirit and put thine hands vpon him 19 And set him before Eleazár the Priest before all the Congregacion giue him a charge in their sight 20 And giue him of thy glorie that all the Congregacion of the children of Israél may obeie 21 And he shall stand before Eleazár the Priest who shal aske counsel for him * by the iudgemēt of Vrim before the Lord at his worde they shal go out and at his worde they shal come in bothe he and all
Lorde raised vp Iudges whiche deliuered them out of the hands of their oppressers 17 But yet they wolde not obey their Iudges for they went a whoring after other gods worshipped them and turned quickely out of the way wherein their fathers walked obeying the commandements of the Lord they did not so 18 And when the Lord had raised them vp Iud ges the Lord was with the Iudge and deliue red them out of the hand of their enemies al the daies of the Iudge for the Lord had cōpassions of their gronings because of thē that oppressed them and tormented them 19 Yet * when the Iudge was dead thei returned and did worse then their fathers in fol lowing other gods to serue thē and worship them thei ceased not from their owne inuen cions nor from their rebellious way 20 Wherefore the wrath of the Lord was kinled against Israél and he said Because this people hathe transgressed my couenant which I commāded their fathers and hathe not obeyed my voyce 21 Therefore wil I no more cast out before them any of the nacions Ioshúa which left when he dyed 22 That through them I may proue Israél whether they wil kepe the way of the Lord to walke therein as their fathers kept it or not 23 So the Lord left those nacions and droue them not out immediatly nether deliuered them into the hand of Ioshúa CHAP. III. 1 The Canaanites were left to trye Israél 9 Othniél deliuereth Israél 21 Ehúd killeth King Eglón 31 Shamigár killeth the Philistims 1 THese now are the nacions which the Lord left that he might proue Israél by them euen as many of Israel as had not knowen all the warres of Canâan 2 Onely to make the generacions of the children of Israél to knowe and to teache them warre which douteles their predessessors knewe not 3 Fiue princes of the Philistims and all the Ca naanites and the Sidonians and the Hiuites that dwelt in mount Lebanôn from mount Báal hermôn vnto one come to Hamáth 4 And these remained to proue Israél by them to wit whether thei wolde obey the cōman dements of the Lord which he commanded their fathers by the hand of Mosés 5 And the children of Israél dwelt among the Canaanites the Hittites and the Amorites and the Perizzites and the Hiuites and the Iebusites 6 And thei toke their daughters to be their wiues and gaue their daughters to their son nes and serued their gods 7 ¶ So the childrē of Israél did wickedly in the sight of the Lord and forgate the Lord their God and serued Baalim and Asheróth 8 Therefore the wrath of the Lord was kindled against Israél ād he solde them into the hand of Chushán rishatháim King of Arám naharáim and the children of Israél serued Chushán rishatháim eight yeres 9 And when the children of Israél cryed vnto the Lord the Lord stirred vp a sauiour to the children of Israél and he saued them euen Othniél the sonne of Kenáz Calebs yonger brother 10 And the Spirit of the Lord came vpon him and he iudged Israél and went out to warre and the Lord deliuered Chushán rishatháim King of Arám into his hand and his hand Preuailed against Chushân rishatháim 11 So the land hadrest fourtie yeres and Othniêl the sonne of Kenáz dyed 12 ¶ Thē the children of Israél againe commit ted wickednes in the sight of the Lord and the Lord strēgthened Eglôn King of Moáb against Israél because thei had committed wickednes before the Lord. 13 And he gathered vnto him the children of Ammôn and Amalék and went and smote Israél thei possessed the citie of palmetrees 14 So the children of Israél serued Eglón King of Moáb eightene yeres 15 But when the children of Israél cryed vnto the Lord the Lord stirred them vp a sauiour Ehúd the sonne of Gerá the sonne of Iemni a man lame of his righthand and the children of Israél sent a present by him vnto Eglôn King of Moáb 16 And Ehúd made him a dagger with two edges of a cubite length and he did girde it vnder his rayment vpon his right thigh 17 And he presented the gift vnto Eglon King of Moáb and Eglôn was a very fatman 18 And when he had now presented the present he sent away the people that bare the present 19 But he turned againe from the quarris that whereby Gilgál and said I haue a secret errand vnto thee ô King Who said Kepe silence and all that stode about him went out from him 20 Then Ehúd came vnto him and he sate alone in a somer parler which he had and Ehúd said I haue a message vnto thee from God Then he arose out of his throne 21 And Ehud put for the his lefthand and toke the dagger from his right thigh and thrust it into his belly 22 So that the hafte went in after the blade and the fat closed about the blade so that he colde not drawe the dagger out of his belly but the dirt came out 23 Then Ehúd gate him out into the porche and shut the dores of the parler vpon him and locked them 24 And when he was gone out his seruants came whoseing that the dores of the parler were locked thei said Surely he doeth his easement in his somer chambre 25 And thei taryed til thei were ashamed and seing he opened not the dores of the parler theitoke the key and opened thē beholde their lord was fallen dead on the earth 26 So Ehúd escaped while thei taryed was passed the quarris and escaped vnto Seirâth 27 And when he came home he blewe a trumpet in mount Ephráim and the childrē of Israél went downe with him from the mo untaine and he went before them 28 Then said he vnto them Followe me for the Lord hathe deliuered your enemies euen Moáb into your hand So they went downe after him and toke the passages of Iordén toward Moáb and suffred not a man to passe ouer 29 And they slew of the Moabites the same time about ten thousand men all fed men and all were warriours and there escaped not a man 30 So Moâb was sub dued that day vnder the hand of Israél and the land had rest fourescore yeres 31 ¶ And after him was Shamgár the sonne of Anáth which slewe of the Philistims sixe hundreth men with an oxe goade and he also deliuered Israél CHAP. IIII. 1 Israél sinne and are giuen into the hands of Iabie 4 De boráh iudgeth Israél and exhorteth Barak to deliuer the people 15 Sisera fleeth 17 And is killed by Iaél 1 ANd the children of Israél began againe to do wickedly in the sight of the Lord when 〈◊〉 was dead 2 And the Lord solde them into the hand of Iabin King of Canáan that reigned in Hazôr whose chief captaine was called Siserá which
Hatred betwene Abimélech the Shechemites 26 Gaál conspireth against him and is ouercome 53 Abimélech is wounded to death by a woman 1 THen Abimélech the sonne of Ierubbáal went to Shechém vnto his mothers brethren and communed with them and with all the familie and house of hss mothers father saying 2 Say I pray you in the audience of all the mē of Shechém whether is better for you that all the sonnes of Ierubbáal which are seuentie persones reigne ouer you ether that one reigne ouer you Remember also that I am your bone and your flesh 3 Then his mothers brethren spake of hym in the audiēce of all the men of Shechém all these wordes and their heartes were moued to folowe Abimélech for said thei He is our brother 4 And they gaue him seuentie pieces of siluer out of the house of Baal-berith wherewith Abimélech hired vaine and light fellowes which followed him 5 And he went vnto his fathers house at Ophráh and sle we his brethren the sonnes of Ierubbâal aboute seuentye persones vpon one stone yet Iothám the yongest sonne of Ierubbáal was left for he hid him selfe 6 ¶ And all the men of Shechém gathered together with all the house of Millo and came and made Abimélech Kynge in the plaine where the stone was erected in Shechém 7 And when they tolde it to Iothám he wēt and stode in the tope of mount Gerizim and lift vp his voyce and cryed and sayde vnto them Hearken vnto me you men of Shechém that GOD maye hearken vnto you 8 The trees went for the to anointe a Kyng ouer them and said vnto the oliue tre Reigne thou ouer vs. 9 But the oliuetre said vnto them Shulde I leaue my fatnes where with by me thei honour God and man and go to auance me aboue the trees 10 Then the trees said to the fig tre Come thou and be King ouer vs. 11 But the fig tre answered them Shuld I forsake my swetenes and my good frute and go to auan ceme aboue the trees 12 Then said the trees vnto the vyne Come thou and be King ouer vs. 13 But the vine said vnto them Shuld I leaue my wine whereby I cheare God and man and go to auance me aboue the trees 14 Then said all the trees vnto the bramble Come thou and reigne ouer vs. 15 And the bramble said vnto the trees If ye wil in dede anoint me king ouer you come and put your trust vnder my shadow and if not the fire shal come out of the bramble and consume the cedres of Lebanôn 16 Now therefore if ye do truely and vncorruptly to make Abimélech King and if ye haue dealt wel with Ierubbáal and with his house and haue done vnto him according to the deseruing of his hands 17 For my father fought for you and aduentured his life and deliuered you out of the hands of Midián 18 And ye are risen vp agaynste my Fathers house this day and haue slayne his childré about seuentie persones vpon one stone and haue made Abimélech the sonne of his maide seruant King ouer the men of Shechém because he is your brother 19 If ye then haue delt truelye and purely with Ierubbáal with his house this daye then reioyce ye with Abimélech and let him reioyce with you 20 But if not let a fire come out from Abimélech and consume the men of Shechém and the house of Millô also let a fire come forthe frome the men of Shechém and from the house of Millô and consume Abimélech 21 And Iothám ranne away and fled went to Beér dwelt there for feare of Abimélech his brother 22 So Abimélech reygned thre yere ouer Israél 23 But God sent an euil Spirit betwene Abimélech and the men of Shechém and the men of Shechém brake their promes to Abimélech 24 That the crueltie towarde the seuentie sonnes of Ierubbáal and their blood might come and be laide vpon Abimélech theyr brother which had slayne them and vpon the mē of Shechém which had aided him to kil his brethren 25 So the men of Shechém set men in waite for him in the tops of the mountaines who robbed all that passed that way by them it was tolde Abimélech 26 Then Gáal the sonne of Ebéd came with his bretheren and they went to Shechém and the men of Shechém put their confidēce in him 27 Therefore thei went out into the fielde and gathered in their grapes and troade them and made merye and went into the house of their gods and did eat drinke and cursed Abimélech 28 Then Gáal the sonne of Ebéd said Who is Abimélech and who is Shechém that we shulde serue him Is he not the sonne of Ierubbáal Zebūl is his officer Serue rather the men of Hamór the father of Shechém for why shulde we serue him 29 Now wolde God this people were vnder mine hand then wolde I put away Abimélech And he said to Abimélech Increase thine armie and come out 30 ¶ And when Zebúl the ruler of the Citie heard the words of Gáal the sonne of Ebéd his wrath was kindled 31 Therefore he sent messen gers vnto Abimélech priuely saying Beholde Gáal the sonne of Ebéd and his bretheren be come to Shechém and beholde thei fortifie the citie against thee 32 Now therefore arise by night thou the people that is with thee and lye in wayte in the field 33 And rise early in the morning as soone as the sunne is vp and assalt the Citie and when he and the people that is with hym shal come out against thee do to him what thou canst 34 ¶ So Abimélech rose vp and all the people that were with him by night and they laie in waite against Shechém in foure bādes 35 Then Gáal the sonne of Ebéd went out and stode in the entring of the gate of the citie and Abimélech rose vp and the folke that were with him from liyng in waite 36 And when Gáal sawe the people he said to Zebúl Beholde there come people downe from the tops of the mountaines and Zebúl say de vnto hym The shadowe of the mountaines seme men vnto thee 37 And Gáal spake againe and said Se there come folke downe by the middle of the land and an other band cometh by the way of the plaine of Meonenim 38 Then said Zebúl vnto him Where is now thy mouthe that said Who is Abimélech that we shulde serue him Is not this the people that thou haste despised Go out now I pray thee and fight with them 39 And Gáal went out before the men of Shechém and fought with Abimélech 40 But Abimélech pursued him and he fled before him and manye were ouerthrowen and wounded euen vnto the entrynge of the gate 41 And Abimélech dwelt at Arumáh Zebúl thrust out Gáal and his bretheren that they shulde not dwel in Shechém 42 ¶
powred it vpon his head and kissed him and said Hathe not the Lord anointed thee to be gouernour ouer his inheritance 2 When thoushalt departe from me this day thou shalt finde two men by * Rahels sepulchre in the border of Beniamin euen at Zelzáh and thei wil say vnto thee The asses which thou wentest to seke are founde and lo thy father hathe left the care of the asses and soro weth for you saying What shal I do for my sonne 3 Then shalt thou go forthe from thence and shalt come to the plaine of Tabōr and there shal mete thee thre men going vp to God to Beth-él one carying thre kiddes ād another carying thre loaues of bread and another carying a bottle of wine 4 And thei wil aske thee if all be wel and wil giue thee two loaues of bread which thou shalt receiue of their hands 5 After that shalt thou come to the hil of God where is the garisons of the Philistims and when thou art come thether to the citie thou shaltmete a companie of Prophets cō ming downe from the hye place with a viole and atymbrel and a pipe and an harpe before them and they shall prophecie 6 Then the Spirit of the Lord wil come vpon thee and thou shalt prophecie with thē shalt be turned into another man 7 Therefore when these signes shall come vnto thee do as occasion shall 〈◊〉 for God is with thee 8 And thou shalt go downe before me to Gilgál and I also wil come downe vnto thee to offer burnt offrings and to sacrifice sacrifices of peace * Tary for me seuen daies till I come to thee and shewe thee what thou shalt do 9 And when he had turned his backe to go frome Samuéll God gaue hym another heart and all tose tokens came to passe that same day 10 ¶ And when they came thether to the hill behold the companie of Prophets met him and the Spirit of God came vpon him and he prophecied among them 11 Therefore all the people that knewe hym before when thei sawe that he prophecied among the Prophets said eche to other What is come vnto the sonne of Kish * is Saúl also among the Prophets 12 And one of the same place answered said But who is their father Therefore it was a prouerbe 〈◊〉 Saúl also among the Prophets 13 And when he had made an end of prophecying he came to the hie place 14 And Sauls vncle said vnto him and to his seruant Whether went ye And he said To seke the asses and when we sawe that they were no where we came to Samuél 15 And Sauls vncle said Tel me I pray thee what Samuél said vnto you 16 Then Saúl said to his vncle He tolde vs plainely that the asses were founde but con cerning the kingdome where of Samuél spake tolde he him not 17 ¶ And Samuéll assembled the people vnto the Lord in Mizpéh 18 And he said vnto the childrē of Israél Thus saith the Lorde God of Israéll I haue broght Israél out of Egypt and deliuered you out of the hand of the Egyptians and out of the hands of al king domes that troublee you 19 But ye haue this day cast away your God who onely deliuereth you out of al your aduersities and tribulacions and ye said vnto him No but appoint a King ouer vs. Now therefore stand ye before the Lord according to your tribes and according to your thousands 20 And when Samuél had gathered together all the tribes of Israél the tribe of Beniamin was taken 21 Afterwarde he assembled the tribe of Be niamin according to their families the families of Matri was taken So Saúl the sonne of Kishe was taken and when they soght him he colde not be founde 22 Therefore thei asked the Lord againe if that man shuld yet come the ther. And the Lord answered Beholde he hathe hid him selfe among the stuffe 23 And thei ranne and broght hym thence and when he stode amonge the people he was hier then anye of the people from the shoulders vp warde 24 And Samuél said to all the people Seye not him whome the Lorde hathe chosen that there is none like him among all the people And all the people showted and said God saue the King 25 Then Samuél tolde the people the duety of the kingdome and wrote it in a boke and layed it vp before the Lord Samuél sent all the people awaye euerye man to his house 26 Saúl also went home to Gibeáh and there followed him a band of men whose hearts God had touched 27 But the wicked mē said How shal he saue vs So they despised him and broght hym no presentes but he helde his tongue CHAP. XI 1 Nahásh the 〈◊〉 warreth against Iabésh Gileád who asketh helpe of the Israelites 6 Saúl promiseth helpe 11 The Ammonites are slayne 14 The kyngedome is renued 1 THen Nahásh the Ammonite came vp and besieged Iabésh Gileád and all the men of Iabésh say de vnto Nahásh Make a couenant with vs and we will be thy seruants 2 And Nahásh the Ammonite answered thē On this condicion will I make a couenant with you that I maye thruste out all your right eyes and brynge that shame vppon all Israél 3 To whome the Elders of Iabésh said Giue vs seuen daies respet that we maye send messengers vnto all the coastes of Israél and then if no man deliuer vs we will come out to thee 4 ¶ Then came the messengers to Gibeāh of Saúl and tolde these tidings in the eares of the people and all the people lift vp theyr voyces and wept 5 And behold Saūl came followyng the cattel out of the fielde and Saūl said What aileth his people that thei wepe And thei tolde him the tidings of the men of Iabésh 6 Then the Spirit of God came vpon Saúl when he heard those tidings and he was exceding angry 7 And tooke a yoke of oxen and hewed thē in pieces and sent them throughout all the coastes of Israél by the hands of messengers saying Whosoeuer commeth not forth after Saúl and after Samuél so shal his oxen be serued And the feare of the Lord fell on the people and thei came out with one consent 8 And when he nombred them in Bezék the childrē of Israél were thre hundreth thousand mē and the men of Iudáh thirty thousand 9 Then thei said vnto the messengers that came So say vnto the men of Iabésh Gileád Tomorowe by thē the sunne be hote ye shall haue helpe And the messengers came and shewedit to the men of Iabésh which were glad 10 Therefore the men of Iabésh said Tomorowe we will come out vnto you and ye shal do with vs all that pleaseth you 11 ¶ And when the morowe was come Saúl put the people in thre bands they came in vpon the hoste in the
with me to battel against Ramóth Gileád And Iehoshaphat said vnto the King of Israél I am as thou art my people as thy people and mine horses as thine horses 5 Then Iehoshaphát said vnto the King of Israél Aske counsel I pray thee of the Lord to day 6 Then the King of Israél gathered the Prophetes vpon a foure hundreth men and said vnto them Shal I go against Ramoth Gileád to battel or shal I let it alone And they said Go vp for the Lord shal deliuer it into the hands of the King 7 And Iehoshaphát said Is there here neuer a Prophet of the Lord more that we might in quire of him 8 And the King of Israél said vnto Iehoshaphát There is yet one man Micháiah the sonne of Imláh by whome we may aske counsel of the Lord but I hate him for he doeth not prophecie good vnto me but euil And Iehoshaphát said Let not the King say so 9 Then the King of Israél called an Eunuche and said Call quickely Micháiah the sonne of Imláh 10 And the King of Israél and Iehoshaphát the King of Iudáh sate ether of them 〈◊〉 his throne in their apparel in the voyde place at the entring in of the gate of Samaria and all the Prophetes prophecīed before them 11 And Zidkiiáh the sonne of Chenaanáh ma de him hornes of yron said Thus sayth the Lord With these shalt thou push the Aramites vntil thou hast consumed them 12 And all the Prophetes prophecied so saying Go vp to Ramoth Gileád and pros per for the Lord shal deliuer it into the Kings hand 13 ¶ And the messenger that was gone to call Michálah spake vnto him saying Behold now the wordes of the Prophetes declare good vnto the King with one accorde let thy worde therefore I pray thee be like the worde of one of thē speake thou good 14 And Micháiah said As the Lord liueth what soeuer the Lord sayth vnto me that wil I speake 15 ¶ So he came to the King and the King said vnto him Micháiah shal we go agaīst Ramoth Gilead to battel or shal we leaue of And he answered him Go vp and pro sper and the Lord shal deliuer it into the hand of the King 16 And the King said vnto him How oft shal I charge thee that thou tel me nothing but that which is true in the Name of the Lord. 17 Then he said I sawe all Israél scatred vpon the mountaines as shepe that had no shepherd And the Lord said These haue no master let euery mā returne vnto his house in peace 18 And the King of Israel said vnto Iehosha phar Did I not tel thee that he wolde pro phecie no good vnto me but euil 19 Againe he said Heare thou therefore the worde of the Lord I sawe the Lord sit on his throne and all the hoste of heauē stode about him on his right hand and on his left hand 20 And the Lord said Who shal entise Aháb that he may go and fall at Ramóth Gilead And one said on this maner and another said on that maner 21 Then there came forthe a spirit stode before the Lord and said I wil entise him And the Lord said vnto him Where with 22 And he said I wil go out and be a false spi rit in the mouthe of all his prophetes Thē he said Thou shalt entise him shalt also preuaile go forthe and do so 23 Now therefore beholde the Lord hathe put a lying spirit in the mouthe of all the se thy prophetes and the Lord hathe appointed euil against thee 24 Then 〈◊〉 the sonne of Chenaanáh came nere smote Micháiah on the chek and said * When went the Spirit of the Lord from me to speake vnto thee 25 And Micháiah said Beholde thou shalt se in that day when thou shalt go from chāber to chamber to hide thee 26 And the King of Israel said Take Micháiah and cary him vnto Amon the gouern our of the citie and vnto Ioásh the Kings sōne 27 And say thus sayth the King Put this mā in the prison house fede him with bread of affliction and with water of affliction vntil I returne in peace 28 And Micháiah said If thou returne in pea ce the Lord hathe not spok en by me And he said Hearken all ye people 29 So the King of Israél and Iehoshaph át the King of Iudáh wēt vp to Ramôth Gileáe 30 And the King of Israél said to Iehoshaphát I wil change mine apparel and wil entre into the battel but put thou on thine apparel And the King of Israél changed him selfe and went into the battel 31 And the King of Aram commāded his two and thirtie captaines ouer his charrets saying Fight nether with smal nor great saue onely against the King of Israel 32 And when the captaines of the charets sa we Iehoshaphát they said Surely it is the King of Israél and they turned to fight against him and Iohoshaphát cryed 33 And when the captaines of the charets sawe that was not the King of Israél they turned backe from him 34 Then a certeine man drue a bowe mightely and smote the King of Israél betwene the ioyntes of his brigandine Wherefore he said vnto his charet man Turne thine hand and cary me out of the hoste for I am hurt 35 And the battell encreased that day the King stode stil in his charet against the Aramites and dyed at euen and the blood ran out of the wounde into the middes of the charet 36 And there went a proclamation through our the hoste about the going downe of the sunne saying Euery man to his 〈◊〉 euery man to his owne countrei 37 So the King dyed and was broght to Samaria they buried the King in Samaria 38 And one washed the charet in the poole of Samaria and the doggs licked vp his blood they washed his armour accordīg * vnto the worde of the Lord which he spake 39 Concerning the rest of the actes of Aháb and all that he did and the yuorie house which he buylt and all the cities that he buylt are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél 40 So Aháb slept with his fathers and Ahaziáh his sonne reigned in his steade 41 ¶ * And Iehoshaphat the sonne of Asábe gan to reigne vpon Iudáh in the fourth yere of Ahà b King of Israél 42 Iehoshaphát was fiue and thirtie yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned fiue and twentie yere in Ierusalém And his mo ther 's name was Azubáh the daughter of Shilhi 43 And he walked in all the wayes of Asá his father and declined not there from but did that which was right in the eyes of the Lord Neuertheles the hie places were not taken away for the people
Saneherib King of Asshúr departed and went his way and returned and dwelt in Niniuéh 37 And as he was in the temple worshiping Nisrōch his God Adramélech and Sharézer his sonnes slewe him with the sworde and they escaped into the land of Ararát ad Esarhaddōn his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XX. 1 Hezehiáh is sicke and receyueth the signe of his health 12 He receyueth rewardes of Berodách 13 Sheweth his treasures and is reprehended of Isaiah 22 He dyeth and Manasséh his sonne reigneth in his steade 1 ABout that time * was Hezekiáh sicke vn to death and the Prophet Isaiáh the son ne of Amōz came to him and said vnto him Thus sayth the LORD Put thine house in an ordre for thou shalt dye and not liue 2 Then he turned his face to the wall and prayed to the Lord saying 3 I beseche thee ô Lord remember now how I haue walked before thee in trueth with a perfit heart and haue done that which is good in thy sight Hezekiáh wept sore 4 ¶ And a fore Isaiáh was gone out into the middle of the court the worde of the Lord came to him saying 5 Turne againe and tel Hezekiáh the captaine of my people Thus sayth the Lord God of Dauid thy father I haue heard thy prayer and sene thy teares beholde I haue healed thee and the third day thou shalt go vp to the house of the Lord 6 And I wil adde vnto thy dayes fiftene yere and wil deliuer thee and this citie out of the hand of the King of Asshúr and wil defend this citie for mine owne sake and for Dauid my seruants sake 7 Then Isaiáh said Take a lompe of drye figs And they toke it and layed it on the 〈◊〉 and he recouered 8 ¶ For Hezekiáh had said vnto Isaiáh What shal be the sigue that the Lord wil heale me and that I shal go vp into the house of the Lord the third day 9 And Isaiáh answered This signe shalt thou haue of the Lord that the Lord wil do that he hathe spoken Wilt thou that the 〈◊〉 go forwarde ten degrees or go bicke ten degrees 10 And Hezekiáh answered It is a light thing for the shadowe to passe forwarde ten degrees not so then but let the shadowe go backe ten degrees 11 And Isaiáh the Prophet called vnto the Lord and he broght againe the shadowe ten degrees backe by the degrees 〈◊〉 by it had gone downe in the dial of Aház 12 ¶ * The same season Berodách Baladán the sonne of Baladán King of 〈◊〉 sent letters and a present to Hezekiáh for he had heard how that Hezekiáh was sicke 13 And Hezekiáh heard thē and shewed them all his treasure house to wit the siluer and the golde and the spices and the precious ointmēt and all the house of his armour and al that was founde in his treasures there was nothing in his house and in all his realme that Hezekiáh she wed them not 14 Then Isaiáh the Prophet came vnto King Hezekiáh and said vnto him What said thesemen and from whence came they to thee And Hezekiáh said They be come from a farre countrey euen from Babél 15 Then said he What haue they sene in thine house And Hezekiáh answered All that is in mine house haue they sene there is nothing among my treasures that I haue not shewed them 16 And Isaiáh said vnto Hezekiáh Heare the worde of the Lord. 17 Beholde the dayes come that all that is in thine house and whatsoeuer thy fathers haue laied vp in store vnto this day * shal be caried into Babél Nothing shal beleft saith the Lord. 18 And of thy sonnes that shal procede out of thee and which thou shalt be get shal they take away and they shal be eunuches in the place of the King of Babél 19 Then Hezekiáh said vnto Isaiáh The word of the Lord which thou hast spokē is good for said he Shal it not be good if peace and trueth be in my dayes 20 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh all his valiāt dedes and how he made a poole and a condite broght water into the citie are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudà h 21 And Hezekiáh slept with his fathers and Manasséh his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XXI 3 King Manasséh restoreth idolatrie 16 And vseth great 〈◊〉 18 He dyeth and Amon his sonne succedeth 23 who is killed of his owne seruants 26 After him 〈◊〉 Iosiah 1 MAnasséh * was twelue yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned fiftie and fiue yere in Ierusalém his mothers name also was Hephzi-báh 2 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord after the abominacion of the heathen whome the * Lord had cast out before the children of Israél 3 For he went backe and buylt the hie places * which Hezekià h his father had destroied and he erected vp altars for Báal and made a groue as did Aháb King of Israél and worshiped all the hoste of heauen and serued them 4 Also he * buylt altars in the house of the Lord of the which the Lord said * In Ierusalém wil I put my Name 5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord. 6 And he caused his sonnes to passe through the fyre and gaue him selfe to witch craft and sorcerie and he vsed them that had fami liar spirits and were sothe sayers and did mu che euil in the sight of the Lord to 〈◊〉 him 7 And he set the image of the groue that he had made in the house where of the Lord had said to Dauid and to Salomōn his sonne * In this house ād in Ierusalém which I haue chosen out of all the tribes of Israél wil I put my Name for euer 8 Nether wil I make the feete of Israél moue anie more out of the land which I gaue their fathers so that they wil obserue and do all that I haue commanded them and according to all the Lawe that my seruant Mosés commanded them 9 Yet they obeyed not but Manasséh led thē out of the way to do more wickedly then did the heathen people whome the Lord de stroyed before the children of Israél 10 Therefore the Lord spake by his seruants the Prophetes saying 11 * Because that Manasséh King of Iudáh hathe done suche abominacions and hathe wroght more wickedly then all that the Amorites which were before him did and ha the made Iudáh sinne also with his idoles 12 Therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israél Beholde I wil bring an euil vpon Ierusalém and Iudáh that whoso heareth of it bothe his eares shal tingle 13 And I wil stretch ouer Ierusalém the line of Samaria and the plommet of the house of Aháb
at Sha araim these were their cities vnto the reigne of Dauid 32 And their townes were Etám and Ain Rimmon and Tōchē and Ashan fiue cities 33 And all their to wnes that were rounde about these cities vnto Baal These are their habitations and the declaration of theyr genealogie 34 And Meshobab and Iamlēch and Ioshah the sonne of Amashiah 35 And Ioél and Iehu the sonne of Ioshibiah the sonne of Seraiah the sonne of Asiél 36 And Elionai and Iaakobah and Ieshohaiah anh Asaiah and Adiél and Iesimiél and Benaiah 37 And Ziza the sonne of Shiphéi the sonne of Allon the sonne of Iedaiah the sonne of Shimri the sonne of Shemaiah 38 These were famous princes in their families and increased greatlye theyr fathers houses 39 And they went to the entring in of Gedór euen vnto the East side of the valley to seke pasture for their shepe 40 And thei found fat pasture and good and a wide land bothe quiet and frutefull for they of Ham had dwelt there before 41 And these described by name came in the dayes of Hezekiáh King of Iudah smote theyr tents and the inhabitāts that were founde there and destroyed them vtterly vnto this day and dwelt in theyr rowme because there was pasture there for theyr shepe 42 And besides these fiue hundreth men of the sonnes of Simeōn went to mount Seir and Pelatiáh and Neariah Rophaiah and Vzziél the sonnes of Ishi were theyr captaines 43 And the rest of Amalék that had escaped and they dwelt there vnto this day CHAP. V. 1 The birth right taken from Reubén and giuen to the sonnes of Ioséph 3 The genealogie of Reubén 11 And Gad. 23 And of the halfe tribe of 〈◊〉 1 THe sonnes also of Reubén the eldest sonne of Israél for he was the eldest * but had defiled his fathers bed therfore his birthright was giuē vnto the sonnes of Ioséph the sonne of Israél so that the genea logie is not rekened after his birthright 2 For Iudah preuailed aboue hys brethren of him came the prince but the birth-right was Iosephs 3 * The sonnes of Reubén the eldest sonne of Israél were Hanōch and Pallú Hezrōn and Carmi. 4 The sonnes of Ioél Shemaiah hys sonne Gog his sonne and Shimei his sonne 5 Michah his sonne Reaiah his sonne and Baal his sonne 6 Beerah his sonne whome Tilgath Pilneéser King of Asshūr caryed awaye he was a prince of the Reubenites 7 And when hys bretheren in theyr families rekened the genealogie of theyr generacions Ieiel and Zechariah were the chief 8 And Bela the sonne of Azaz the sonne of Shéma the sonne of Ioél which dwelt in Aroér euen vnto Nebô and Báal meōn 9 Also Eastwardc he in habited vnto the entring in of the wildernes from the riuer Perath for they had muche cattel in the land of Gilead 10 And in the dayes of Saúl they warred with the Hagarims which fell by their hands and they dwelt in their tents in all the East partes of Gileád 11 ¶ And the children of Gad dwelt ouer against them in the land of Bashan vnto Salcháh 12 Ioél was the chiefest and Shapham the seconde but Iaanái and Saphar were in Baashān 13 And their brethren óf the house óf their fathers were Michaél meshullám She bá Sorái and Iacán Zia Ebér seuen 14 These are the children of Abiháil the son ne of Huri the sonne of Iaroáh the sonne of Gileád the sonne of Michaél the sonne of Ieshishái the sonne of Iahdō the sonne of Buz. 15 Ahi the sonne of Abdiél the sonne of Guni was chief of the housholde of their fathers 16 And they dwelt in Gileád in Bashán ' and in the townes thereof and in all the subur bes of Shatōn by their borders 17 All these were 〈◊〉 by genealogies in the dayes of Iothám King of Iudáh and in the dayes of Ieroboám King of Israél 18 ¶ The sonnes of Reubén and of Gad and of halfe the tribe of 〈◊〉 of those that were valiant men able to beare shield and sworde and to drawe a bowe exercised in warre were foure and fourtie thou sand seuen hundreth and threscore that went out to the warre 19 And they made warre with the Hagarims with Ietur and Naphish and Nodab 20 And they were holpen against them the Hagarims were deliuered into their hand and all that were with them for thei cryed to God in the battel and he heard them because they trusted in him 21 And they led a way their cattel euen their camels fiftie thousand two hundreth fiftie thousand shepe and two thousand asses and of persones an hundreth thou sand 22 For many fel downe wonded because the warre was of God And they dwelt in their steades vntil the captiuitie 23 And the children of the halfe tribe of Manasséh dwelt in the land from Bashán vnto Báal Hermon and Senir and vnto monnt Hermōn for they increased 24 And these were the heades of the housholdes of their fathers euen 〈◊〉 and Ishi and Eliél and Azriél Ieremiah and Hodauiáh and Iahdiél strong men valiāt and famous heapes of the housholdes of their fathers 25 But they transgressed against the God of their fathers and wēt a whoring after the gods of the people of the land whome God had destroied before them 26 And God of Israél stirred vp the spirit of Pul King of Asshúr the spirit of Tilgáth Pilneesér King of Ashúr and he caried thē awaye euen the Keubenites and the Gadites and the halfe tribe of Manasséh and broght them vnto * Haláh and Habōr and Haró and to the riuer Gozán vnto this day CHAP. VI. 10 The genealogie of the sonnes of Leui. 31 Their ordre in the ministerie of the Tabernacle 49 〈◊〉 and his sonnes Priests 54. 57. Their habitations 1 THe sonnes of Leui were Gershon Koháth and Merari 2 * And the sonnes of Koháth Amrám Izhar and Hebron and Vzziel 3 And the children of Amrám Aarōn and Mosēs and Miriam And the sonnes of Aarōn * Nadáb and Abihú and * Eleazar and Ithamár 4 Eleazar begate Phinehas Phinehás begate Abishúa 5 And Abishúa begate Bukki and Bukki be gate Vzzi 6 And Vzzi begate Zerahiáh and Zerahiáh begate Meraióth 7 Meraiōth begate Amariah and Amariah begate Ahitub 8 And Ahitúb begate Zadōk and Zadok be gate Ahimáaz 9 And Ahimáaz begate Azariah and Azariab begate Iohanan 10 And Iohanan begate Azariah it was he that was 〈◊〉 in the house that Salomón buylt in Ierusalém 11 And Azariah begate Amariah Amariah begate Ahituh 12 And Ahitúh begate Zadók and Zadok begate Shallúm 13 And Shallúm begate Hilkiah and Hilkiah begate Azariah 14 And Azáriah begate Seraiah and Seraiah begate Iehozadak 15 And Iehozadak departed when the Lord caried a way into 〈◊〉 Iudah and Ierusalém by the hand of Nebuchad-nezzar
Ierusalém euen by their brethren 39 And * Ner begate Kish and Kish begate Saúl and Saúl begate Ionathà n and Malchishúa and Abinadáb and Eshbáal 40 And the sonne of Ionathan was Merib-báal and Merib-báal begate Micáh 41 And the sonnes of Micáh were Pithon Melech and Tahréa 42 And Aház begate Iaráh and Iaráh begate Alémech and Azmaneth and Zimri and Zimri begate Mozá 43 And Mozá begate Bineá whose sonne was Repheiáh and his sonne was Eleasáh and his sonne Azel 44 And Azél had six sonnes whose names are these Azrikam Bocherú and Ismaél and Sheariáh and Obadiáh and Hanán these are the sonnes of Azél CHAP. X. 1 The battel of Saúl against the Philistims 4 In which he dveth 5 And his sonnes also 13 The cause of Sauls death 1 THen * the Philistims foght against Israél and the men of Israél fled before the Philistims and fel downe slaine in mount Gilbóa 2 And the Philistims pursued after Saúl and after his sonnes and the Philistims smote Ionathán and Abinadah and Malchishúa the sonnes of Saúl 3 And the batttel was sore against Saúl and the archers hit him and he was wounded of the archers 4 Thē said Saúl to his armour bearer Drawe out thy sworde ād thrust me 〈◊〉 the rewith lest these vncircumcised come and mocke at me but his armour bearer wolde not for he was sore afraid therefore Saúl toke the sworde and fel vpon it 5 And when his armour bearer sawe that Saul was dead he fel like wise vpō the sword and dyed 6 So Saúl dyed and his thre sonnes and all his house they dyed together 7 And when all the men of Israél that were in the valley sawe how they fled and that Saúl and his sonnes were dead they forso ke their cities and fled away and the Philistims came and dwelt in them 8 And on the morowe when the Philistims came to spoile them that were slaine they found Saúl and his sonnes lying inmount Gilbôa 9 And when they had stript him they toke his head and his armour and sent them in to the land of the Philistims round about to publish it vnto their idoles and to the people 10 And they laied vp his armour in the house of their god and set vp his head in the hou se of Dragón 11 ¶ When all thei of Iabésh Gileád heard all that the Philistims had done to Saúl 12 Then they arose all the valiant men and toke the body of Saúl and the bodies of his sonnes and broght them to Iabésh buryed the bones of them vnder an oke in Iabésh and fasted seuen dayes 13 So Saúl dyed for his transgression that he committed against the Lord * euē against the worde of the Lord which he kept not and in that he soght and asked counsel of a * familiar spirit 14 And asked not of the Lord therefore he slewe him and turned the kingdome vnto Dauid the sonne of Ishái CHAP. XI 3 After the death of Saúl is Dauid anointed in Hebrón 5 The Iebusites rebell against Dauid from vhome he taketh the towre of Zión 6 Ioáb is made captaine 10 His valiant men 1 THen * all Israél gathered them selues to Dauid vnto Hebron saying Behold we are thy bones and thy flesh 2 And in time past euen whē Saúl was King thou leddest Israél out and in and the lord thy God said vnto thee Thou shalt fede my people Israél and thou shalt be captaine ouer my people Israél 3 So came all the Elders of Israél to the King to Hebron and Dauid made a couenant with them in Hebrón before the Lord. And they anointed Dauid King ouer Israél * according to the worde of the lord by the hand of Samuél 4 ¶ And Dauid and all Israél went to Ierusa lém which is Iebus where were the Iebusites the inhabitants of the land 5 And the inhabitants of Iebús said to Dauid Thou shalt not come in hither Neuer theles Dauid toke the towre of Ziō which is the citie of Dauid 6 And dauid said * Whosoeuer smiteth the Iebusites first shal be the chief and captaine So Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiáh went first vp and was captaine 7 And Dauid dwelt in the towre therefore thei called it the citie of Dauid 8 * And he buylt the citie on euerie side frō Millo euē round about and Ioáb repaired the reft of the citie 9 And Dauid prospered and grewe for the Lord of hostes was with him 10 ¶ * These also are chief of the valiant men that were with Dauid and ioyned their for ce with him in his kingdome with all 〈◊〉 to make him King ouer Israél according to the worde of the Lord. 11 And this is the nomber of the valiant men whome Dauid had Iashobeám the sonne of Hachmons the chief among thirty he lift vp his speare against thre hūdreth whome he slewe at one time 12 And after him was Eleazar the sonne of Dódo the Ahohite which was one of the thre valiant men 13 He was with Dauid at Pas-dammim and there the Philistims were gathered together to battel and there was a parcel of ground ful of barly and the people fled before the Philistims 14 And thei stode in the middes of the field and saued it and slewe the Philistims so the Lord gaue a great victorie 15 ¶ And thre of the thirtie captaines went to a rocke to Dauid into the caue of Adullám And the armie of the Philistims camped in the valley of Rephaim 16 And when Dauid was in the holde the Phi listims garison was at Beth-léhem 17 And Dauid longed and said * Oh that one wolde giue me to drinke of the water of the well of Beth-léhem that is at the gate 18 Then these thre brake thorowe the hoste of the Philistims and drewe water out of the well of Beth-léhem that was by the gate toke it and broght it to Dauid but Dauid wolde not drinke of it but powred it for an oblacion to the Lord 19 And said Let not my God suffer me to do this shulde I drinke the blood of these mēs liues for they haue broght it with the ieopar dye of their liues therefore he wolde not drinke it these things did these thre mightie men 20 ¶ And Abshái the brother of Ioáb he was chief of the thre and he lift vp his speare against thre hundreth and slewe them and had the name among the thre 21 Among the thre he was more honorable then the two he was their captaine * but he attained not vnto the first thre 22 Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá the sonne of a valiāt man which had done manie actes and was of Kabzeél he slewe two strong men of Moáb he went downe also slewe a lion in the middes of a pit in time of snow 23 And he slewe an Egyptian a man of great stature euen fiue cubites
long in the Egy ptians hand was a speare like a weauers be ame he went downe to him with a staffe plucked the speare out of the Egyptians hand and slewe him with his owne speare 24 These things did Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá and had the name among the thre worthies 25 Beholde he was honorable among thirtie but he attained not vnto the first thre * And Dauid made him of his counsel 26 ¶ These also were valiant men of warre Asahél the brother of Ioáb Elhanán the son ne of Dodô of Beth-léhem 27 Shammóth the Harodite Hélez the Pelonite 28 Irá the sonne of Ikkésh the Tekoite Abiézér the Antothite 29 Sibbecái the Husathite Ilái the Ahohite 30 Maharái the Netophathite Héled the sonne of Baanáh the Netophathite 31 Ithái the sonne of Ribái of Gibeáh of the children of Beniamin Benaiáh the Pirathonite 32 Hurái of the riuers of Gáash Abiél the Arbathite 33 Azmáueth the Baharumite Elihabá the Sha albonite 34 The sonnes of Hashém the Gizonite Ionathán the sonne of Shagéh the Harite 35 Ahiám the sonne of Sacár the Hararite Eliphál the sonne of Vr 36 Hépher the Mecherathite Ahiiáh the Pelonite 37 Hezró the Carmelite Naarai the sonne of Ezbai 38 Ioél the brother of Nathán Mibhár the son ne of Haggeri 39 Zélek the Ammonite Nahrái the Berothite the armour bearer of Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiáh 40 Ira the Ithrite Garib the Ithrite 41 Vriáh the Hittite Zabád the sonne of Ahlái 42 Adiná the sonne of Shiza the Reubenite a captaine of the Reubenites and thirtie with him 43 Hanan the sonne of Maachah and Ioshaphat the Mithnite 44 Vzia the Ashterathite Shama and Ieiél the sonnes of Otham the Aroerite 45 Iediaél the sonne of Shimri and Ioha his brother the Tizite 46 Eliél the Mahauite and Ieribai and Ioshauiah the sonnes of Elnaam and Ithmah the Moabite 47 Eliél and Obéd and Iaasiél the Mesobaite CHAP. XII 1 Who they were that went with Dauid when he fled from Saúl 14 Their valiantnes 23 Thei that came vnto him vnto Hebrón out of euerie tribe to make him King 1 THese also are they that came to Dauid to Zik lag while he was yet kept close because of Saúl the sonne of Kish and they were among the valiant and helpers of the battel 2 Thei were weaponed with bowes and colde vse the right and the left hand with stones with arrowes and with bowes ād were of Sauls brethren euen of Beniamin 3 The chief were Ahiézer and Ioash the sonnes of Shemaah a Gibeathite and Ieziél and Pélet the sonnes of Asmaueth Berachah and Iehú the Antothite 4 And Ishmaiah the Gibeonite a valiant man among thirtie and aboue thirtie and Ieremiah and Iehaziél and Iohanan and Ioshabad the Gederathite 5 Eluzai and Ierimoth and Bealiah and Shemariah and Sephatiah the Haruphite 6 Elkanah and Ishiah and Azariél and Ioézer Iashobeam of Hakorehim 7 And Ioelah and Zébadiah the sonnes of Ieroham of Gedór 8 And of the Gadites there separed them selues some vnto Dauid into the holde of the wildernes valiant men of warre and men of armes and apt for battel which colde handle speare and shield their faces were like the faces of lyons and were like the roes in the mountaines in swiftenes 9 Ezér the chief Obadiah the seconde Eliab the third 10 Mishmanà h the fourte Ieremiáh the fifte 11 Attái the sixt Eltél the seuente 12 Iohanán the eight Elzabád the ninte 13 Ieremiáh the tente Macbannái the eleuente 14 These were the sonnes of Gad captaines of the hoste one of the least colde resist an hun dreth and the greatest a thousand 15 These are they that went ouer Iordén in the first moneth when he had filled ouerall his bankes put to flight all them of the valley towarde the East and the West 16 And there came of the childrē of Beniamin and Iudáh to the holde vnto Dauid 17 And Dauid went out to mete them and answered and said vnto them If ye be come pea ceably vnto me to helpe me mine heart shal be knit vnto you but if you come to betray me to mine aduersaries seing there is no wickednes in mine handes the God of our fathers beholde it and rebuke it 18 And the spirit came vpon Amasái which was the chief of thirtie and he said Thine are we Dauid with thee ô sōne of Ishái Peace peace be vnto thee and peace be vnto thine helpers for thy God helpeth thee Then Dauid receiued them and made them captaines of the garison 19 ¶ And of Manasséh some fel to Dauid whē he came with the Philistims against Saúl to battel but they helped thē not for the prin ces of the Philistims * by aduisement sent him away saying He wil fall to his master Saúl for our heades 20 As he went to Zik lág there fel to him of Manasséh Adnáh and Iozabád and Iediaél and Michaél and Iozabád and Elihú and Ziltái heades of the thousands that were of Manasséh 21 And thei helped Dauid against that bande for thei were all valiant men and were ca ptaines in the hoste 22 For at that time day by day there came to Dauid to helpe him vntil it was a great hoste like the hoste of God 23 And these are the nombers of the captaines that were armed to battel and came to Dauid to Hebrón to turne the kingdome of Saúl to him according to the worde of the Lord. 24 The children of Iudah that bare shield and speare were six thousand and eight hundreth armed to the warre 25 Of the children of Simeôn valiant men of warre seuen thousand and an hundreth 26 Of the children of Leui foure thousand and six hundreth 27 And Iehoiadá was the chief of them of Aarôn and with him thre thousand and seuen hundreth 28 And Zadók a yong man very valiant and of his fathers housholde came two and twentie captaines 29 And of the children of Beniamin the brethren of Saúl thre thousand for a great parte of them vnto that time kept the warde of the house of Saúl 30 And of the children of Ephrāim twentie thousand and eight hundreth valiant men and famous men in the housholde of their fathers 31 And of the halfe tribe of Manasséh eightene thousand which were appointed by name to come and make Dauid King 32 And of the children of Issachar which were men that had vnderstāding of the times to knowe what Israél ought to do the heades of them were two hundreth all their bre thren were at their commandement 33 Of Zebulún that went out to battel expert in warre and in all instruments of warre fiftie thousand which colde set the battel in aray they were not of a double heart 34 And of Naphtali a thousand captaines and with them with shield and speare seuen and thirtie thousand 35 And of Dan expert
you me 5 〈◊〉 you not to knowe that the Lorde GOD of Israél hathe giuen the kyngdome ouer Israél to Diuid for euer euen to him and to his sonnes by a couenant of salt 6 And Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat the seruant of Salomón the sonne of Dauid is risen vp and hathe * rebelled against his Lord. 7 And there are gathered to hym vaine men and wicked and made them selues strong agaynste Rehoboam the sonne of Salomón for Rehoboam was but a childe and * tender hearted and colde not resist them 8 Now therefore ye thinke that ye be able to resiste agaynste the kingdome of the Lorde whiche is in the handes of the sonnes of Dauid and ye be a great multitude and the golden calues are with you whyche Ieroboam made you for gods 9 * Haue ye not driuen awaye the Priestes of the Lorde the sonnes of Aaron and the Leuites and haue made you Priestes lyke the people of other countreis whosoeuer commeth to consecrate with a yong bullocke and seuen rams the same maye be a Priest of them that are no gods 10 But we belong vnto the Lord our God and haue not forsaken him and the Priestes the sonnes of Aaron minister vnto the Lord and the Leuites in their office 11 And they burne vnto the Lord euerie mor nyng and euerie euening burnt offrings and swete incense and the bread is set in order vpon the pure table and the candel sticke of golde with the lampes thereof 〈◊〉 burne eue rie euenyng for we kepe the watche of the Lord our God but ye haue forsaken him 12 And beholde this God is with vs as a captaine and hys Priestes with the soundyng trumpets to crye an alarme agaynst you O ye children of Israèl fight not agaynste the LORDE God of your fathers for ye shall not prosper 13 ¶ But Ieroboam caused an ambushment to compasse and come behinde them whē they were before Iudah and the ambushement behinde them 14 Then Iudah loked and beholde the battel was before and behinde them and they cryed vnto the Lorde and the Priests blewe with the trumpets 15 And the men of Iudah gaue a shoute and euen as the men of Iudah shouted GOD smote Ieroboam and also Israél before Abiiah and Iudah 16 And the children of Israél fled before Iudah and God 〈◊〉 thē into their hand 17 And Abiiah and hys people slewe a greate slaughter of them so that there fell downe wounded of Israél fiue hundreth thousand chosen men 18 So the children of Israél were broght vnder at that tyme and the children of Iudah preuailed because they stayed vpon the Lord God of their fathers 19 And Abiiah pursued after Ieroboam and toke cities from him euen Bethél and the villages thereof and Ieshanah with her villages and Ephron with her villages 20 And Ieroboam recouered no strength againe in the dayes of Abiiah but the Lorde plaged him and he dyed 21 So Abiaah waxed mightie ' and maried four tene wiues and begate two and twentie sonnes and sixtene daughters 22 The rest of the actes of Abiiah and his maners and hys sayings are writen in the storie of the Prophet Iddo CHAP. XIIII 3 Asa destroieth idolatrie and commandeth his people to serue the true God 11 He prayeth vnto God when he shulde go to fight 12 He 〈◊〉 the victorie 1 SO * Abiiah slept with his fathers and they buryed hym in the citie of Dauid and Asá hys sonne reygned in hys steade in whose dayes the land was quiet ten yere 2 And Asá did that was good and ryght in the eyes of the Lord his God 3 For he toke awaye thē altars of the strange gods and the hie places and brake downe the images and cut downe the groues 4 〈◊〉 commaunded Iudah to seke the Lorde God of their fathers and to do accordyng to the Lawe and the commandement 5 And he toke away out of all the cities of Iudah the places and the images therfore the kingdome was quiet before him 6 He buylt also strong cities in Iudah because the land was in rest and he had no warre in those yeres for the LORDE had gyuen hym rest 7 Therfore he said to Iudah Let vs buyld these cities and make walles about and to wres ga tes and barres whiles the land is before vs because we haue soght the Lorde our God we haue soght him and he hath giuen vs rest on euerie side so they buylt and prospered 8 And Asá had an armie of Iudah that bare shields and speares thre hundreth thousand and of Beniamin that bare shields and drewe bowes two hundreth and foure score thou sand all these were valiant men 9 ¶ And there came out againste then Zérah of Ethiopia with an hoste often hundreth thousand and thre hundreth charets and came vnto Maresháh 10 Then Asa went out before hym and they set the battel in aray in the valley of Zephathah beside Mareshah 11 And Asa * cryed vnto the Lord his God and said Lord it is nothing with thee to helpe with many or with no power helpe vs ô Lorde our God for we rest on thee and in thy Name are we come against this multitude ô Lord thou art our God let not mā pre uaile against thee 12 ¶ So the Lorde smotethe Ethiopians before Asá and before Iudáh and the Ethiopians 〈◊〉 13 And Asá and the people that was with him pursued them vnto Gezár And the Ethiopians host was ouerthrowen so that there was no life in them for they were destroyed before the Lorde and besore his hoste and they caryed away a mighty great spoile 14 And they smote all the cities rounde about 〈◊〉 for the feare of the Lord came vpon them ād they spoiled all the cities for there was exceding muche spoile in them 15 Yea and they smote the tents of cattel and caryed away plentie of shepe and camels ād returned to Ierusalém CHAP. XV. 1 The exhortation of Azariah 8 Asa purgeth his countrey 〈◊〉 11 He 〈◊〉 with the people 14 The sweare together to 〈◊〉 the Lord. 16 He deposeth hys mother for her idolauie 1 THen the Spirit of God came vpon Azariah the sonne of Obéd 2 And he went out to mete 〈◊〉 and said vnto hym O Asa and all Iudáh and Beniamin heare ye me The Lorde is with you while ye be with him and if ye seke hym he wil be founde of you but if ye forsake him he will forsake you 3 Nowe for a long season Israél hathe bene without the true God and without Priest to teache and without Lawe 4 But whosoeuer returned in his affliction to the Lorde God of Israél and soght him he was founde of them 5 And in that time there was no peace to him that did go out and go in but great troubles were to all the inhabitants
broght Iehoshaphát gifts and tribute siluer and the Arabiās broght him flockes seuen thousand seuen hundreth rams and seuen thousand seuen hundreth he gotes 12 So Iehoshaphát prospered and grewe vp on hie and he buylt in Iudáh palaces and cities of store 13 And he had great workes in the cities of Iudáh and men of warre valiant men in Ierusalém 14 And these are the nombers of them after the house of their fathers In Iudáh were ca ptaines of thousands Adnáh the captaine and with him of valiant men thre hundreth thousand 15 And 〈◊〉 at his hand Ieho hanán a captaine and with him two hundreth foure score thousand 16 And at his hād Amasiáh the sonne of Zichri whiche willingly offred him selfe vnto the Lord and with him two hundreth thousand valiant men 17 And of Beniamin Eliadá a valiant man and with him armed men with bowe and shield two hundred thousand 18 And at his hand Iehozabád with him an hundreth and foure score thousand armed to the warre 19 These waited on the King besides those whiche the King put in the strong cities throughout all Iudáh CHAP. XVIII 1 Iehoshaphát maketh affinitie with Aháb 10 Foure hundreth Prophetes coūsel Aháb to go to warre 16 〈◊〉 is against them 〈◊〉 23 Zidkiáh smiteth him 25 The King putteth him in prison 29 The effect of his prophecie 1 ANd * Iehoshaphát had riches honour in abundance but he was ioyned in affinitie with Aháb 2 And after certeine yeres he went downe to Aháb to Samaria and Aháb slewe shepe and oxen for him in great nomber and for the people that he had with him entised him to go vp vnto Ramōth Gileád 3 And Aháb King of Israél said vnto Iehoshaphāt King of Iudáh Wilt thou go with me to Ramóth Gileád And he answered him I am as thou art and my people as thy people and we wil ioyne with thee in the warre 4 And Iehoshaphát said vnto the King of Israél Aske coūsel I pray thee at the worde of the Lord this day 5 Therefore the King of Israél gathered of Prophetes foure hundreth men and said vnto them Shal we go to Ramoth Gileád to battel or shal I cease And they said Go vp for GOD shal deliuer it into the Kings hand 6 But lehoshaphát said Is there here neuer a Prophet more of the Lord that we might inquire of him 7 And the King of Israél said vnto Iehoshaphát There is yet one man by whome we may aske counsel of the Lord but I hate him for he doeth not prophecie good vnto me but all way cuil it is Michaiah the sonne of Imlá. Then Iehoshaphát said Let not the King say so 8 And the King of Israél called an eunuche said Call quickly Michaiáh the sonne of Imlá. 9 ¶ And the King of Israél and Iehoshaphát King of Iudáh 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of thē on his throne clothed in their apparel they sate euen in the thresshing floore at the entring in of the gate of Samaria and all the Prophetes prophecied before them 10 And Zidkiáh the sonne of Chenaanáh made him hornes of yron and said Thus saith the Lord With these shalt thou push the Aramites vntil thou hast consumed them 11 And all the Prophetes prophecied so saying Go vp to Ramóth Gilead prosper for the Lord shal deliuer it into the hand of the King 12 ¶ And the messenger that went to call Michaiah spake to him saying Beholde the wordes of the Prophetes 〈◊〉 good to the King with one accorde let thy worde therefore I pray thee be lyke one of theirs and speake thou good 13 And Michaiah said As the Lord liueth what soeuer my God saith that wil I speake 14 ¶ So he came to the King and the King said vnto him Michaiah shal we go to Ramóth Gilead to battel or 〈◊〉 I leaue of And he said Go ye vp and prosper and they shal be deliuered into your hand 15 And the King said to him How oft shal I charge thee that thou tel me nothing but the trueth in the Name of the Lord 16 Thē he said I sawe all Israél scatered in the mountaines as shepe that haue no shepheard and the Lord said These haue no master let them returne euerie man to his house in peace 17 And the King of Israél said to Iehoshaphat Did I not tel thee that he wolde not prophe cie good vnto me but euil 18 Againe he said Therefore heare ye the word of the Lorde I sawe the Lord sit vpon his throne and all the hoste of heauen stāding at his right hand and at his left 19 And the Lord said who shal persuade Ahab King of Israél that he may go vp and fall at Ramóth Gilead And one spake and said thus and another said that 20 Thē there came forthe a spirit and stode be fore the Lord and said I wil persuade him And the Lord said vnto him Wherein 21 And he said I wil go out and be a false spirit in the mouthe of all his Prophetes And he said Thou shalt persuade and shalt also 〈◊〉 go forthe and do so 22 Now therefore beholde the Lord hathe put a false spirit in the mouthe of these thy Prophetes and the Lord hathe determined euil against thee 23 Thē Zidkiáh the sonne of Chenaanáh came nere and smote Michaiáh vpon the cheke and said By what way went the spirit of the Lord from me to speake with thee 24 And Michaiáh said Behold thou shal se that day when thou shalt go from chamber to chamber to hide thee 25 And the King of Israél said Take ye Michaiáh and carie him to Amōn the gouernour of the citie and to Ioásh the Kings sonne 26 And say Thus saith the King Put this man in the prison house and fede him with bread of affliction and with water of affliction vn til 〈◊〉 returne in peace 27 And Michaiah said If thou returne in peace the Lord hathe not spoken by me And he said Heare all ye people 28 So the King of Israél and Iehoshaphat the King of Iudah went vp to Ramōth Gilead 29 And the King of Israél said vnto Iehoshaphat I wil change my selfe and entre into the bat tel but put thou on thine apparel So the King of Israél changed him selfe and they went into the battel 30 And the King of Aram had commanded the captaines of the charets that were with him saying Fight you not with small not great but against the King of Israél onely 31 And when the captaines of the charets sawe Iehoshaphat they said It is the King of 〈◊〉 and they compassed about him to fight But Iehoshaphat cryed the Lord helped him and moued them to departe from him 32 For when the captaines of the charets sawe that he was not the King of Israél they turned backe from him 33 Then a certeine man
lasteth for euer 22 And when they began to shoute and to prayse the Lord laied ambushments against the children of Ammōn Moāb and mount 〈◊〉 whiche were come against Iudāh and they slewe one another 23 For the children of Ammōn and Moāb rose against the inhabitants of mount Seir to slea and to destroye them and when they had made an end of the inhabitants of Seir euerie one helped to destroy another 24 And when Iudah came toward Mizpah in the wildernes they loked vnto the multitude and beholde the carkeises were fallen to the earth and none escaped 25 And when Iehoshaphat and his people came to take away the spoyle of thē thei foūd among them in abundance bothe of substan ce and also of bodies laden with precious iewels whiche they toke for themselues til they cold cary nomore they were thre dayes in gathering of the spoile for it was muche 26 And in the fourte daye they assembled them selues in the valley of Berachah for there they blessed the Lorde therefore they called the name of that place The valley of Berachah vnto this day 27 Then euerie man of Iudah and Ierusalēm re turned with Ieshaphat their head to go againe to Ierusalē with ioye for the Lord had made them to reioyce ouer their enemies 28 And they came to Ierusalém with violes and with harpes and with trumpets euen vnto the house of the Lord. 29 And the feare of GOD was vpon all the kyngdomes of the earth when they had heard that the Lorde had foght agaynst the enemies of Israél 30 So the king dome of Iehoshaphat was quiet and his God gaue him rest on euery side 31 ¶ And * Iehoshaphat reygned ouer Iudah and was fiue and thirtie yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned fiue and twentie yere in Ierusalém and hys mothers name was Azubah the daughter of Shilhi 32 And he walked in the waye of Asa hys father ād departed not there from doing that which was right in the sight of the Lorde 33 How beit the hie places were not taken awaye for the people had not yet prepared their hearts vnto the God of their fathers 34 Concernyng the rest of the actes of Iehoshaphat first and last beholde they are writen in the boke of Iehu the sonne of Hanani which * is mencioned in the boke of the Kings of Israél 35 ¶ Yet after this did Iehoshaphat King of Iu dah ioyne hym selfe with Ahaziah King of Israél who was giuen to do euil 36 And he ioyned with him to * make shippes to go to Tarshish and they made the shippes in Ezión Gabér 37 Then 〈◊〉 the sonne of Dodauah of Ma reshah prophecied against Iehoshaphat saying Because thou hast ioyned thy self with Ahaziah the Lorde hathe broken thy workes and the shippes were broken that they were not able to go to Tarshish CHAP. XXI 1 Iehoshaphat dyeth 1 Iehoram succedeth him 4 Which killeth his brethen 6 He was broght to idolatrie 11 And seduceth the people 16 He is oppressed of the Philistims 18 His miscrable end 1 IEhoshaphat then slept with hys fathers and was buryed with hys fathers in the citie of Dauid and Iehorám his sonne reigned in his stead 2 And he had brethren the sonnes of Iehoshaphat Azariáh and 〈◊〉 and Zechariáh and Azariáh and Michaél and Shephatiáh All these were the sonnes of Iehoshaphat King of Israél 3 And their father gaue them greate giftes of siluer and of golde and of precious things with strōg cities in Iudah but the kingdome gaue he to Iehoram for he was the eldest 4 * And Iehoram rose vp vpon the kingdome of his father and made him selfe strong and sle we all his brethren with the sworde and also of the princes of Israél 5 Iehoram was two and thirtie yere olde whē he began to reigne ād he reigned eight yere in Ierusalém 6 And he walked in the waye of the Kings of Israél as the house of Ahab had done for he had the daughter of Ahab to wife and he wroght euil in the eies of the Lord. 7 Howbeit the Lorde wolde not destroye the house of Dauid because of the * couenant that he had made with Dauid and because he had promised to giue a light to hym and to his sonnes for euer 8 ¶ In his dayes Edóm rebelled frō vnder the hand of Iudah and made a King ouer them 9 And Iehoram went forthe with his princes and al his charets with him ād he rose vp by night and smote Edóm which had cōpassed him in and the captaines of the charets 10 But Edóm rebelled from vnder the hand of Iudáh vnto this day then did Libna rebell at the same time from vnder his hand because he had forsaken the Lord God of his fathers 11 ¶ Moreouer he made hie places in the moūtaines of Iudáh and claused the inhabitants of Ierusalém to commit fornication and cō pelled Iudáh thereto 12 And there came a writing to him frō Eliáh the Prophet saying Thus saith the LORD God of Dauid thy father Because thou hast not walked in the wayes of Iehoshaphát thy father nor in the wayes of Asá King of Iudáh 13 But hast walked in the way of the Kings of Israél hast made Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém to go a whoring as the house of Aháb went a whoring and hast also sleane thy brethren of thy fathers house whiche were better then thou 14 Beholde with a great plague wil the Lord smite thy people and thy children and thy wiues and all thy substance 15 And thou shalt be in great diseases in the disease of thy bowels vntil thy bowels fall out for the disease day by day 16 ¶ So the Lord stirred vp against Iehorám the spirit of the Philistims and the Arabians that were beside the Ethiopians 17 And they came vp into Iudáh and brake into it and caried away all the substance that was founde in the Kings house and his sonnes also and his wiues so that there was not a sonne left him saue Iehoaház the yongest of his sonnes 18 And after all this the Lord smote him in his bowels with an incurable disease 19 And in processe of time euen after the end of two yeres his guttes fell out with his disease so he dyed of sore diseases and his peo ple made no burning for him like the burning of his fathers 20 When he began to reigne he was two and thirtie yere olde and reigned in Ierusalém eight yere and liued without being desired yet they buryed him in the citie of Dauid but not among the sepulchres of the Kings CHAP. XXII 1 Ahaziáh reigneth after Iehorám 8 Iehú King of Israél killeth Ahaziah 10 Athaliáh putteth to death all the Kings linage 11 Ioásh escapeth 1 ANd * the inhabitants of Ierusalém made Ahaziáh his yongest sonne King in his stead for the armie that
the Kings house and set the King vpon the throne of the kingdome 21 Then all the people of the land reioyced the citie was quiet after that thei had sleane Athaliáh with the sworde CHAP. XXIIII 4 Ioásh repaireth the house of the Lord. 17 After the death of Iehoiadá he falleth idolatrie 21 He stoneth to death 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 25 Ioash is killed of his owne seruants 27 After him 〈◊〉 Amaziah 1 IOásh * was seuen yere olde when he began to reigne and he reigned fourtie yere in Ierusalém and his mothers name was Zibiáh of Beer-shéba 2 And Ioásh did vprightly in the sight of the Lord all the dayes of Iehoiadá the Priest 3 And Iehoiadá toke him two wiues and he 〈◊〉 sonnes and daughters 4 ¶ And after ward it came into Ioásh minde to renue the house of the Lord. 5 And he assembled the Priestes and the Leuites and said to them Go out vnto the cities of Iudáh and gather of all Israél money to repaire the house of your God from yere to yere and haste the thing but the Leuites hasted not 6 Therefore the King called Iehoiadá the chief and said vnto him Why hast thou not required of the Leuites to bring in out of Iudáh and Ierusalém * the taxe of Mosés the seruant of the Lord and of the Congregaciō of Israél for the Tabernacle of the testimonie 7 For wicked Athaliáh and her children brake vp the house of God all the things that were dedicate for the house of the Lord did thei besto we vpon Baalim 8 Therefore the King commanded * and they made a chest ād set it at the gate of the house of the Lord. 9 And they made proclamacion through Iudah and Ierusalém to bryng vnto Lorde * the taxe of Mosés the seruant of God laied vpon Israél in the wildernes 10 And all the princes and all the people reioy ced and broght in and caste into the chest vntill they had finished 11 And when it was tyme they broght the chest vnto the Kyngs officer by the hand of the Leuites and when they sawe that there was muche siluer then the Kings Scribe and one appointed by the hye Priest came and emptied the chest and toke it and caried it to his place againe thus they did day by day and gathered siluer in abundance 12 And the Kyng and Iehoiada gaue it to suche as did the labour ād worke in the house of the Lorde and hyred masons and carpenters to repaire the house of the Lorde they gaue it also to workers of yron and brasse to repaire the house of the Lorde 13 So the workemen wroght and the worke amended through their hands and they re stored the house of GOD to hys state and strengthened it 14 And when they had finished it they broght the rest of the siluer before the King and Iehoiadá and he made thereof vessels for the house of the LORDE euen vessels to minister bothe morters and incense cuppes and vessels of golde and of siluer and they offred burnt offrings in the house of the Lorde continually all the dayes of Iehoiada 15 ¶ But Iehoiada waxed olde and was full of dayes and dyed And hundreth and thirtie yere olde was he when he dyed 16 And they buryed him in the citie of Dauid with the Kings because he had done good in Israél and towarde God and his house 17 ¶ And after the death of sehoiadá came the princes of Iudah and did reuerence to the King and the King hearkened vnto them 18 And they left the house of the Lord God of their fathers and serued groues and idoles and wrath came vpon Iudah and Ierusalém because of this their trespasses 19 And God sent Prophetes among them to bring them againe vnto the Lorde and they made protestation among them but they wolde not heare 20 And the Spirit of God came vpon Zechariah the sonne of Iehoiada the Priest whiche stode aboue the people and sayd vnto them Thus saith GOD Why transgresseye the commandements of the Lorde surely it shall not prosper 〈◊〉 ye haue forsaken the Lord he also hathe forsaken you 21 Then they conspired agaynst hym and stoned hym with stones at the commaundement of the Kyng in the court of the house of the Lord. 22 Thus Ioash the Kyng remembred not the kindenes which Iehoiadá his father had done to him but slewe his sonne And when he dyed he said The Lord loke vpon it and require it 23 ¶ And when the yere was out the hoste of Arám came vp against him and thei came against Iudáh and Ierusalém and destroyed all the princes of the people from among the people and sent all the spoile of them vnto the King of Damascus 24 Thoght the armie of Arám came with a small company of men yet the Lord deliuered a very great armie into their hand because they had forsaken the Lord God of their fathers they gaue sentence against Ioásh 25 And when thei were departed from him for thei left him in great diseases his owne seruants conspired against him for the blood of the children of Iehoiadá the Priest and slewe him on his bed and he dyed and they buryed him in the citie of Dauid but they buryed him not in the sepulchres of the Kings 26 And these are they that conspired against him Zabád the sonne of Shimráth an Ammonitesse and Iehozabád the sonne of Shim rith a Moabitesse 27 But his sonnes and the summe of the taxe gathered by him and the fundacion of the house of God beholde they are writen in the storie of the boke of the Kings And Amaziáh his sonne reigned in his stead CHAP. XXV 3 Amaziáh putteth them to death which slewe his father 10 He sen deth backe them of Israél 11 He ouercōmeth the Edomites 14 He falleth to 〈◊〉 17 And Ioash King 〈◊〉 Israél ouercometh Amaziah 27 He is slayne by a conspiracle 1 AMaziáh was fiue and twentie yere olde whē he began to reigne and he reigned nine and twentie yere in * Ierusalém and his mothers name was Iehoaddán of Ierusalém 2 And he did vprightly in the eyes of the Lord but not with a perfite heart 3 And when the kingdome was established vnto him he 〈◊〉 his seruāts that had slayne the King his father 4 But he 〈◊〉 not their children but did as it is writen in the Law and in the boke of Mosés where the Lord commanded saying * The fathers shal not dye for the children nether shal the children dye for the fathers but euerie man shal dye for his owne sinne 5 ¶ And Amaziáh assembled Iudáh and made them captaines ouer thousands and captaines ouer hundreths according to the houses of their fathers throughout all Iudáh and 〈◊〉 and he nōbred them from twentie yere olde and aboue and founde among them thre hundreth thousand chosen
that ye wil remaine in Ierusalém during the siege 11 Doeth not Hezekiáh en tice you to gyue ouer your selues vnto death by famine by thirst saying The Lord our GOD shall deliuer vs out of the hand of the Kyng of Asshúr 12 Hathe not the same Hezekiáh takē away his hie places and his altars and commāded Iudáh and Ierusalém saying Ye shall worship before one altar and burne incēse vpon it 13 Knowe ye not what I and my fathers haue done vnto all the people of other countreies Were the Gods of the nations of other lands able to deliuer their land out of mine hand 14 Who is he of all the Gods of those nacions that my fathers haue destroied that colde deliuer his people out of mine hand that your God shulde be able to delyuer you out of mine hand 15 Now therefore let not Hezekiáh deceiue you nor seduce you after this sorte nether beleue ye him for none of all the Gods of any nacion or kingdome was able to deliuer his people out of myne hand and out of the hande of my fathers how muche lesse shall your Goddes delyuer you out of mine hand 16 And his seruants spake yet more agaynst the Lord God and against his seruāt Hezekiáh 17 He wrote also letters blasphemyng the Lord God of Israél and speaking agaynste him saying As the gods of the nacions of other countreis colde not delyuer theyr people out of mine hande so shall not the God of Hezekiáh deliuer hys people out of mine hand 18 Then they cryed with a lowde voyce in the Iewes speache vnto the people of Ierusalém that were on the wall to feare them and to astonish them that thei might take the citie 19 Thus they spake against the GOD of Ierusalém as against the gods of the people of the earth euen the workes of mans hands 20 But Hezekiáh the King and the Prophet Isaiáh the sonne of Amoz praied agaynst this and cryed to heauen 21 And the Lord sent an Angell whiche de stroied all the valiantmen and the princes and captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr so he returned with shame to his owne land And when he was come into the house of his God they that came forth of his owne bowels slewe him there with the sworde 22 So the Lord saued Hezekiáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém from the hande of Sanneherib King of Asshúr and frome the hand of all other and mainteined them on euerie side 23 And many broght offrings vnto the Lord to Ierusalém and presents to Hezekiáh King of Iudáh so that he was magnified in the sight of all nacions frome thence forthe 24 * In those dayes Hezekiáh was sicke vnto the death and praied vnto the Lord who spake vnto him and gaue him a signe 25 But Hezekiáh did not rendre accordyng to the rewarde bestowed vpō him for his heart was lift vp and wrath came vppon him and vpon Iudáh and Ierusalém 26 Notwithstanding Hezekiáh humbled him selfe after that his heart was lifted vp he and the inhabitants of Ierusalém and the wrath of the Lord came not vpon them in the daies of Hezekiáh 27 Hezekiáh also had exceding much riches and honour and he gate him treasures of siluer and of golde of precious stones and of swete odours and of shields and of all pleasant vessels 28 And of store houses for the increase of wheat and wine and oyle and stalles for all beastes and rowes for the stables 29 And he made him cities and had possession of shepe and oxen in abundance for God had giuen him substance excedynge muche 30 This same Hezekiáh also stopped the vpper water springs of Gihón and led then streight vnderneth toward citie of Dauid Westward so Hezekiáh prospered in all his workes 31 But because of the ambassadours of the princes of Babél whiche sent vnto hym to enquire of the wondre that was done in the land God left him to trye him to knowe all that was in his heart 32 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh and his goodnes beholde they are writen in the visiō of Ishaiáh the Prophet the sonne of Amóz in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh and Israél 33 So Hezekiáh slept with his fathers and they buryed him in the highest sepulchre of the sonnes of Dauid and all Iudáh the inhabitants of Ierusalém did him honour at his death and Manasséh his sonne reygned in his stead CHAP. XXXIII 1 Manasséh an 〈◊〉 9 He causeth Iudah to erre 〈◊〉 He is led awaye prisoner into Babylón 12 He praieth to the LORD and is delyuered 14 He abolisheth idolatrie 16 And setteth vp true religion 20 He dyeth and Amón hys sonne succedeth 24 whome his owne seruants slay 1 MAnasséh was twelue yere olde* whē he began to reygne and he reygned fiue and fiftie yere in Ierusalém 2 And he did euill in the sight of the Lorde like the abominacions of the heathen * whome the Lord had cast out before the children of Israél 3 For he went backe and buylt the hie places * which Hezekiáh his father had broken downe * and he set vp altars for Baalim and made groues and worshiped all the hoste of the heauen and serued them 4 Also he buylt altars in the house of the Lord whereof the Lord had said * In Ierusalém shal my Name be for euer 5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord. 6 And he caused his sonnes to passe through the fyre in the valley of 〈◊〉 he gaue him selfe to witch craft and to charming and to sorcerie and he vsed thē that had familiar Spirits and sothesayers he did verye muche euyll in the sight of the Lord to angre him 7 He put also the karued image whiche he had made in the house of God whereof God had said to Dauid and to Salomón his sonne * In this house and in Ierusalē which I haue chosē before all the tribes of Israél wil I put my Name for euer 8 Nether will * I make the foote of Israél to remoue any more out of the lande whiche I haue appointed for your fathers so that they take hede and do all that I haue commanded them accordynge to the Law and statutes and iudgements by the hand of Mosés 9 So Manasséh made Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém to erre to do worse then the heathen whome the Lorde had destroyed before the children of Israél 10 ¶ And the Lord spake to Manasséh and to his people but they wolde not regarde 11 Wherefore the Lord broght vppon them the captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr whiche toke Manasséh put him in fetters and bounde him in chaines and caryed him to Babél 12 And when he was in tribulacion he praied to the
12 Yea this is a fyre that shall deuoure to destruction and whiche shall roote out all mine increase 13 If I did cōtemne the iudgement of my seruant and of my maid when they did contend with me 14 What then shal I do when God stādeth vp and when he shal visite me what shall I answer 15 He that hath made me in the wombe hath he not made him hath not he alone facioned vs in the wombe 16 If I restrained the poore of their desire or haue caused the eyes of the widow to faile 17 Or haue eaten my morsels alone and the fatherles hathe not eaten thereof 18 For from my youth hè hathe growe vp with me as with a father and frome my mothers wombe I haue bene a guide vnto her 19 If I haue sene anie perish for want of clothing or any poore without couering 20 If his loines haue not blessed me because he was warmed wyth the fleece of my shepe 21 If I haue lift vp mine hand agaynste the fatherles when I sawe that I might helpe him in the gate 22 Let mine arme fall from my shulder and mine arme be broken from the bone 23 For Gods punishement was feareful vnto me and I colde not be deliuered frome his highnes 24 If I made golde mine hope or haue said to the wedge of golde Thou art my confidence 25 If I reioyced because my substance was greate or because mine hande had gotten muche 26 If I did beholde the sunne when it shined or the moone wal king in her brightnes 27 If mine heart did flatter me in secret or if my mouth did kisse mine hand 28 This also had bene an iniquitie to be cōdemned for I had denyed the GOD 〈◊〉 29 If I reioyced at his destruction that hated me or was moued to 〈◊〉 when euil came vpon him 30 Nether haue I suffred my mouth to sinne by wishing a cursse vnto his soule 31 Did not the men of my tabernacle say Who shal giue vs of his flesh we can not be satisfied 32 The stranger did not lodge in the strete but I opened my dores vnto hym that went by the way 33 If I haue hid my sinne as Adam cōceiling mine iniquitie in my bosom 34 Thogh I colde haue made afraied a great multitude yet the moste contemptible of the families did feare me so I kept silēce and went not out of the dore 35 Oh that I had some to heare me beholde my signe that the Almightie will wytnes for me thoghmine aduersarie shuld write a boke against me 36 Wold not I take it vpon my shulder and binde it as a crowne vnto me 37 I will tell him the nomber of my goings and go vnto him as to a prince 38 If my lande crye againste me or the forrowes thereof complaine together 39 If I haue eaten the frutes thereof without siluer or if I haue grieued the soules of the masters thereof 40 Let thistles growe in stead of wheat and cokle in the stead of barly THE WORDES OF IOB ARE ENDED CHAP. XXXII 1 〈◊〉 reproueth them of foly 8 Age maketh not a man wise but the Spirit of God 1 SO these thre men ceased to answer Iob because he estemed him selfe iust 2 Then the wrath of Elihú the sonne of Barachél the Buzite of the familie of Rā was kindled his wrath I say was kindled agaynste Iob because he iustified him selfe more then God 3 Also his anger was kindled a gaynste hys thre friends because they colde not finde an answer and yet condemned Iob. 4 Now Elihú had waited til Iob had spokē for they were more ancient in yeres then he 5 So when Elihú sawe that there was none answer in the mouthe of the thre men hys wrath was kindled 6 Therefore Elihú the sonne of Barachél the Buzite answered and said I am yong in yeres and ye are ancient therefore I douted and was afrayed to shewe you mine opinion 7 For I said The dayes shal speake and the multitude of yeres shal teache wisdome 8 Surely there is a spirit in man but the in spiracion of the Almightie giueth vnderstanding 9 Great men are not alway wise nether do the aged all way vnderstand iudgement 10 Therefore I say He are me and I wil shewe also mine opinion 11 Beholde I did waite vpon your wordes hearkened vnto your knowledge whiles you soght out reasons 12 Yea when I had considered you lo there was none of you that reproued Iob nor answered his wordes 13 Lest ye shulde say We haue founde wisdo me for God hathe cast him downe and no man 14 Yet hathe he not directed his wordes to me nether wil I answer him by your wordes 15 Thē they fearing answered nomore but left of their talke 16 When I had waited for they spake not but stode stil and answered nomore 17 Then answered I in my turne I shewed mine opinion 18 For I am ful of matter and the spirit within me compelleth me 19 Beholde my bellie is as the wine which hathe not vēt and like the newe bottels that brast 20 Therefore wil I speake that I may take breath I wil open my lippes and wil answer 21 I wil not now accept the persone of man nether wil I giue titles to man 22 For I may not giue titles lest my Maker shulde take me away sodenly CHAP. XXXIII 5 Elihú accuseth Iob of Ignorance 14 He sheweth that God hathe diuers meanes to 〈◊〉 man and to drawe him from sinne 19 29. He afflicteth man and sodenly de liuereth him 26 Man being deliuered giueth thankes to God 1 WHerefore Iob I pray thee heare my talke hearkē vnto all my wordes 2 Beholde now I haue opened my mouth my tongue hathe spoken in my mouth 3 My wordes are in the vp rightenes of mi ne heart and my lippes shal speake pure knowledge 4 The Spirit of God hathe made me and the breath of the almightie hathe giuen me life 5 If thou canst giue me answer prepare thy selfe and stand before me 6 Beholde I am according to thy wish in Gods stead I am also reformed of the clay 7 Beholde my terrour shal not feare thee nether shal mine hand be heauy vpō thee 8 Douteles thou hast spoken in mine eares and I haue heard the voyce of thy wordes 9 I am cleane without sinne I am innocent and there is none iniquitie in me 10 Lo he hathe founde occasions against me and counted me for his enemie 11 He hathe put my fete in the stockes and loketh narowly vnto all my paths 12 Beholde in this hast thou not done right I wil answer thee that God is greater then man 13 Why doest thou striue aginst him for he doeth not giue account of all his matters 14 For God speaketh once or
their fig-trees and brake downe the trees in their coastes 34 He spake and the grashoppers came and caterpillers in numerable 35 And did eatvp al the first borne in their lād deuoured the frute of their grounde 36 * He smote also all the grasse in their land euen the beginning of all their strength 37 He broght them for the also with siluer and golde and there was none feble among their tribes 38 Egypt was glad at their departing for the feare of them had fallen vpon them 39 He spred a cloude to be a couering and fyre to giue light in the night 40 They asked and he broght quailes and he filled them with the bread of heauē 41 He opened the rocke and the waters flowed out ran in the drye places like a riuer 42 For he remembred his holie promes to Abrahám his seruant 43 And he broght forthe his people with ioye and his chosen with gladnes 44 And gaue them the lands of the heathen and they toke the labours of the people in possession 45 That they might kepe his statutes and obserue his Lawes Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CVI. 1 The people dispersed Vnder Antiochus do magnifie the godues of God among the iuste and repentāt 4 Desiring to be brogh againe into the land by Gods merciful Visitation 8 And after the manifolde maruels of God wrogh in their deliuerance forthe of Egypt and the great in gratitude of the people rehearsed 47 Thei do pray desire to be gathered from among the heathē to the intent thei may praise the Name of the God of Israél ¶ Praise ye the Lord. 1 PRaise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer 2 Who can expresse the noble actes of the Lord or shewe forthe all his praise 3 Blessed are they that kepe iudgement and do righteousnes at all times 4 Remember me ô Lord with the fauour of thy people visit me with thy saluacion 5 That I may se the felicitie of thy chosen and reioyce in the ioye of thy people and glorie with thine in heritance 6 We haue sinned with our fathers we haue committed iniquitie and done wickedly 7 Our fathers vnderstode not thy wonders in Egypt nether remembred they the mul titude of thy mercies but rebelled at the Sea euen at the red Sea 8 Neuertheles he saued them for this Names sake that he might make his power to be knowen 9 And he rebuked the red Sea and it was dryed vp and he led them in the depe as in the wildernes 10 And he saued him from the aduersaries hand and deliuered them from the hand of the enemie 11 * And the waters couered their oppressers not one of them was left 12 Then beleued they his wordes and sang praise vnto him 13 But in continently they forgate his workes they waited not for his counsel 14 But lusted with concupiscence in the wildernes and tempted God in the desert 15 Then he gaue them their desire but he sét leannes into their soule 16 They enuied Mosés also in the tentes Aarón the holie one of the Lord. 17 Therefore the earth opened swallow ed vp Dathán and couered the companie of Abiram 18 And the fyre was kindled in their assemblie the flame burnt vp the wicked 19 They made a calfe in Horéb and worshiped the molten image 20 Thus they turned their glorie into the si militude of a bullocke that eateth grasse 21 They for gate God their Sauiour which had done great things in Egypt 22 Wonderous workes in the land of Ham fearful things by the read Sea 23 Therefore he minded to destroye thē had not Mosés his chosen stād in the breache before him to turne away his wrath lest heshulde destroye them 24 Also they contemned that pleasant land and beleued not his word 25 But murmured in their tentes and hearkened not vnto the voyce of the Lord. 26 Therefore he lifted vp his hand against them to destroye them in the wildernes 27 And to destroye their sede among the nacions and to scater them throughout the countreis 28 They ioyned them selues also vnto Baal-peōr and did eat the offrings of the dead 29 Thus they prouoked him vnto angre with their owne inuentiōs and the plague brake in vpon them 30 But Phinehás stode vp and executed iudgement and the plague was staied 31 * And it was imputed vnto him for righteousnes from generacion to generacion for euer 32 Thei angred him also at the waters of * Meribáh so that Mosés was punished for their sakes 33 Because they vexed his spirit so that he spake vnaduisedly with his lippes 34 Nether destroyed they the people as the Lord had commanded them 35 But were mingled among the heathen learned their workes 36 And serued their idoles which were their ruine 37 Yea they offred their sonnes and their daughters vnto diuels 38 And shed innocent blood euen the blood of their sonnes and of their daughters whome they offred vnto the idoles of Canáan and the land was defilled with blood 39 Thus were they steined with their owne workes and went a whoring with their owneinuentions 40 Therefore was the wrath of the LORD kindled against his people and he abhorred his owne inheritance 41 And he gaue them into the hand of the heathen and they that hated them were lords ouer them 42 Their enemies also oppressed them and they were humbled vnder their hand 43 Manie a time did he deliuer thē but they prouoked him by their counsels therefore they were broght downe by their iniquitie 44 Yet he sawe when they were in affliction and he heard their crye 45 And he remembred his couenant toward them and repēted according to the mul titude of his mercies 46 And gaue them fauour in the sight of all them that led them captiues 47 Saue vs ō Lord our God and gather vs from among the heathen that we maie praise thine holie Name and glorie in thy praise 48 Blessed be the Lord God of Israél for euer and euer and let all the people say So be it Praise ye the Lord. PSAL. CVII 1 The Prophet exorteth all those that are redemed by the Lord and gathered vnto him to giue 〈◊〉 9 For this merciful prouidence of God gouerning all things at his good pleasure 20 Sending good and euil prosperitie and aduersitie to bring men Vnto him 〈◊〉 Therefore as the righteous thereat reioyce so shal thewicked haue their mouthes stopped 1 PRaise the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth foreuer 2 Let them which haue bene redemed of the Lord shewe how he hathe deliuered them from the hand of the oppresser 3 And gathered them of the lands from the East and from the West from the North and from the South 4 When they
this also is vanitie and a great grief 22 For what hathe man of all his trauail and grief of his heart wherein he hathe trauailed vnder the sunne 23 For all his dayes are sorowes and his trauail grief his heart also taketh not rest in the night which also is vanitie 24 There is no profite to man but that he eat and 〈◊〉 and delite his soule with the profite of his labour I sawe also this that it was of the hand of God 25 For who colde eat and who colde haste to outward things more then I 26 Surely to a man that is good in his sight God giueth wisdome and knowledge and ioye but to the sinner he giueth peine to gather and to heape to giue to him that is good before God this is also vanitie and vexacion of the spirit CHAP. III. 1 All things haue their time 14 The workes of God are perfite and cause vs to feare him 17 God shal iudge both the iuste and iniuste 1 TO all things there is an appointedtime and a time to euerie purpose vnder the heauen 2 A time to be borne and a time to dye a time to plant and a time to 〈◊〉 vp that which is planted 3 A time to 〈◊〉 and a time to heale a time to breake downe and a time to buylde 4 A time to wepe and a time to laugh a time to mourne and a time to dance 5 A time to cast a way stones and a time to gather stones a time to embrace and a time to be farre from embracing 6 A time to seke and a time to lose a time to kepe and a time to cast away 7 A time to rent and a time to sowe a time to kepe silence and a time to speake 8 A time to loue and a time to hate a time of warre and a time of peace 9 What profite hathe he that worketh of the thin̄g wherein he trauaileth 10 I haue sene the trauail that God hathe giuen to the sonnes of men to humble them thereby 11 He hathe made euerie thing beautiful in his time also he hathe set the worlde in their heart yet can not man finde out the worke that God hathe wroght from the beginning euen to the end 12 I knowe that there is nothing good in thē but to reioyce and to do good in his life 13 And also that euerie mā eateth and drinketh and seeth the commoditie of all his labour this is the gift of God 14 I knowe that whatsoeuer God shal do it shal be for euer to it can no man adde and frō it can none diminish for God hath done it that they shulde feare before him 15 What is that that hathe bene that is now that that shal be hathe now bene for God requireth that which is past 16 And moreouer I haue sene vnder the sunne the place of iudgement where was wicked nes and the place of iustice where was iniquitie 17 I thoght in mine heart God wil iudge the iu ste and the wicked for time is there for eue rie purpose and for euerie worke 18 I considered in mine heart the state of the children of men that God had purged them yet to se to they are in thē selues as beasts 19 For the condition of the children of men and the condition of beastes are euen as one condition vnto them As the one dyeth so dyeth the other for they haue all one bre at h and there is no excellencie of man aboue the beast for all is vanitie 20 All go to one place and all was of the dust and all shal returne to the dust 21 Who knoweth whether the spirit of man ascende vpward and the spirit of the beast descend downe ward to the earth 22 Therefore I se that there is nothing better then that a man shulde reioyce in his affaires because that is his portion For who shal bring him to se what shal be after him CHAP. IIII. 1 The innocents are oppressed 4 Mens labours are ful of abuse and vanitie 9 Mans societie is necessarie 13 A yōg man pore and wise is to be preferred to an olde King that is a foole 1 SO I turned and considered all the oppres sions that are wroght vnder the sunne beholde the teares of the oppressed none comforteth them and lo the strength is of the hand of them that oppresse them and none comforteth them 2 Wherefore I praised the dead which now are dead aboue the liuing whiche are yet aliue 3 And I counte him betterthen them bothe which hathe not yet bene for he hathe not sene the euil workes which are wroght vnder the sunne 4 Also I behelde all trauail and all perfection of workes that this is the en 〈◊〉 of a man against his neighbour this also is vanitie and vexacion of spirit 5 The foole foldeth his hands and eateth vp his owne flesh 6 Better is an handful with quietnes then two handfuls with labour and vexacion of spirit 7 Againe I returned and sawe vanitie vnder the sunne 8 There is one alone and there is not a secōde which hathe nether sonne nor brother yet is there none end of all his trauail nether can his eye be satisfied with riches nether doeth he thinke For whome do I trauail defraude my soule of pleasure this also is vanitie this is an euil trauail 9 Two are better then one for they haue better wages for their labour 10 For if they fall the one wil lift vp his fellowe but wo vnto him that it alone for he falleth and there is not a seconde to lift him vp 11 Also if two slepe together then shal they haue heat but to one how shulde there be heat 12 And if one ouercome him two 〈◊〉 stande against him and a threfolde coard is not easely broken 13 Better is a poore wise childe then an olde and foolish King which wil no more be admonished 14 For out of the prison he cometh forthe to reigne when as he that is borne in his king dome is made poore 15 I behelde all the liuing which walke vnder the sunne with the seconde childe which shal stande vp in his place 16 There is none end of all the people nor of all that were before them and they that come after shal not reioyce in him surely this is also vanitie and vexation of spirit 17 Take hede to thy foote when thou entrest into he House of God and bemore nere to heare then to giue the sacrifice of fooles for they knowe not that they do euil CHAP. V. 1 Not to speake lightely chiefely in Gods matters 9 The couetous can neuer haue ynough 11 The laborers slepe is 〈◊〉 14 Man when he dveth taketh nothing with him 18 To liue ioyfully and with a contented minde is the gift of God 1 BE not rash with thy mouth nor
there the wordes that I shal tel thee 3 And shalt say Heare ye the worde of the Lord 〈◊〉 Kings of 〈◊〉 and inhabitants of Ierusalém Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Beholde I wil bring a 〈◊〉 vpon this place the which whosoeuer heareth his eares shal tingle 4 Because they haue forsaken me and prophaned this place and haue burnt incense in it vnto other gods whome nether they nor their fathers haue knowen nor the Kings of Iudáh they haue filled this place also with the blood of innocents 5 And they haue buylt the hie places of Báal to burne their sonnes with fyre for burnt offrings vnto Báal which I commanded not nor spake it nether came it into my minde 6 Therefore beholde the dayes come saith the Lord that this place shal nomore be called 〈◊〉 northe vallei of Benhinnóm but the vallei of slaughter 7 And I wil bring the counsel of Iudáh and Ierusalém to noght in this place and I wil cause thē to fall by the sworde before their enemies and by the hād of them that seke their liues and their carkeises wil I giue to be meat for the foules of the heauen and to the beastes of the field 8 * And I wil make this citie desolate and an hissing so that euerie one that passeth there by shal be astonished and hisse because of all the plagues thereof 9 * And 〈◊〉 wil fede thē with the flesh of their sonnes and with the flesh of their daughters and euerie one shal eat the flesh of his friend in the siege and streitnes where with their enemies thatseke their liues shal holde them streit 10 Then shalt thou breake the bottle in the sight of the men that go with thee 11 And shalt saie vnto them Thus saith the Lord of hostes Euen so wil I breake this peo ple and this citie as one breaketh a potters vessel that can not be made whole againe theishal burye them in Tōpheth til there be no place to burye 12 Thus will do vnto this place saith the Lord and to the inhabitans thereof and I wil make this citie like Tōpheth 13 For the houses of Ierusalém and the houses of the Kings of Iudáh shal be desiled as the place of Tōpheth because of all the houses vpon whose rofes thei haue burnt incense vnto all the hoste of heauen haue powred out drinke offrings vnto other goods 14 Then came Ieremiah from Topheth where the Lord had sent him to prophecie and he stode in the court of the Lords house said to all the people 15 Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Beholde I wil bring vpon this citie vpon all her townes all the plagues that I haue pronounced against it because they haue hardened their neckes and wolde notheare my wordes CHAP. XX. 2 Ieremiáh is smitten and cast into prison for preaching of the worde of God 3 He prophecieth the 〈◊〉 of Babylon 7 He complaineth that he is a mocking stocke for the worde of God 9 He is compelled by the spirit to preache the worde 1 WHen Pashúr the sonne of Immér the Priest which was appointed gouernour in the House of the Lord heard that Ieremiáh prophecied these things 2 Then Pashúr smote Ieremiáh the Prophet and put him in the stockes that were in the hie gate of Beniamin which was by the Hou se of the Lord. 3 And on the morning Pashúr broght Ieremiáh out of the stockes Then said Ieremiáh vnto him The Lord hathe not called thy name Pashúr but Magór-missabib 4 For thus saith the Lord Beholde I wil make thee to be a terrour to thy self and to all thy friends and thei shal fall by the sworde of their enemies and thine eyes shal beholde it and I wil giue all Iudáh into the hand of 〈◊〉 King of Babél and he shal carie them captiue into Babél and shal slaie them with the sworde 5 Moreouer I wil deliuer all the substance of this citie and all the labours thereof and all the precious things thereof and all the treasures of the Kings of Iudáh wil I giue into the hand of their enemies which shal spoyle them and take them awaie and carie them to Babél 6 And thou Pashūr and all that dwell in thine house shal go into captiuitie and thou shalt come to Babél and there thou shalt dye and shalt be buryed there thou all thy friends to whome thou hast prophecied lies 7 O Lord thou hast deceiued me and I am de ceiued thou art stronger then I and hast preuailed I am in derision daiely euerie one mock eth me 8 For since I spake I cryed out of wrong and proclaimed desolation therefore the word of the Lord was made a reproche vnto me and in derision daiely 9 Then I said I wil not make mencion of him nor speake any more in his Name But his worde was in mine heart as a burning fyre shut vp in my bones and I was wearie with for bearing and I colde not stay 10 For I had heard the railing of many and feare on euerie side Declare said thei and we wil declare it all my familiars watched for mine halting saying It may be that he is de ceiued so we shal preuaile against him we shal execute our vengeance vpon him 11 But the Lord is with me like a mightie gyāt therefore my persecuters shal be ouer throwen and shal not preuaile and shal be great ly confounded for they haue done vn wisely and their euerlasting shame shal neuer be forgotten 12 * But ô Lord of hostes that tryest the righteous and seest the reignes and the heart let me se thy vengeance on them for vnto thee haue I opened my cause 13 Sing vnto the Lord praise ye the Lord for he hathe deliuered the soule of the poore from the hand of the wicked 14 ¶ Cursed be the day wherein I was borne and let not the day wherein my mother bare me be blessed 15 Cursed be the man that shewed my father saying A man childe is borne vnto thee and comforted him 16 And let that man be as the cities which the Lord hathe ouer turned and repented not let him heare the crye in the morning and the showting at noone tide 17 Because he hathe not slayne me euē from the wombe or that my mother might haue bene my graue or her wombe a perpetual conception 18 How is it that I came for the of the wombe to se labour and sorowe that my daies shulde be consumed with shame CHAP. XXI He prophecieth that Zedekiáh shal be taken and the citie 〈◊〉 1 THe worde which came vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord when King Zedekiáh sent vnto him Pashúr the sonne of Malchiáh Zephaniáh the sonne of Maaseáh the Priest saying 2 Inquire I pray thee of the Lord for vs for Nebuchad-nezzár King of
new Temple shut de perfectly be restored He prophecied these things in Caldea at the same time that Ieremiáh prophecied in Iudáh the rebegan in the fist yere of 〈◊〉 captiuitie The forme of the Temple citie restored This figure must be set in the end of Ezekiél The forme of the Temple citie restored This figure must be set in the end of Ezekiél CHAP. I. 1 The time wherein Ezekiél prophecied and in what place 3 His kinred 15 The vision of the foure beastes 26. The vision of the throne IT came to passe in the thirtieth yere in the fourth moneth and in the fift day of the moneth as I was among the captiues by the riuer Chebár that the heauens were opened and I sawe visions of God 2 In the fift daye of the moneth whiche was the fift yere of King Ioiachins 〈◊〉 3 〈◊〉 worde of the Lord came vnto Ezekiél 〈◊〉 Priest the sonne of Buzi in the land of the Caldeans by the riuer Chebár where the hand of the Lord was vpon him 4 And I loked and beholde a whirle winde came out of the North a great cloude a fyre wrapped about it and a brightnes was about it and in the middes thereof to wit in the middes of the fyre came out as the likenes of ambre THE VISION OF EZEKIEL A The whirlwinde that came out of the North or Aquilon B The great cloude C The fyre wtapped about it D The brightnes about it E The likenes of amber or the pale colour F The forme of threfoure beastes G Their fete like calues fete H Hands comming out from vnder their wings I K L M The facion of the foure faces of euerie beast N Their wings ioyned one to another O Their two wings whiche couered their bodies P Fyre running among the beastes Q Wheles hauing 〈◊〉 one foure faces R The rings of the wheles whiche were ful of eyes S The firmament like vnto chrystal T The throne which was set vpon the firmament V Wheresate like the appearance of a man X The appearance of amber aboue and benethe the men Y The fyre about him Z The brightnes of fyre like the raine bowe Midi or the South 5 Also out of the middes there of came the likenes of foure beasts and this was their forme they had the appearance of a man 6 And euerie one had foure faces and euerie one had foure wings 7 And their fete were streight fete and the sole of their fete was like the sole of a calues fote and they sparked like the appearance of bright brasse 8 And the hands of a mā came out frō vnder their wings in the foure partes of thē and thei foure had their faces and their wings 9 They were ioyned by their wings one to another when thei went forthe theire turned not but euerie one went streight forwarde 10 And the similitude of their faces was as the face of man they foure had the face of a lyon on the right side and they foure had the face of a bullocke on the left side they foure also had the face of an egle 11 Thus were their faces but their wings were spred out aboue two wings of euerie one were ioyned one to another and two couered their bodies 12 And euerie one 〈◊〉 streight forwarde they went whether their spirit led them and thei returned not when thei 〈◊〉 forthe 13 The similitude also of the beastes and their appearance was like burning coles of fyre and like the appearance of lampes for the fyre ran among the beastes and the fyre gaue a glister and out of the fyre there went lightening 14 And the beastes ran and returned like vnto lightening 15 ¶ Now as I behelde the beastes beholde a whele appeared vpon the earth by the beastes hauing foure faces 16 The faciō of the wheles and their worke was like vnto a chrysolite they foure 〈◊〉 one forme and their facion and their worke was as one whele ī another whele 17 When thei went thei went vpon their foure sides and they returned not when thei went 18 They had also rings and height were feareful to beholde and their rings were ful of eyes round about them foure 19 And when the beastes went the wheles 〈◊〉 with them and when the beastes were lift vp frō the earth the wheles were lift vp 20 Whether their spirit led them they wēt and thether did the spirit of the wheles lead them and the wheles were lifted vp besides them for the Spirit of the beastes 〈◊〉 in the wheles 21 When the beastes went they went and when they stode they stode when they were lifted vp from the earth the wheles were lifted vp 〈◊〉 them for the spirit of the beastes was in the wheles 22 And the similitude of the firmament vpon the heads of the beastes was wōderful like vnto chrystal spred ouertheir headsaboue 23 And vnder the firmament were their wings 〈◊〉 the one towarde the other euerie one had two which couered thē 〈◊〉 one had two whiche couered their bodies 24 And whē they went 〈◊〉 I heard the noi se of their wings like the noise of great waters as the voice of the 〈◊〉 euen the voyce of speache as the noise of an hoste and when they stode they let downe their wings 25 And there was a voyce from the firmament that was ouer their heades whē they stode and had let downe their wings 26 And aboue the firmament that was ouer their heades was the facion of a throne like vnto a saphir stone and vpon the simi litude of the throne was by appearance as the similitude of a man aboue vpon it 27 And I sawe as the appearance of ambre as the similitude of fyre rounde about with in it to loke to euen from his loynes vp warde and to loke to euē from his loynes downe warde I saw as a likenes of fyre and 〈◊〉 rounde about it 28 As the likenes of the bowe that is in the cloude in the day of raine so was the appearance of the light rounde about 29 This was the appearance of the similitude of the glorie of the Lord and when I sawe it I fel vpon my face and I heard a voyce of one that spake CHAP. II. The Prophet is sent to call the people from their errour 1 ANd he said vnto me Sonne of man stand vp 〈◊〉 thy fete I wil speake vnto thee 2 And the Spirit entred into me when he had spoken vnto me and let me vpon my fete so that I heard him that spake vnto me 3 And he said vnto me Sonne of man I send thee to the childrē of Israél to a rebellious natiō that hathe rebelled against me for they their fathers haue rebelled against me euen vnto this very day 4 For thei are impudent children stiffe hearted I do send thee vnto them
thou shalt say vnto thē Thus saith the Lord God 5 But surely they wil not heare nether in dede wil they cease for they are a rebellious house yet shal they knowe that the re hathe bene a Prophet among them 6 And thou sonne of man feare them not nether be afrayed of their wordes althogh rebelles and thornes be with thee thou remainest with scorpions feare not their wordes nor be afraide at their lokes for they are a rebellious house 7 Therefore thou shalt speake my wordes vnto them but surely they wil not heare nether wil they in dede cease for thei are rebellious 8 But thou sonne of man heare what I say vnto thee be not thou rebellious like this rebellious house opē thy mouth and eat that I giue thee 9 And when I loked vp behold an hand was sent vnto me and lo arolle of a boke was therein 10 And he spred it before me 〈◊〉 it was written within and whithout and there was written therein Lamentacions and mourning and wo. CHAP. III. 1 The prophet being fed with the worde of God and with the 〈◊〉 boldnes of the Spirit is sent vnto the people that were in captiuitie 17 The office of true ministers 1 MOreouer he said vnto me Sonne of man eat that thou findest eat this rolle and go and speake vnto the house of Israél 2 So I opened my mouth and he gaue me this roole to eat 3 And he said vnto me Sonne of man cause thy belly to eat and fil thy bowels with this roole that I giue thee Then did I eat it it was in my mouth as swete as honie 4 And he said vnto me Sonne of man go entre into the house of Israél and declare them my wordes 5 Fot thou art not sent to a people of an vnknowen tongue or of an hard langua ge but to the house of Israél 6 Not to manie people of an vnknowen ton gue or of an hard language whose wordes thou canst not vnderstand yet if I shulde send thee to them they wolde obey thee 7 But the house of Israél wis not obey thee for they 〈◊〉 not obey me yea all the house of Israél are impudent and stif hearted 8 Beholde I haue made thy face strong against their faces and thy forehead hard against their foreheads 9 I haue made thy forehead as the adamant and harder then the flint feare them not therefore nether be afraid at their lokes for they are a rebellious house 10 He said more ouer vnto me Sonne of man receiue in thine heart all my wordes that I speake vnto thee and heare them with thine eares 11 And go entre to them that are led away captiues vnto the children of thy people speake vnto them and tel them Thus saith the Lord God but surely they wil not hea re nether wil thei in dede cease 12 Then the spirit toke me vp and I heard be hinde me a noyse of a great russhing sayyng Blessed be the glorie of the LORD out of his place 13 I heard also the noyse of the wings of the beasts that touched one another and the ratling of the wheles that were by them euen a noyse of a great russhing 14 So the Spirit lift me vp and toke me away and I went in bitternes and indignation of my spirit but the hand of the Lord was strong vpon me 15 Then I came to them that were led away ca ptiues to Tel-ábib that dwelt by the riuer Chebár and I sate where they sate remained there astonished among the seuen dayes 16 And at the end of seuen dayes the worde of the Lord came againe vnto me saying 17 Sonne of man I haue made thee a watcheman vnto the house of Israél therefore heare the worde at my mouth and giue thē warning from me 18 When I shal say vnto the wicked Thou shalt surely dye and thou giuest not him warning nor speaketh to 〈◊〉 the wic ked of his wicked way that he may liue the same wicked man shal dye in his iniquitie but his blood wil I require at thine hand 19 Yet if thou warne the wicked and be turne not from his wickednes nor from his wicked way he shal dye in his iniquitie but thou hast deliuered thy soule 20 Likewise if a righteous man turne from his righteousnes and commit iniquitie I wil lay a stumbling blocke before him he shal dye because thou hast not giuen him warning he shal dye in his sinne and his righteous dedes which he hathe done shal not be remembred but his blood wil I require at thine hand 21 Neuertheles if thou admonish that right teous man that the righteous sinne not that he doeth not sinne he shal liue becau se he is admonished also thou hast deliue red thy soule 22 And the hand of the LORD was there vpon me and he said vnto me Arise and go into the field I wil there talke with thee 23 So when I had risen vp and gone forthe in to the field beholde the glorie of the Lord stode thereas the glorie which I sawe by the riuer Chebár and I fel downe vpon my face 24 Thē the Spirit entred into me which set me vp vpon my fete and spake vnto me me and said to me Come and shut thy self within thine house 25 But thou ô sonne of man beholde they shal put bandes vpon thee and shal blinde thee with them thou shalt not go out among them 26 And I wil make thy tongue cleaue to the roofe of thy mouth that thou shalt bedumme and shalt not be to them as a man that rebuketh for they are a rebellious house 27 But when I shal haue spoken vnto thee I wil open thy mouth and thou shalt say vnto them Thus saith the Lord God He that heareth let him heare and he that leaueth of * let him leaue for they are a rebellious house CHAP. IIII. 1 The besieging of the citie of Ierusalém is signified 9 The long continuance of the captiuitie of Israél 16 An 〈◊〉 is prophecied to come 1 THou also sonne of man take thee a bric ke and lay it before thee and pourtray vpon it the citie euen Ierusalém 2 And lay siege against it and buylde a fort against it and cast amount against it set the campe also against it and lay engins of warre against it rounde about 3 Moreouer take an yron panne and set it for a wall of yron betwene thee and the citie and direct thy face toward it and it shal be besieged thou shalt lay siege against it this shal be a signe vnto the house of Israél 4 Slepe thou also vpon thy left side and lay the iniquitie of the house of Israél vpon it according to the nombre of the daies that thou shalt slepe vpon it thou shalt beare their iniquitie 5 For
Cherubims stode vpon the right side of the house when the man wentin and the cloude filled the inner court 4 Then the glorie of the Lord went vp from the Cherúb and stode ouer the dore of the house the house was filled with the cloud and the court was filled with the brightnes of the Lords glorie 5 And the sounde of the Cherubims wings was heard into the vtter court as the voyce of the Almightie God when he speaketh 6 And when he had commanded the man clothed with linnen saying Take fyre from bet wene the wheles frō betwene the Cherubims then he went in and stode beside the whele 7 And one Cherúb stretched forthe his hand from betwene the Cherubims vnto the fyre that was betwene the Cherubims and toke there of and put into the hands of him that was clothed with linen who toke it and 〈◊〉 out 8 And there appeared in the Cherubims the likenes of amans hand vnder their wings 9 And when Iloked vp beholde foure wheles were beside the Cherubims one whele by one Cherúb and another wheleby another Cherúb and the appearance of the wheles was as the colour of a chrysolite stone 10 And their appearance for they were all foure of one facion was as if one whele had bene in another whele 11 When they went forthe they went vpon their foure sides thei returned not as they went but to the place whether the first went they went after it and they turned not as they went 12 And their whole body and their rings their hands and their wings and the wheles were ful of eyes round about euen in the same foure wheles 13 And the Cherub cryed to these wheles in mine hearing saying O whele 14 And euery beast had foure faces the first face was the face of a cherúb the seconde face was the face of a mā the third the face of alion and the fourth the face of an egle 15 And the Cherubims were lifted vp * this is the beast that I sawe at the riuer Chebār 16 And whē the Cherubims went the wheles went by them when the Cherubims lift vp their wings to mount vp from the earth the same wheles also turned not from beside thē 17 When the Cherubims stode they stode when they were lifted vp they lifted them selues vp also for the spirit of the beast was in them 18 Then the glorie of the Lord departed frō aboue the dore of the House and stode vpō the Cherubims 19 And the Cherubims lift vp their wings and mounted vp frō the earth in my sight when they went out the wheles also were besides thē euerie one stode at the entrie of the gate of the Lords House at the East side and the glorie of the God of Israél was vpon thē on hie 20 * This is the beast that I saw vnder the God of Israél by the riuer Chebār and I knewe that they were the Cherubims 21 〈◊〉 one had foure faces and euerie one foure wings and the likenes of mans hands was vnder their wings 22 And the likenes of their faces was the selfe same faces which I sawe by the riuer Che bár the appearance of the Cherubims was the selfe same and they went euerie one straight forwarde CHAP. XI 1 Who they were that seduced the people of Israél 〈◊〉 Agaīst these he prophecieth 〈◊〉 them how they shal be 〈◊〉 abroade 19 The renuing of the heart commeth of God 21 He threatneth them that leane vnto their owne counsels 1 MOreouer the Spirit lift me vp broght me vnto the East gate of the Lords Hou se which lieth Eastward and beholde at the entrie of the gate were fiue and twentie mē among whome I sawe Iaazaniáhthe sonne of Azúr and Pelatiáh the sonne of Benaiáh the princes of the people 2 Then said he vnto me Sonne of man these are the men that imagine mischief and deui se wicked counselin this citie 3 For they say It is not nere let vs buylde houses this citie is the caldron and we be the flesh 4 Therefore prophecie against them sonne of man prophecie 5 And the Spirit of the Lord fel vpon me and said vnto me Speake Thus saith the Lord O ye house of Israél this haue ye said and I know that which riseth vp of your mindes 6 Manie haue ye murthered in this citie and ye haue filled the stretes thereof with the slaine 7 Therefore thus saith the Lord God Thei that ye haue slaine and haue layed in the middes of it they are the flesh and this citie is the caldron but I wil bring you forthe of the middes of it 8 Ye haue feared the sworde and I wil bring a sworde vpon you saith the Lord God 9 And I wil bring you out of the middes there of and deliuer you into the hands of strangers and wil execute iud gements among you 10 Ye shal fall by the sworde I wil iudge you in the border of Israél ye shal know that I am the Lord. 11 This citie shal not be your caldron nether shal ye be the flesh in the middes thereof but I wil iudge you in the border of Israél 12 And ye shal knowe that I am the Lord for ye haue not walked in my statutes nether executed my iudgements but haue done after the maners of the heathen that are round about you 13 ¶ And when I prophecied Pelatiáh the son ne of Benaiáh dyed then fel I downe vpon my face and cryed with a loude voyce and said Ah Lord God wilt thou then vtterly de stroye all the remnant o Israél 14 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 15 Sonne of man thy brethren euen thy brethren the men of thy kindred and all the house of Israél wholly are they vnto whom the inhabitants of Ierusalém haue said Departe ye farre from the Lord for the land is giuen vs in possession 16 Therefore say Thus saith the Lord GOD Althogh I haue cast them farre of among the heathen and althogh I haue scattered them among the countreis yet wil I be to them as a litle Sanctuarie in the countreis where they shal come 17 Therefore saye Thus saith the Lord GOD I wil gather you againe from the people and assemble you out of the countreis where ye haue bene scattered and I will giue you the land of Israél 18 And they shall come thether and they shall take 〈◊〉 all the idoles thereof and all the abominations there of from thence 19 * And I wil giue them one heart and I will put a newe spirit within their bo wels and I will take the stonie heart out of their bodies and wil giue them an heart of flesh 20 That they maie walke in my statutes and kepe my iudgementes and execute them and they shal be my people and I will be their God 21 But vpon
you that ye may liue ye shal knowe that I am the Lord. 7 So I prophecied as I was commanded and as I prophecied there was a noise and beholde there was a shaking and the bones came together bone to his bone 8 And when I behelde 〈◊〉 the sinewes and the flesh grewe vpon them and aboue the skin couered thē but there was no breath in thē 9 Then said he vnto me Prophecie vnto the winde prophecie sonne of man and say to the winde Thus saith the Lord God Come from the foure windes ô breath and breathe vpon these slaine that they may 〈◊〉 10 So I prophecied as he had commanded me and the breath came into thē and they liued and stode vp vpon their fete an exceding 〈◊〉 armie 11 Then he said vnto me Sonne of man these bones are the whole house of Israél 〈◊〉 they say Our bones are dryed and our hope is 〈◊〉 we are cleane cut of 12 Therefore prophecie and say vnto them thus saith the Lord God Beholde my people I wil open your graues cause you to come vp out of your sepulchres and bring you into the land of Israēl 13 And ye shal knowe that I am the LORD when I haue opened your graues ô my people and broght you vp out of your sepulchres 14 And shal put my Spirit in you and ye shal liue and I shal place you in your owne land then ye shal knowe that I the LORD haue spoken it and performed it saith the Lord. 15 ¶ The worde of the Lord came againe vnto me saying 16 Moreouer thou sonne of man take thee a piece of wood and write vpon it Vnto Iudáh and to the children of Israél his companions then take another piece of wood and write vpon it Vnto Iosēph the tre of Ephráim and to all the house of Israél his companions 17 And thou shalt ioyne them one to another into one tre and they shal be as one in thine hand 18 And when the children of thy people shal speake vnto thee saying Wilt thou not shew vs what thou meanest by these 19 Thou shalt answer thē Thus saith the Lord GOD Beholde I wil take thee of Ioseph whiche is in the hand of Ephráim and the tribes of Israél his felowes and wil put them with him euen with the tre of Iudāh and make them one tre and they shal be one in mine hand 20 And the pieces of wood whereō thou wri test shal be in thine hand in their sight 21 And say vnto them Thus saith the Lord God Beholde I wil take the children of Israél frō among the heathen whether they be gone wil gather them on euerie side and bring them into their owne land 22 And I wil make them one people in the lād vpon the mountaines of Israél * one King shal be King to them all and they shal be no more two peoples nether be deuided anie more hence forthe into two kingdomes 23 Nether shal thei be polluted anie more with their idoles nor with their abominacions nor with anie of their transgressions but I wil saue them out of all their dwelling places wherein they haue sinned and wil clense thē so shal they be my people and I wil be their God 24 And Dauid my * seruant shal be King ouer them thei all shal haue one shepherd thei shal also walke in my iudgements and obser ue my statutes and do them 25 And they shal dwell in the land that I haue giuen vnto Iaakōb my seruant where your fathers haued welt and they shal dwell there in euē they and their sonnes and their son nes sonnes for euer and my seruant Dauid shal be their prince for euer 26 Moreouer I wil make * a couenant of peace with them it shal be an euerlasting couenāt with them and I wil place them and multiplie them and wil set my Sanctuarie among them for euer more 27 My tabernacle also shal be with them yea I wil be their God and they shal be my people 28 Thus the heathen shal knowe that I the Lord do sanctisie Israél when my Sanctuarie shal be among them for euer more CHAP. XXXVIII 2 He prophecieth that Gog and Magog shal sight with 〈◊〉 power against the people of God 21 Then destruction 1 ANd the worde of the LORD came vnto me saying 2 Sonne of man set thy face against Gog and against the land of Magóg the chief prince of Méshech and Tubál prophecie against him 3 And say Thus saith the Lord God Beholde I come against 〈◊〉 ô Gog the chief prince of Méshech and Tubál 4 And I wil destroye thee ' and put bokes in thy chawes and I wil bring thee forthe and all thine hoste bothe horses and horsemen all clothed with all sortes of armour euen a great multitude with buckelers and shields all handling swordes 5 They of Parás of Cush and 〈◊〉 with them euen all they that beare shield and helmet 6 Gomér and all his bandes and the house of sogarmáh of the North quarters and all his bandes and muche people with thee 7 Prepare thy selfe and make thee ready bothe thou and all thy multitude that are assembled vnto thee and be thou their sauegarde 8 After manie dayes thou shalt be visited for in the latter yeres thou shalt come into the land that hathe bene destroyed with the sworde and is gathered out of manie people vpon the mountaines of Israél which haue lōg lien waste yet they haue bene broght out of the people and they shald well all safe 9 Thou shal ascend and come vp like a tēpest and shalt be like a cloude to couer the land bothe thou and all thy bandes and manie people with thee 10 Thus saith the Lord God Euen at the same time shal 〈◊〉 things come into thy minde and thou shalt thinke euil thoghts 11 And thou shalt say I wil go vp to the lād that hathe no walled to wres I wil go to them that are at rest and dwell in safetie whiche dwell all without walles haue nether barres nor gates 12 Thinking to spoile the pray and to take bootie to turne thine hand vpon the desolate places that are now inhabited and vpon the people that are gathered out of the nations which haue gotten cattel and goods dwell in the 〈◊〉 of the land 13 Shebá and Dedán and the marchantes of Tarshish with all the lions thereof shal say vnto thee Art thou come to spoile the pray hast thou gathered thy multitude to take a bootie to cary away siluer golde to take away cattel and goods ād to spoile a great pray 14 Therefore sonne of mā prophecie and say vnto Gog Thus saith the Lord God In that day when my people of Israél dwelleth safe shalt thou not knowe it 15 And come from thy place on t of the North partes thou muche
face of a lion toward the palme tree on the other side thus was it made through all the house rounde about 20 From the grounde vnto aboue the dore were Cherubims and palme trees made as in the wall of the Temple 21 The postes of the Temple were squared and thus to loke vnto was the similitude and forme of the Sanctuarie 22 The altar of wood was thre cubites hic and the length thereof two cubites and the corners thereof and the length thereof and the sides thereof were of wood And he said vntome This is the table that shal be before the Lord. 23 And the Temple and the Sanctuarie had two dores 24 And the dores had two wickets euen two turning wickets two wickets for one dore and two wickets for another dore 25 And vpon the dores of the Temple there were made Cherubims and palme trees like as was made vpon the walles ād therewere thicke plankes vpon the forefront of the porche without 26 And there were naro we windowes palme trees on the one side on the other side by the sides of the porche and vpon the sides of the house and thicke plankes CHAP. XLII Of the chambers of the Temple for the Priests and the 〈◊〉 things 1 THen broght he me into the vtter court by the waie towarde the North and he broght me into the chamber that was ouer against the separate place and which was be fore the buylding towarde the North. 2 Before the length of an hundreth cubites was the North dore and it was fiftie cubites broad 3 Ouer against the twentie cubites which were for the inner court and ouer against the pauemēt which was for the vtter court was chābre against chambre in thre rowes 4 And before the chābres was a galerie of tē cubites wide within was a waie of one cubite and their dores towarde the North. 5 Now the chambres aboue were narower fortho e chambres semed to eat vp these to wit the lower ād those that were in the middes of the buylding 6 For thei were in thre rowes but had not pillers as the pillers of the court therefore there was a differēce frō thē beneth from the 〈◊〉 euen 〈◊〉 the ground 7 And the wall that was without ouer against the chambres towarde the vtter court on the fore front of the chambers was fiftie cubites long 8 For the length of the chambers that were in the vtter court was fistie cubites and lo before the Temple were an hundreth cu bites 9 And vnder these chambres was the entrie on the East side as one goeth into thē from the outwarde court 10 The chambres were in the thickenes of the wall of the court towarde the East ouer against the separate place and ouer against the buylding 11 And the waye before them was after the maner of the chambres which were toward the North as long as thei and as broad as thei and all their entries were like bothe ac cording to their facions and according to their dores 12 And according to the dores of the chābres that were to warde the South was a dore in the corner of the waie euen the waie directly before the wall to warde the East as one entreth 13 Then said he vnto me The North chambres and the South chambres which are be fore the separate place thei be holy chambers wherein the Priests that approche vnto the Lord shal eat the moste holie things there shalthei laye the moste holy things and the meat offring and the sinoffring and the trespasse offring for the place is holy 14 When the Priests entre therein thei shal not go out of the holie place into the vtter court but there thei shallaie their garments where in thei minister for thei are holie and shal put on other garments and so shal approche to those things which are for the people 15 Now when he had made an end of measuring the inner house he broght me forthe towarde the gate whose prospect is towarde the East and measured it rounde about 16 He measured the East side with the measuring rod fiue hundreth redes euē with the measuring rede rounde about 17 He measured also the North side fiue hun dreth redes euen with the measuring rede rounde about 18 And he measured the South side fiue hundreth redes with the measuring rede 19 He turned about also to the West side measured fiue hundreth redes with the measuring rede 20 He measured it by the foure sides it had a wall rounde about fiue hundreth redes lōg and fiue hundreth broad to make a separation betwene the Sanctuarie and the prophane place CHAP. XLIII 2 He seeth the glorie of God going into the Temple from whence it had before departed 7 He mencioneth the idolatrie of the children of Israél for the which thei were consumed and broght to noght 9 He is commandeth to call them againe to repentance 1 AFterward he broght me to the gate euē the gate that turneth towarde the East 2 And beholde the glorie of the God of Israél came from out of the East whose voice was like a noyse of great waters the earth was made light with his glorie 3 And the vision which I sawe was * like the vision euē as the vision that I sawe when I came to 〈◊〉 the citie and the visions were like the vision that I sawe by the riuer Chebar and I fel vpon my face 4 And the glorie of the Lord came into the house by the waie of the gate whose prospect is towarde the East 5 So the Spirit toke me vp and broght me into the inner court and beholde the glorie of the Lord filled the house 6 And I heard one speaking vnto me out of the house and there stode a man by me 7 Which said vnto me Sonne of man this place is my throne and the place of the soules of my fete where as I wil dwell among the children of Israél for euer and the house of Israél shal no more defile mine holie Name nether thei nor their Kings by their for nications nor by the carkeises of their Kings in their high places 8 Albeit they set their thresholdes by my thre sholdes and their postes by my postes for there was but a wall betwene me and them yet haue thei defiled mine holy Name with their abominacions that they haue committed wherefore I haue consumed them in my wrath 9 Now therefore let thē put away their fornicacion and the carkeises of their Kings farre from me and I wild well among them for euer 10 ¶ Thou sonne of man she we this House to the house of Israél that thei may be 〈◊〉 of their wickednes and let them measure the paterne 11 And if thei be ashamed of all that thei haue done she we thē the forme of the house and the paterne thereof and the going out there of and the
prayse the Name of the Lord your God that hathe delt marueilously with you and my people shal neuer be a shamed 27 Ye shal also knowe that I am in the middes of Israél and that I am the Lord your God and none other and my people shal neuer be ashamed 28 And afterwarde will I power out my Spirit vpon all flesh and your sonnes and your daughters shall prophecie your olde men shal dreame dreames and your yong men shal se visions 29 And also vpon the seruaunts and vpon the maydes in those dayes will I powre my Spirit 30 And I will shewe wonders in the heauens and in the earth blood and fyre and pillers of smoke 31 The sunne shal be turned into darkenes ād the moone into blood before the great and terrible daie of the Lord come 32 But whosoeuer shall call on the Name of the Lord shal be saued for in mount Zión and in Ierusalém shal be deliuerance as the Lord hathe said and in the remnant whom the Lord shal call CHAP. III. Of the iudgement of GOD against the enemies of hys people 1 FOr beholde in those dayes and in that time when I shal bring againe the captiuitie of Iudáh and Ierusalém 2 I will also gather all nations and will bryng them downe into the valley of Iehoshaphát and will plead with them there for my people and for mine heritage Israél whome they haue scattered among the nations and parted my land 3 And they haue cast lottes for my people and haue giuen the childe for the harlot and solde the girle for wyne that they myght drinke 4 Yea and what haue you to do with me Tyrus and Ziōn and all the coastes of Palestina wil ye render me a recompense and if ye re compēse me swiftely and spedely wil 〈◊〉 ren der your recompense vpon your head 5 For ye haue taken my siluer and my golde and haue caried into your temples my goodlie and pleasant things 6 The children also of Iudáh and the children of Ierusalém haue you solde vnto the Grecians that ye myght send them farre from their border 7 Beholde I will raise them out of the place where ye haue solde them and will render your rewarde vpon your owne head 8 And I wil sell your sonnes and your daughters into the hand of the children of Iudah and they shall sell them to the Sabeans to a people farre of for the Lorde hym self hath spoken it 9 Publish this among the Gentiles prepare warre wake vp the mightie men let all the men of warre drawe nere and come vp 10 Breake your plowe shares into swordes and your sieths into speares letthe weake saie I am strong 11 Assemble yourselues and come all ye heathen and gather yourselues together round about there shall the Lord caste downe thy mightie men 12 Let the heathen be weakened and come vp to the valley of Iehoshaphat for there will I sitto iudge all the heathen rounde about 13 Put in your sieths for the winepresse is ripe come get you downe for the winepresse is full yea the winepresses runne ouer for their wickednes is great 14 Omultitude ô multitude come into the valley of threshing for the daye of the Lord is nere in the valley of threshing 15 The sunne and moone shal be darkned and the starres shal withdrawe theirlight 16 The Lorde also shall roare out of Ziōn and vtter his voice from Ierusalém and the heauens and the earth shalke but the Lord wil be the hope of his people and the strength of the children of Israél 17 So shall ye knowe that I am the Lord your God dwellyng in Zion mine holie Mountaine then shall Ierusalém be holy and there shall no strangers go thoro we heranie more 18 And in that day shal the mountaines drop downe newe wine and the hilles shall flowe with milke and all the riuers of Iudáh shall runne with waters ād a fountaine shal come forthe of the House of the Lord and shall watter the valley of Shittim 19 Egypt shal be waste and Edóm shal be a desolate wildernes for the iniuries of the children of Iudáh because they haue shed in nocent blood in their land 20 But Iudáh shall dwell for euer and Ierusalém from generacion to generacion 21 For I will clense their blood that I haue not clensed and the LORDE will dwellin Zión AMOS THE ARGVMENT AMong many other Prophetes that God raised vp to admonishe the Israelites of his plagues for their wickednes and idolatrie he stirred vp Amos who was an 〈◊〉 or shepherd of a poore towne and gaue hym bothe knowledge and constancie to reproue all estates and degrees and to denounce Gods horrible iudgements against them exceptthey did in time repent shewing them that if God spare not the other nacions about them who had liued as it were in ignorance of God in respect of them but for their sinnes will punish them that they colde loke for nothing but an horrible destruction except they turned to the Lord by vnfained repentance And finally he comforteth the godlie with hope of the comming of the 〈◊〉 by whome they shulde haue perfite deliuerance and saluacion CHAP. I. 1 The time of the prophecie of Amos. 3 The worde of the Lord against Damascus 6 The Philistims Tyrus Idumea and Ammon 1 THE wordes of Amos who was amonge the herdmē at Tecoa whi che he sawe vpō Israél in the dayes of Vzziáh King of Iudáh and in the dayes of Ieroboā the sonne of Ioáh King of Israél two yere befo re the earth quake 2 And he said The Lord shalroare from Ziōn and vtter his voyce from Ierusalém and the dwelling places of the shepherds shal perish and the top of Carmél shal wither 3 Thus saith the Lord For thre transgressiós of Damascus and for foure I wil not turne to it because they haue thre shed Gileád with treshing instruments of yron 4 Therefore will I send a fyre into the house of Hazaél and it shall deuoure the palaces of Ben-hadád 5 I wil breake also the barres of Damascus ād cut of the inhabitant of Bikeath-áuen and him that holdeth the scepter out of Beth-éden and the people of Arám shal go into ca 〈◊〉 vnto Kir saith the Lord. 6 Thus saith the Lord For thre transgressions of Azzáh and for foure I wil not turne to it because they caried awaye prisoners the whole captinitie to shut them vp in Edom. 7 Therefore wil I send a fyre vpon the walles of Azzáh and it shall deuoure the places thereof 8 And I wil cut of the inhabitāt from Ashdod and him that holdeth the scepter from Ashkelon and turne mine hand to Ekron and the remnant of the Philistims shall perishe saith the Lord God 9 ¶ Thus saith the Lorde For the transgressions of Tyrus and for foure I wil not turne to
remnant of Israél shal do none iniqui tie nor speake lies nether shal a deceitful tongue be founde in their mouth for they shal be fed and lie downe and none shal ma ke them afraid 14 Reioyce ô daughter Zión be ye ioyful ô Israél be glad and reioyce with all thine heart ô daughter Ierusalém 15 The Lord hathe taken a way thy iudgements he hathe cast out thine enemie the King of Israél euen the Lord is in the middes of thee thou shalt se no more euil 16 In that day it shal be said to Ierusalém Feare thou not ô Zión let not thine hands be faint 17 The Lord thy God in the middes of thee is mightie he wil saue he wil reioyce ouer thee with ioye he wil quiet him self in his Ioue he wil reioyce ouer thee with ioye 18 After a certeine time wil I gather the afflicted that were of thee and them that bare the reproche for it 19 Beholde at that time I wil bruise all that afflict thee I wil saue her that halteth and gather her that was cast out and I wil get them praise and fame in all the lands of their shame 20 At that time wil I bring you againe and then wil I gather you for I wil giue you a name and a praise amōg all people of the earth when I turne backe your captiuitie before your eyes saith the Lord. HAGGAI THE ARGVMENT WHen the time of the seuentie yeres captiuitie prophecied by Ieremiáh was expired God raised vp Haggai Zechariah and Malachi to comforte the Iewes and to exhorte them to the buylding of the Temple which was a figure of the spiritual Temple and Church of God whose perfection and excellencie stode in Christ. And because that all were gi uen to their owne pleasures and commodities he declareth that that plague of famine which God sent then among them was a iuste rewarde of their ingratitude in that they contemned Gods honour who had deliuered them Yet he comforteth them if they wil returne to the Lord with the promes of greater felicitie for asmuche as the Lord wil finish the worde that he hathe begonne and send Christ whome he had promised and by whome they shulde atteine to perfite ioy and glorie CHAP. I. 1 The time of the prophecie of Haggái 8 An exhortation to buylde the Temple againe 1 IN the second yere of King Darius in the sixt moneth the first day of the moneth came the worde of the Lord by the ministerie of the Prophet Haggái vnto Zerubbabél the sonne of Shealtiél a prince of Iudáh and to Iehoshúa the sonne of Iehozadák the hie Priest saying 2 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes saying This people say The time is not yet come that the Lords House shulde be buylded 3 Then came the worde of the Lord by the ministerie of the Prophet Haggái saying 4 Is it time for your selues to dwell in your filled houses and this House lie wast 5 Now therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes Consider your owne waies in your hearts 6 Ye haue sowen muche and bring in litle ye eat but ye haue not ynough ye drinke but ye are not filled ye clothe you but ye be not warme and he that earneth wages putteth the wages into a broken bagge 7 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Consider your owne waies in your hearts 8 Go vp to the mountaine bring wood and buylde this House and I wil be fauo-rable in it and I wil be glorified saith the Lord. 9 Ye loked for muche and lo it came to litle and when ye broght it home I did blowe vpon it And why saith the Lord of hostes Because of mine House that is waste and ye returne euery man vnto his owne house 10 Therefore the heauen ouer you staied it self from dewe and the earth staied her frute 11 And I called for a drought vpon the land and vpon the mountaines and vpon the corne and vpon the wine and vpon the oyle vpon all that the grounde bringeth forthe bothe vpon men and vpon cattel and vpon all the labour of the hands 12 When Zerubbabél the sonne of Shealtiél and Iehoshúa the sonne of Iehozadák the hie Priest with all the remnāt of the people heard the voyce of the Lord their God and the wordes of the Prophet Haggái as the Lord their God had sent him then the people did feare before the Lord. 13 Then spake Haggái the Lords messenger in the Lords message vnto the people saying I am with you saith the Lord. 14 And the Lord stirred vp the spirit of Zerubbabél the sonne of Shealtié a prince of Iudáh and the spirit of Iehoshúa the sō ne of Iehozadák the hie Priest the spirit of all the remnant of the people and they came did the worke in the House of the Lord of hostes their God CHAP. II. He sheweth 〈◊〉 the glorie of the 〈◊〉 Temple shal 〈◊〉 the first 1 IN the foure and twentieth daye of the sixt moneth in the secōde yere of King Darius 2 In the seuenth 〈◊〉 in the one twen tieth day of the moneth came the worde of the lord by the ministere of the prophet Haggái saying 3 Speake now to Zerubbabél the sonne of Shealtiél prince of Iudáh and to Iehoshúa the sonne of Iehozadák the hie Priest and to the residue of the people saying 4 Who is left among hou that sawe this House in her first glorie and now do you se it now Is it not in your eyes in compari son of it as nothing 5 Yet now be of good courage ô 〈◊〉 él saith the Lord be of good comfort ô Iehoshúa sonne of Iehozadák the 〈◊〉 Priest and be strong all ye people of the land saith the Lord and do it for I am with you saith the Lord of hostes 6 According to the worde that I couenāted with you whē ye came out of Egypt so my Spirit shal remaine amōg you feare ye not 7 For thus saith the Lord of hostes Yet a litle while and I wil shake the heauen and the earth and the 〈◊〉 and the drye land 8 And I wil moue all nacions and the desire of all nacions shal come and I wil fil this House with glorie saith the Lord of hostes 9 The siluer is mine and the golde is mine saith the Lord of hostes 10 The glorie of this last House shal be greater then the first saith the Lord of hostes and in this place wil I giue peace saith the Lord of hostes 11 ¶ In the foure and twentieth day of the ninth moneth in the seconde yere of Darius came the worde of the Lord vnto the Prophet Haggà i saying 12 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Aske now the Priests concerning the Law and say 13 If one beare holy flesh in the 〈◊〉 of his garment and with his skirt do touche the bread or the potage or
it And he said This is an 〈◊〉 that goeth forthe He said 〈◊〉 This is the sight of them through all the earth 7 And behold there was lift vp a talent of lead and this is a woman that sitteth in the middes of the Epháh 8 And he said This is wickednes he cast it into the middes of the Epháh he cast the weight of lead vpon the mouth therof 9 Thē lift I vp mine eies loked behold there came out two women the winde was in their wings for thei had wings like the wings of a storke and they lift vp the Epháh betwene the earth and the heauen 10 Then said I to the Angel that talked with me Whither do these beare the Epháh 11 And he said vnto me To buyld it an house in the land of Shinár and it shal be established and set there vpō her owne place CHAP. VI. By the foure 〈◊〉 he describeth the foure monarchies 1 A Caine I turned and life mine eyes and loked and beholde there came there foure charettes out from betwene two mountaines the mountaines were moūtaines of brasse 2 In the first charet were red horses and in the seconde charet blacke horses 3 And in the thirde charet white horses and in the fourte charet horses of diuers colours and reddish 4 Then I answered and said vnto the Angel that talked with me What are these my Lord 5 And the Angel answered and said vnto me These are the foure spirits of the heauen which go for the from standing with the Lord of all the earth 6 That with the blacke horse went for the into the land of the North and the white went out after them and they of diuers co lours went for the to warde the South countrey 7 And the reddish went out and required to go and passe through the worlde and he said Go passe through the worlde So they went thorowout the worlde 8 Then cryed he vpon me and spake vnto me saying Beholde these that go toward the North countrey haue pacified my spirit in the North countrey 9 And the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 10 Take of them of the captiuitie euen of Heldai and of Tobiiah and Iedaiah which are come from Babél and come thou the same day go vnto the house of Ioshiáh the sonne of Zephaniáh 11 Take euen siluer and golde and make crownes and set them vpon the head of Iehoshúa the sonne of Iehozadak the hie Priest 12 And speake vnto him saying Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes and saith Beholde the man whose name is the Branche and he shal growe vp out of his place and he shal buylde the Temple of the Lord. 13 Euen he shal buylde the Tēple of the Lord and he shal be are the glorie and shal sit and rule vpon his throne and he shal be a Priest vpon his throne and the counsel of peace shal be betwene them bothe 14 And the crownes shal be to Helém and to 〈◊〉 and to Iedaiah and to Hen the sonne of Zephaniah for a memorial in the Temple of the Lord. 15 And thei that are farre of shal come and buylde in the Temple of the Lord and ye shal knowe that the Lord of hostes hathe sent me vnto you And thys shall come to passe if ye will obey the voyce of the Lord your God CHAP. VII 5 The true fasting 〈◊〉 The rebellion of the people is the cause of their affliction 1 ANd in the fourth yere of King Darius the worde of the Lord came vnto Zechariáh in the fourth day of the ninth moneth euen in Chisleu 2 For thei had sent vnto the house of God Sharézer and Regem mélech and their men to praye before the Lord. 3 And to speake vnto the Priestes whiche were in the House of the Lord of hostes to the Prophetes saying Shuld I wepe in the fifte moneth and separate my self as I haue done these so manie yeres 4 Then came the worde of the Lord of hostes vnto me saying 5 Speake vnto all the people of the land to the Priests and say When ye fasted and mourned in the fifte and seuenth moneth euen these seuentie yeres did ye fast vnto me do I approue it 6 And when ye did eate and when ye did drinke did ye not eat for your selues and drinke for your selues 7 Shulde ye not heare the wordes whiche the Lord hathe cryed by the ministerie of the former Prophetes when Ierusalém was inhabited and in prosperitie the cities thereof rounde about her when the South and the plaine was inhabited 8 And the worde of the Lord came vnto Zechariáh saying 9 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes saying Execute 〈◊〉 iudgement and she we mercie and compassion euerie man to his brother 10 And oppresse not the widowe nor the fatherles the stranger nor the poore and let none of you imagine euil against his brother in your heart 11 But they refused to hearken and pulled away the shulder and stopped their eares that they shulde not heare 12 Yea thei made their hearts as an adamāt stone lest they shulde heare the Lawe and the wordes which the Lord of hostes sent in his Spirit by the ministerie of the former Prophetes therefore came a greate wrath from the Lord of hostes 13 Therefore it is come to passe that as he cryed and they wolde not heare so they cryed and I wold not heare saith the Lord of hostes 14 But I scattered them among all nations whome they knewe not thus the land was desolate after them that no man passeth through nor returned for they laid the pleasant land waste CHAP. VIII 2 Of the returne of the people vnto Ierusalém and of the mercie of God towarde thē 16 Of good workes 20 The calling of the Gentiles 1 AGaine the worde of the Lord of hostes came to me saying 2 Thus saith the Lord of hostes I was ielous for Zión with greatielousie and I was ielous for her with great wrath 3 Thus saith the Lord I wil returne vnto Zión and wildwell in the middes of Ierusa lém and Ierusalém shal be called a citie of trueth and the mountaine of the Lord of hostes the holie Mountaine 4 Thus saith the Lord of hostes There shal yet olde men and olde women dwellin the stretes of Ierusalém and euerie man with his staffe in his hand for very age 5 And the stretes of the citie shal be ful of boyes and girles playing in the stretes the reof 6 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Thoght it be vnpossible in the eyes of the remnant of this people in these dayes shulde it therefore be vnpossible in my sight saith the Lord of hostes 7 Thus saith the Lord of hostes Beholde I wil deliuer my
4 Out of him shal the corner come forthe out of him the naile out of hym the bowe of battel and out of him euery appointer of tribute also 5 And they shal be as the mightie mē which treade downe their enemies in thy myre of the stretes in the battel and they shall fight because the Lord is with them the riders on horses shal be confounded 6 And I wil strengthen the house of Iudáh and I wil preserue the house of Ioséph I wil bring them againe for I pitie them they shal be as thogh I had not caste them of for I am the Lord their GOD and will heare them 7 And they of Ephráim shal be as a gyant their heart shal reioyce as thorowe wine yea theyr chyldren shall se it and be glad and their heart shal reioyce in the Lord. 8 I wil hisse for them and gather them for I haue redemed them and they shal encrease as they haue encreased 9 And I wil so we them among the people and they shal remember me in farre countreis and thei shall liue with their children and turne againe 10 I wil bring them againe also out of the lād of Egypt and gather them out of Asshûr and I will bring them into the lande of Gileád and Lebanôn and place shall not be founde for them 11 And he shal go into the sea with afflictiō and shall smite the waues in the sea and all the depthes of the riuer shal drye vp the pride of Asshur shal be cast downe and the sceptre of Egypt shal departe away 12 And I will strengthen them in the Lord and they shall walke in his Name saith the Lord. CHAP. XI 1 The destruction of the Temple 4 The care of the faithful is committed to Christ. 7 A grieuous vision against 〈◊〉 and Iudáh 1 OPen 〈◊〉 ô Lebanôn and the fire shal deuoure thy cedres 2 Houle fyrre trees for the cedre is fallē because all the mightie are destroied houleye ô okes of Bashán for the defensed forest is cut downe 3 There is the voyce of the houling of the shepherds for their glorie is destroied the voyce of the roaring of lyons whelpes for the pride of Iordên is destroyed 4 Thus saith the Lord my God Fede the shepe of the slaughter 5 They that possesse them slaye them and sinne not and thei that sell thē say Blessed be the Lord for I am riche and their owne shepherds spare them not 6 Surely I wil no more spare those that dwell in the land saith the Lord but lo I wil deliuer the men euerie one into his neighbours hand and into the hand of his King and they shal smite the land out of their owne shepherds spare them not 7 For I fed the shepe of slaughter euen the poore of the flocke and I toke vnto me two staues the one I called Beautie the other I called Bandes and I fed the shepe 8 Thre shepherdes also I cut of in one moneth and my soule lothed thē and theyr soule abhorred me 9 Then said I I will not fede you that that dyeth let it dye and that that perisheth let it perish and let the remnant eat euerye one the flesh of his neighbour 10 And I toke my staffe euen Beautie and brake it that I might disanul my couenāt which I had made with all people 11 And it was broken in that day and so the poore of the shepe that waited vpon me knewe that it was the worde of the Lord. 12 And I said vnto them If ye thinke it good giue me my wages and if no leaue of so they weighed for my wages thirtie pieces of siluer 13 And the Lord said vnto me Cast it vnto the potter a goodlie price that I was valued at of them And I toke the thirtie pie ces of siluer and cast them to the potter in the House of the Lord. 14 Then brake I mine other staffe euen the Bandes that I might dissolue the brotherhode betwene Iudáh and Israél 15 And the Lord said vnto me Take to thee yet the instruments of a foolish shepherd 16 For lo I wil raise vp a shepherd in the land which shal not loke for the thing that is lost nor seke the tender lambes nor heale that that is hurt nor fede that that standeth vp but he shal eat the flesh of the fat and teare their clawes in pieces 17 O idole shepherd that leaueth the flocke the sworde 〈◊〉 vpon his arme vpō his right eye His arme shal be cleane dryed vp and hys ryght eye shall be vtterly darkened CHAP. XII Of the destruction and buylding againe of Ierusalém 1 THe burden of the worde of the LORD vpon Israél saith the Lord whiche spred the heauens and layed the fundaciō of the earth and formed the Spirit of man within him 2 Behold I wil make Ierusalém 〈◊〉 cuppe of poyson vnto all the people round about and also with Iudáh wil he be in the siege against Ierusalém 3 And in that day will I make Ierusalém an heauie stone for all people all that 〈◊〉 it vp shal be torne thogh all the people of the earth be 〈◊〉 together against it 4 In that day saith the Lord I wil smite eue rye horse with stonishment and his rider with 〈◊〉 and I wil open mine eyes vpon the house of Iudáh and wil smite euery horse of the people with blindenes 5 And the princes of Iudáh shal say in theyr hearts The inhabitants of 〈◊〉 shal be my strength in the Lord of hostes their God 6 In that day will I make the princes of Iudáh like coles of fyre among the wood like a fyre brande in the sheafe and they shal deuoure all the people rounde about on the right hand and on the left and Ieru salém shal be inhabited againe in her owne place euen in Ierusalém 7 The Lord also shall preserue the tentes of Iudâh as a fore time therfore the glorie of the house of Dauid shall not boaste 〈◊〉 the glorie of the inhabitants of Ierusalém against Iudáh 8 In that day shall the Lord defende the inhabitants of Ierusalém and he that is feble among them in that day shal be as Dauid and the house of Dauid shal be as Goddes house and as the Aungel of the Lord before them 9 And in that daye will I seke to destroye all the 〈◊〉 that come agaynste Ierusalém 10 And I will powre vppon the house of Dauid and vpon the inhabitāts of Ierusalém the Spirit of grace and of compassion and they shal loke vpon me whome they haue perced and they shall ament for him as one mourneth for his onelie sonne be sorie for him as one is sorie for his firste borne 11 In that day shal there be a great mourning in Ierusalē as
of iudgement CHAP. III. 1 Of the messenger of the Lord Iohn Baptist and of Christs 〈◊〉 1 BEholde I wil send my messenger and he shal prepare the way before me and the Lord whome ye seke shal spedely come to his Temple euen the messenger of the couenāt whome ye desire beholde he shal come saith the Lord of hostes 2 But who may abide the day of his comming and who shal endure whē he appeareth for he is like a purging fyre and like fullers sope 3 And he shall sit downe to trye and fine the siluer he shal euen fine the sonnes of Leui and purifie them as gold and siluer that they may bring offrings vnto the Lord in righteousnes 4 Then shal the offrings of Iudáh and Ierusalém be acceptable vnto the Lord as in olde time and in the yeres afore 5 And I wil come nere to you to iudgement and I wil be a swifte witnes against the sothe sayers and against the adulterers and against false swearers and against those that wrongfully kepe backe the hirelings wages and vexe the widdowe and the fatherles and oppresse the stranger and feare not me saith the Lord of hostes 6 For I am the Lord I change not ye sonnes of Iaakób are not consumed 7 From the daies of your fathers ye are go ne away from mine ordinances and haue not kept them returne vnto me and I wil returne vnto you saith the Lord of hostes but ye said Wherein shal we returne 8 Wil a man spoyle his gods yet haue ye spoyled me but ye say Wherein haue we spoyled thee In tythes and offrings 9 Ye are cursed with a cursse for ye haue spoyled me euen this whole nacion 10 Bring ye all the tythes into the store hou se that there may be meat in mine House proue me now herewith saith the Lord of hostes if I wil not open the windowes of heauen vnto you and powre you out a blessing without measure 11 And I wil rebuke the deuourer for your sakes and he shal not destroye the frute of your grounde nether shal your vine be baren in the field saith the Lord of hostes 12 And all nacions shal call you blessed sor ye shal be a pleasant land saith the Lord of hostes 13 Your wordes haue bene stoute against me saith the Lord yet ye say What haue we spoken against thee 14 Ye haue said It is in vaine to serue God and what profite is it that we haue kept his commandemēt and that we walked humbly before the Lord of hostes 15 Therefore we counte the proude blessed euen they that worke wickednes are set vp and they that tempte God yea thei are deliuered 16 Then spake they that feared the Lord euerie one to his neighbour and the Lord hearkened and heard it and a boke of remēbrance was writen before him for them that feared the Lord that thoght vpon his Name 17 And they shal be to 〈◊〉 Lord of ho stes in that day that 〈◊〉 this for a flocke and I wil spare them as a man spa reth his owne sonne that serueth him 18 Then shal you returne and discerne betwe ne the righteous and wicked betwene him that serueth God and him that serueth him not CHAP. IIII. The day of the Lord before the which Eliáh shulde come 1 FOr beholde the day cometh that shal burne as an ouen and all the proude yea and all that do wickedly shal be stubble and the day that cometh shal burne them vp saith the Lord of hostes and shal leaue them nether roote nor branche 2 But vnto you that feare my Name shal the Sunne of righteousnes arise and health shal be vnder his wings ye shal go forthe and growe vp as fat calues 3 And ye shal treade downe the wicked for they shal be dust vnder the soles of your fete in the day that I shal do this saith the Lord of hostes 4 Remember the Lawe of Mosés my seruāt which I commanded vnto him in Horéb for all Israél with the statutes and iudgements 5 Beholde I wil send you Eliáh the Prophet before the comming of the great and fea reful day of the Lord. 6 And he shal turne the heart of the fathers to the children and the heart of the children to their fathers lest I come and smite the earth with cursing APOCRYPHA THE ARGVMENT THese bokes that follow in order after the Prophetes vnto the Newe testament are called Apocrypha that is bokes which were not receiued by a commune consent to be red and expounded publikely in the Church nether yet serued to proue any point of Christian religion saue in asmuche as they had the consent of the other Scriptures called Canonical to confirme the same or rather whereon they were grounded but as bokes proceding from godlie men were receiued to be red for the aduancement and furtherance of the knowledge of historie and for the instruction of godlie maners which bokes declare that at all times God had an especial care of his Church and left them not vtterly destitute of teachers and meanes to confirme them in the hope of the promised Messiah also witnesse that those calamites that God sent to his Church were according to his prouidence who had bothe so threatened by his Prophetes and so broght it to passe for the destruction of their enemies and for the tryal of his children I. Esdras CHAP. I. 1 Iosias appointeth Priestes and kepeth the Passeouer 〈◊〉 Offrings for the Priests and the people 11 The order of the Leuites 23 The vpright life of Iosias 25 His death the occasion thereof and the lamentation for him 34 Ioa chaz appointed King 〈◊〉 The destruction of Ierusalem 1 ANd Iosias kept the Passeouer to his lord in Ierusalem and of fred the Passe ouerin the fourtenth day of the first moneth 2 And appointed the Priests in order according to the dailie courses being clo thed with long garments in the Temple of the Lord. 3 And he spake to the Leuites the holy ministers of Israél that they shulde sanctifie them selues to the Lord to set the holy Arke of the Lord in the House which Salo mon the sonne of King Dauid had buylt 4 And said Ye shal nomore beare the Arke vpon your shulders now therefore serue the Lord your God and take the charge of his people of Israél and prepare according to your families and tribes 5 After the writing of Dauid King of Israél and according to the maiestie of Salomôn his sonne and stand in the Temple according to the ordre of the dignitie of your fa ther 's the Leuites which were appointed before your brethren the children of Israél 6 Offer in ordre the Passeouer and make readie the sacrifices for your brethren and kepe the Passe ouer after the Lords commā dement giuen to moyses 7 And
The Angel Raphael sent 1 THē I being sorowful did wepe and in my sorowe prayed saying 2 O Lord thou art iuste all thy workes and all thy wayes are mercie and trueth and thou iudgest truely and iustely for euer 3 Remember me and loke on me nether pu nish me according to my sine or mine igno rances of my fathers which haue sinned be fore thee 4 For thei haue not obeied thy commandements wherefore thou hast deliuered vs * for a spoile vnto captiuitie and to death and for aprouerbe of a reproche to all thē among whome we are dispersed and now thou hast manie and iuste causes 5 To do with me according to my sinnes fathers because we haue not kept thy cōmandemēts nether haue walked in trueth before thee 6 Now therefore deale with me as semeth best vnto thee and commande my spirit to be taken from me I may be dissolued and become earth for it is better for me to dye then to liue because I haue heard false reproches and am verie sorowful commande therfore that I may be dissolued out of this distresse and go into the euerlasting place turne not thy face away from me 7 ¶ It came to passe the same day that in Ecbatane a citie of Media Sarra the daughter of Raguél was also reproched by her fa ther 's maides 8 Because she had bene maryed to seuē housbāds whome Asmodeus the euil spirit had killed before that they had lien with her Doest thou not knowe said they that thou hast strangled thine housbands thou hast had now seuen housbands nether wast thou named after anie of them 9 Wherefore doest thou beat vs for them if they be dead go thy wayes hence to thē that we may neuer se of thee ether sonne or daughter 10 When she heard these things she was verie sorowful so that she thoght to haue strā gled her self And she said I am the onely daughter of my father if I do this I shal 〈◊〉 him and shal bring his age to the graue with sorowe 11 Then she prayed towarde the windowe said Blessed art thou ô Lord my God and thine holie and glorious Name is blessed and honorable for euer let all thy workes praise thee for euer 12 And now ô Lord I set mine eyes and my face toward thee 13 And say Take me out of the earth that I may heare no more anie reproche 14 Thou knowest ô Lord that I am pure from all sinne withman 15 And that I haue neuer polluted my name nor the name of my father in the land of my captiuitie I am the onely daughter of my father nether hathe he anie man child to be his heire netheranie nere kinsman or childe borne of him to whome I may kepe my self for a wife my seuē housbāds are now dead and why shulde I liue But if it please not thee that I shulde dye commā de to loke on me and to pitie me that I do no more heare reproche 16 So the prayers of them bothe were heard before the maiestie of the great God 17 And Raphaél was sent to heale them bothe that is to take away the whitenes of Tobits eyes to giue Sarra the daughter of Raguel for a wife to Tobias the sonne of Tobit and to binde Asmodeus the euil spirit because she belōged to Tobias by right The self same time came Tobit home and entred into his house and Sarra the daugh ter of Raguel came downe frō her chāber CHAP. IIII. Precepts and exhortacions of To bit to his sonne 1 IN that day Tobit remembred * the siluer which he had deliuered to Gabael in Rages a citie of Media 2 And said with him self I haue wished for death wherefore do I not call for my sonne Tobias that I may admonish him before I dye 3 And when he had called him he said My sonne after that I am dead bury me and de spise not thy mother but honour her all the dayes of thy life and do that which shal please her and anger her not 4 Remember my sonne how manie dāgers she susteined whē thou wast in her wombe 5 And whē she dyeth burye her by me in the same graue 6 My sonne set our Lord God alwayes before thine eyes and let not thy wil be set to sinne or to transgresse the commandemēts of God Do vprightly all thy life long and followe not the wayes of vnrighteousnes for if thou deale truely thy doings shal pro sperously succede to thee to all thē which liue iustely 7 Giue * almes of thy substance whē thou giuest almes let not thine eye be enuious nether turne thy face from anie poore lest that God turne his face from thee 8 * Giue almes according to thy substance if thou haue but a litle be not afraide to gi ue a litle almes 9 For thou 〈◊〉 vp a good store for thy self against the day of necessitie 10 * Because that almes doeth deliuer from death suffreth not to come into darknes 11 For almes is a good gift before the moste High to all them which vse it 12 Bewarre of all * whoredome my sonne and chiefly take a wife of the sede of thy fathers and take not a strangewomā to wife which is not of thy fathers stocke for we are the childrē of the Prophetes Noe Abra ham Isaac and Iacob are our fathers from the beginning Remember my sonne that thei maryed wiues of their owne kinred were blessed in their children and their sede shal in herite the land 13 Now therefore my sonne loue thy brethrē despise not in thine heart the sōnes daughters of thy people in not taking a wife of thē for in pride is destruction and muche trouble in fiercenes is scarcetie and great pouertie for fiercenes is the mo ther of famine 14 Let not the wages of anie man which ha the wroght for thee tarie with thee but giue him it out of hād for thou serue if God he wil also praye thee be circumspect my sonne in all things that thou doest and be wel instructed in all thy conuersion 15 * Do that to no man which thou hatest drinke not wine to make thee dronken ne ther let dronkēnes go with thee in thy iour nay 16 * Giue of thy bread to the hungry and of thy garments to them that are naked * of all thine abundāce giue almes let not thine eye be enuious whē thougiuest almes 17 Powre out thy bread on the buryal of the iuste but giue nothing to the wicked 18 Aske counsel alway of the wise and despise not anie counsel that is profitable 19 Blesse thy Lord God alway and desire of him that thy wayes may be made streight that all thy purposes and counsels may prosper for euerie nation hathe
againe anie more but when thou shalt come to her 〈◊〉 vp bothe of you and praye to God whiche is 〈◊〉 who wil haue pitie on you saue you feare not for she is appointed vnto thee from the beginning and thou shalt kepe her and she shall go with thee moreouer I suppose that she shal be are thee chil dren now when Tobias had heard these things he loued her and his heart was effe ctually ioyned to her CHAP. VII Tobias maryeth Sarra Raguels daughter 1 ANd when they were come to Ecbatane they came to the house of Raguel and Sarra met them and after they had saluted one another she broght them into the house 2 Then said Raguel to Edna his wife How like is this yong man to Tobit my cousin 3 And Raguel asked Whence are you my brethren To whome thei said that thei were of the tribe of Nephthalim and of the captiues that dwelt at Nineue 4 Then he said to them Do ye knowe Tobit our kinseman And they said We knowe him Then said he Is he in good health 5 And they said He is bothe aliue and in good health and Tobias said He is my father 6 Then Raguel leaped and kissed him and wept 7 And blessed him and said vnto him Thou art the sonne of a good and honest mā but when he had heard that Tobit was blinde he was sorowful and wept 8 And like wise Edna his wife and Sarra hys daughter wept Moreouer they receyued them with a readie minde after that they had killed a ram of the flocke thei set much meat on the table Then said Tobias to Raphael Brother Azarias put for the those things whereof thou spakest in the waye that this busines may be dispatched 9 So he communicated the matter with Raguel and Raguel said to Tobias Eate and drinke and make merry 10 For it is mete that thou shuldest marie my daughter neuertheles I will declare vnto thee the trueth 11 I haue gyuen my daughter in mariage to seuen men who dyed that nyght whiche they came in vnto her neuertheles be thou of a good courage and merry But Tobias said I will eat nothing here vntill ye bring her hether and betrothe her to me 12 Raguel said then Marie her then according to the custome for thou arte her cousin and she is thine God which is merciful make this prosperous to you in all good things 13 Then he called his daughter Sarra and she came to her father and he toke her by the hand and gaue her for wife to Tobias saying Beholde take her after the * Lawe of Moyses and lead her awaye to thy father and he blessed them 14 And called his wife Edna and he toke a boke and wrote a contract and sealed it 15 Then they began to eate 16 After Raguel called his wife Edna and said vnto her Sister prepare another chāber and bring her in thether 17 Which when she had done as he had biddē her she broght her thether then Sarra wept her mother wiped away her daugh ters teares 18 And said vnto her Be of good comfort my daughter the Lord of heauen and earthe giue thee ioye forthys thy sorrowe be of good comfort my daughter CHAP. VIII Tobias driueth away the euil spirit 4 He prayeth to GOD with his wife 11 Raguel prepareth a graue for his sonne in law 16 Raguel blesseth the Lord. 1 ANd when they had supped thei broght Tobias in vnto her 2 And as he went he remembred the wordes of Raphael and toke coles for perfumes and put the heart liuer of the fish thereupon and made a perfume 3 The which smel when the euill Spirit had smelled he fled into the vtmost partes of Egypt whome the Angel bounde 4 And after that they were bothe shut in Tobias rose out of the bed and said Sister arise and let vs pray that God wolde haue pitie on vs. 5 Then began Tobias to say Blessed arte thou ô God of our fathers and blessed is thine holie and glorious Name for euer let the heauens blesse thee and all thy creatures 6 Thou madest Adam and gauest him * Eua his wife for an helpe and stay of them came mankinde thou hast said It is not good that a man shulde be alone let vs make vnto him an aide like vnto himself 7 And now ô Lord I take not this my sister for fornicacion but vprightlye therefore grante me mercie that we may become aged together 8 And she said with him Amen 9 So they slept bothe that night Raguel arose and went and made a graue 10 Saying Is not he dead also 11 But when Raguel was come into hys house 12 He said to his wife Edna Send one of the maydes and let themse whether he be aliue if not that I maye burye him and none knowe it 13 So the maid opened the dore and wēt in and founde them bothe aslepe 14 And came for the and tolde them that he was a liue 15 Then Raguel praised God and said ô God thou art worthie to be praised with all pure and holie praise therefore let thy Saintes praise thee with all thy creatures and let all thine Angels and thine elect praise thee for euer 16 Thou art to be praised ô Lord for thou hast made me ioyfull that is not come to me which I suspected but thou hast delt with vs according to great mercie 17 Thou arte to be praysed because thou hast had mercie of two that were the onelye begotten children of their fathers grante them mercie ô Lord and finish their life in health with ioye and mercie 28 Then Raguel bade his seruants to fill the graue 19 And he kept the wedding feast fourtene daies 20 For Raguel had said vnto him by an othe that he shulde not departe before that the fourtene daies of the mariage were expired 21 And then he shulde take the halfe of hys goods and returne in safetie to his father and shulde haue the rest when he and hys wife were dead CHAP. IX Raphaelleadeth Gabael to Tobias mariage 1 THen Tobias called Raphael and said vnto him 2 Brother Azarias take with thee a seruant and two camels go to Rages of the Medes to Gabael and bring me the money bring him to the wedding 3 For Raguel hathe sworne that I shall not departe 4 But my father 〈◊〉 the daies and if I tary long he wil be verie sory 5 So Raphael went out and came to Gabael gaue him the hand writing who broght for the bagges whiche were sealed vp and gaue them to him 6 And in the mornyng they went forthe bothe together and came to the wedding And Tobias begate his wife with childe CHAP. X. 1 Tobit and his wife thinke long for their sonne 10 Raguel sendeth away Tobias and Sarra 1 NOw Tobit his father counted euerye day and when the daies of the iournay were expired and they came
out of thee shal come the gouernour that shal fede my people Israel 7 Then Herode priuely called the Wisemen and diligently inquired of them the time of the starre that appeared 8 And sent them to Beth-lehem saying Go searche diligently for the babe and when ye haue founde him bring me worde againe that I may come also and worship him 9 ¶ So when they had heard the King they de parted lo the starre which they had sene in the East went before thē til it came and stode ouer the place where the babe was 10 And when they sawe the starre they reioyced with an exceading great ioye 11 And went into the house and founde the babe with Marie his mother and fel downe and worshipped him and opened their treasures and presented vnto him giftes euen golde and in cense and myrrhe 12 And after they were warned of God in a dreame that they shulde not go againe to Herode they returned into their countrey another way 13 ¶ After their departure beholde the Angel of the Lord appeareth to Ioseph in adreame saying Arise and take the babe and his mother and flee into Egypt and be there til I bring thee worde for Herode wil seke the babe to destroye him 14 So he arose and toke the babe and his mother by night and departed into Egypt 15 And was there vnto the death of Herode that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the * Prophet saying Out of Egypt haue I called my Sonne 16 ¶ Thē Herode seing that he was mocked of the Wisemen was exceading wroth and sent forthe and slewe all the male children that were in Beth-lehē and in all the coastes thereof from two yere olde and vnder according to the time which he had diligently searched out of the Wisemen 17 Then was that fulfilled which was spoken by the Prophet Ieremias saying 18 * In Rama was a voyce heard mourning and weping and great lamentation Rachel weping for her children and wolde not be comforted because they were not 19 And when Herode was dead beholde an Angel of the Lord appeareth in a dreame to Ioseph in Egypt 20 Saying Arise and take the babe and his mother and go into the land of Israel for they are dead which soght the babes life 21 Then he arose vp and toke the babe and his mother and came into the land of Israel 22 But when he heard that Archelaus did reigne in Iudea in steade of his father Herode he was afrayed to gothether yet after he was warned of God in a dreame he turned aside into the parties of Galile 23 And went and dwelt in a citie called Nazaret that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the Prophetes which was That he shulde be called a Nazarite CHAP. III. 1 The office doctrine and life Iohn 7 The Pharises are reproued 8 The frutes of repentance 13 Christ is baptized in Iordan 17 And autorised by God his Father 1 A * Nd in those dayes Iohn the Baptiste came and preached in the wildernes of Iudea 2 And said Repēt for the kingdome of heauen is at hand 3 For this is he of whome it is spoken by the Prophet Esaias saying * The voyce of him that cryeth in the wildernes is Prepare ye the way of the Lord make his paths straight 4 * And this Iohn had his garment of camels heere and a gridle of a skin about his loynes his meat was also locustes wilde honie 5 * Then went out to him Ierusalem all Iudea and all the region rounde about Iordan 6 And they were baptized of him in Iordan confessing their sinnes 7 Now when he sawe many of the Pharises and of the Sadduces come to his baptisme he said vnto them * O generacions of vipers who hathe fore warned you to flee from the angre to come 8 Bring for the therefore frutes worthie amēdement of life 9 And thinke not to say with your selues * We haue Abraham to our father for I say vnto you that God is able of these stones to raise vp children vnto Abraham 10 And now also is the axe put to the roote of the trees * therefore euerie tre whiche bringeth not forthe good frute is he wen downe and cast into the fyre 11 * In dede I baptize you with water to amendement of life but he that cometh after me is mightier then I whose shoes I am not worthie to beare he wil baptize you with the holie Gost and with fyre 12 Which hathe his fanne in his hand and wil make cleane his floore and gather his wheat into his garner but wil burne vp the chaffe with vnquencheable fyre 13 ¶ * Thē came Iesus frō Galile to Iordan vnto Iohn to be baptized of him 14 But Iohn put him backe saying I haue nede to be baptized of thee and commest thou to me 15 Then Iesus answering said to him Let be now for thus it becometh vs to fulfil all righteousnes So he suffred him 16 And Iesus when he was baptized came straight out of the water And lo the heauēs were opened vnto him and Iohn sawe the Spirit of God descending like a doue and lighting vpon him 17 And lo a voyce came from heauen saying * This is my * beloued Sonne in whome I am wel pleased CHAP. IIII. 1 Christ fasteth and is tempted 11 The Angels minister vnto him 17 He beginneth to preache 18 He calleth Pe ter Andrew Iames and Iohn and healeth all the sicke 1 THen * was Iesus led aside of the Spirit into the wildernes to be tempted of the deuil 2 And when he had fasted fortie dayes and for tie nights he was after warde hungrie 3 Then came to him the tempter and said If thou be the Sonne of God 〈◊〉 that these stones be made bread 4 But he answering said It is written * Man shal not liue by bread onely but by euerie worde that proceadeth out of the mouth of God 5 Then the deuil toke him vp into the holie Citie and set him on a pinacle of the temple 6 And said vnto him If thou be the Sonne of God cast thy self downe for it is written * that he wil giue his Angels charge ouer thee and with their hands they shal lifte thee vp left at anie time thou shuldest dash thy fote against a stone 7 Iesus said vnto him It is written againe * Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God 8 Againe the deuil toke him vp vnto an exceading hie mountaine and shewed him all the kingdomes of the worlde and the glorie of them 9 And said to him All these wil I giue thee if thou wilt fall downe
him in talke 16 And they sent vnto him their disciples with the Herodians sayinge Master we knowe that thou art true and teachest the waye of GOD truelye nether carest for anye man for thou considerest not the persone of men 17 Tell vs therefore how thinkest thou Is it lawful to giue tribute vnto Cesar or not 18 But Iesus perceiued their wickednes and said Why tempt ye me ye hypocrites 19 Shewe me the tribute money 〈◊〉 And thei broght him a penie 20 And he said vnto them Whose is this image and superscription 21 They said vnto him Cesars Then said he vnto them * Giue therefore to Cesar the things which are Cesars and giue vnto God those which are Gods 22 And when they heard it thei marueiled and left him and went their way 23 ¶ * The same day the Sadduces came to him which say that there is no resurrection and asked him 24 Saying Master * Moses said If a man dye hauing no children let his brother marie his wife and raise vp sede vnto his brother 25 Now there were with vs seuen brethren ād the first maried a wife ād deceased hauing none yssue left his wife vnto his brother 26 Likewise also the seconde and the third vnto the seuenth 27 And last of all the woman dyed also 28 Therefore in the resurrection whose wife shal she be of the seuen for all had her 29 Then Iesus answered and said vnto them Ye are deceiued not knowing the Scriptures nor the power of God 30 For in the resurrection they nether marie wiues nor wiues are bestowed in mariage but are as the Angels of God in heauen 31 And concerning the resurrectiō of the dead haue ye not red what is spoken vnto you of God saying 32 * I am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Iacob God is not the God of the dead but of the liuing 33 And when the people heard it they were astonied at his doctrine 34 ¶ * But when the Pharises had heard that he had put the Sadduces to silence they assembled together 35 And one of them which was an expounder of the Law asked him a question tēpting him and saying 36 Master which is the great commandement in the Law 37 Iesus said to him * Thou shalt loue the Lord thy God with all thine heart with all thy soule and with all thy minde 38 This is the first and the great cōmandemēt 39 And the seconde is like vnto this * Thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self 40 On these two commandements hāgeth the whole Law and the Prophetes 41 ¶ * While the Pharises were gathered together Iesus asked them 42 Saying What thinke ye of Christ whose sonne is he They said vnto him Dauids 43 He said vnto them How then doeth Dauid in spirit call him Lord saying 44 * The Lord said to my Lord Sit at my right hand til I make thine enemies thy fote stole 45 If then Dauid call him Lord how is he his sonne 46 And none colde answer him a worde nether durst anie from that daye forthe aske him anie mo questions CHAP. XXIII 3 Christ condemneth the ambicion couctousnes and hypo crisie of the Scribes and Pharises 31 Their persecutions against the seruants of God 37 He prophecieth the destruction of Ierusalem 1 THen spake Iesus to the multitude and to his disciples 2 Saying The * Scribes and the Pharises sit in Moses seat 3 All therefore what soeuer they byd you obserue that obserue and do but after their workes do not for they say and do not 4 * For they binde heauie burdens ād grieuous to be borne and laye them on mens shulders but they them selues wil not moue thē with one of their fingers 5 All their workes they do for to be sene of mē for they make their phy lacteries broad make long the * fringes of their garmēts 6 * And loue the chief place at feasts and to haue the chief seates in the assemblies 7 And gretings in the markets and to be called of men Rabbi Rabbi 8 * But be not ye called Rabbi for one is your doctor to wit Christ and all ye are brethren 9 And* call no man your father vpon the earth for their is but one your Father which is in heauen 10 Be not called doctors for one is your doctor euen Christ. 11 But he that is greatest among you let him be your seruant 12 * For whosoeuer wil exalt him self shal be broght low and whosoeuer wil humble him self shal be exalted 13 ¶ Wo therefore be vnto you Scribes and Pharises hypocrites because ye shut vp the kingdome of heauē before men for ye your selues go not in nether suffer ye them that wolde enter to come in 14 * Wo be vnto you Scribes and Pharises hy pocrites for ye deuoure widdowes houses euen vnder a colour of long prayers wherefore ye shal receiue the greater damnacion 15 Wo be vnto you Scribes and Pharises hypocrites for ye compasse sea and land to make one of your profession and when he is made ye make him two folde more the childe of hel then you your selues 16 Wo be vnto you blinde guides whiche say Whosoeuer sweareth by the Temple it is nothing but whosoeuer sweareth by the golde of the Temple he offendeth 17 Ye fooles and blinde whether is greater the golde or the Temple that sanctifieth the golde 18 And whosoeuer sweareth by the altar it is nothing but whosoeuer sweareth by the offring that is vpon it offendeth 19 Ye fooles and blinde whether is greater the offryng or the altar whiche sanctifieth the offring 20 Whosoeuer therefore sweareth by the altar sweareth by it ād by all things thereon 21 And whosoeuer sweareth by the Temple sweareth by it ād by hym that dwelleth therein 22 * And he that sweareth by heauen sweareth by the throne of God by him that sitteth thereon 23 ¶ * Wo be to you Scribes and Pharises hypocrites for ye tythe mynt and annyse and commyn and leaue the weightier matters of the Law as iudgement and mercie and fidelitie These oght ye to haue done not to haue left the other 24 Ye blinde guides whiche straine out a gnatte and swalow a camel 25 ¶ Wo be to you Scribes and Pharises hypocrites for ye make cleane the vtter side of the cup of the platter but within thei are ful of briberie and excesse 26 Thou blinde Pharise clense first the inside of the cup and platter that the outside of them may be cleane also 27 Wo be to you Scribes and Pharises hypocrites forye are like vnto whited tombes which appeare beautiful out warde but are within ful of
money vnto the souldiers 13 Saying Say His disciples came by night ād stole him away while we slept 14 And if the gouernour heare of this we will persuade him and saue you harmeles 15 So they toke the money and did as they were taught and this saying is noised among the Iewes vnto this day 16 ¶ Then the eleuen disciples went into Galile into a moūtaine where Iesus had appointed them 17 And when they saw e hym they worshipped him but some douted 18 And Iesus came and spake vnto them saying * All power is giuen vnto me in heauen and in earth 19 * Go therefore and teache all nacions baptizynge them in the Name of the Father and the Sonne and the holie Gost. 20 Teaching them to obserue all things what soeuer I haue commanded you and lo * I am with you alwaye vntill the end of the worlde Amen THE HOLY GOSPEL of Iesus Christ according to Marke CHAP. I. 2 The office doctrine and life of the Baptiste 9 Christ is baptized 13 And tempted 14 He preacheth 17 Calleth the fishers 23 Christ healeth the man with the vncleane spirit 27 〈◊〉 doctrine 29 He healeth Peters mother in lawe 34 The deuils knowe him 41 He clenseth the leper and healeth diuers other 1 THe begynnynge of the Gospell of Iesus Christe the Sonne of God 2 As it is written in the Prophetes * Behold I send my messēger before thy face whiche shal prepare thy way before thee 3 * The voyce of him that cryeth in their wildernes is Prepare the waye of the Lorde make his paths straight 4 * Iohn dyd baptize in the wildernes and preach the baptisme of amendement of life for remission of sinnes 5 And all the countrey of Iudea and they of Ierusalem went out vnto hym and were all baptized of him in the riuer Iordan confessing their sinnes 6 Now Iohn was clothed with camels heere and with a girdle of a skinne about his loines and he did eat * locustes and wilde honie 7 * And preached saying A stronger then I commeth after me whose shoes latchet I am not worthie to stoup downe and vnlose 8 Trueth it is I haue * baptized you with water but he wil baptize you with the holie Gost. 9 ¶ * And it came to passe in those dayes that Iesus came from Nazaret a citie of Galile and was baptized of Iohn in Iordan 10 And assone as he was come out of the water Iohn sawe the heauens clouē in twaine and the holie Gost descending vpon him like a doue 11 Then there was a voyce frō heauē saying Thou art my beloued Sonne in whome I am wel pleased 12 * And immediatly the Spirit driueth him into the wildernes 13 And he was there in the wildernes fortie daies and was tempted of Satan he was also with the wilde beasts and the Angels ministred vnto him 14 ¶ * Nowe after that Iohn was committed to prison IESVS came into Galile preachyng the Gospel of the kingdome of God 15 And saying The time is fulfilled and the kingdome of God is at hand repent and beleue the Gospel 16 ¶ * And as he walked by the sea of Galile he sawe Simon and Andre 〈◊〉 his brother casting a nette into the sea for they were fishers 17 Then Iesus said vnto them Folowe me and I wil make you to be fishers of men 18 And straight waye they forsoke their nettes and folowed him 19 And when he had gone a litle further thēce he sawe Iames the sonne of Zebedeus and Iohn is brother as they were in the shippe mending their nettes 20 And anone he called them and they left their Father Zebedeus in the ship with his hyred seruants and went their waye after hym 21 ¶ So * they entred into Capernaum and straight way on the Sabbath daye he intred into the Synagogue and taught 22 And they were astonied at his doctrine * for he taughtt hem as one that had autoritie and not as the Scribes 23 ¶ And there was in their Synagogue a man whyche had an vncleane Spirite and he cryed 24 Saying Ah what haue we to do with thee o Iesus of Nazaret Art thou come to destroy vs I knowe thee what thou art euen that holie one of God 25 And Iesus rebuked him saying Holde thy peace and come out of him 26 And the vncleane Spirite tarie hym and cryed with a loude voyce and came oute of hym 27 And they were all amased so that they demanded one of another saying What thing is this what new doctrine is this for he cōmandeth the foule spirits with autoritie and they obey him 28 And immediatly his fame spred abroad throughout all the region bordering on Galile 29 ¶ * And assone as they were come oute of the Synagogue they entred into the house of Simon and Andrewe with Iames and Iohn 30 And Symons wyues mother in lawe laye sicke of a feuer and anone they tolde hym of her 31 And he came and toke her by the hand and lift her vp and the feuer forsoke her by and by and she ministred vnto them 32 And when euen was come and the sunne was downe they broght to him all that were diseased and them that were possessed with deuils 33 And the whole citie was gathered together at the dore 34 And he healed manie that were sicke of diuers diseases and he cast out manie deuils and suffred not the deuils to say that they knewe him 35 And in the morning verie earely before day Iesus arose and went out into a solitarie place and there prayed 36 And Simon and thei that were with him folowed after him 37 And when they had founde him they said vnto him All men seke for thee 38 Then he said vnto them Let vs go into the next townes that I may preache there also for I came out for that purpose 39 And he preached in their Synagogues through out all Galile and cast the deuils out 40 ¶ * And there came a leper to him beseching him and kneled downe vnto him and said to him If thou wilt thou canst make me cleane 41 And Iesus had compassion and put forthe his hand and touched him and said to him I wil be thou cleane 42 And assone as he had spoken immediatly the leprosie departed from him and he was made cleane 43 And after he had giuen him a streict commandement he sent him awaye forthewith 44 And said vnto him Se thou say nothing to anie man but get thee hence and shewe thy self to the * Priest and offer for thy clensing those things which Moses commanded for a testimonial vnto them 45 But when he was departed * he beganne to tel manie things and to publish the matter so
that Iesus colde no more openly enter into the citie but was without in desert places and they came to him from euerie quarter CHAP. II. 3 He healeth the man of the palsie 5 He forgiueth sinnes 14 He calleth Leui the customer 16 He eateth with sinners 18 He excuseth his disciples as touching fasting and keping the Sabbath daye 1 AFter* a fewe dayes he entred into Capernaum againe and it was noysed that he was in the house 2 And anone manie gathered together in so muche that the places about the dore colde not receiue anie more and he preached the worde vnto them 3 And there came vnto hym that broght one sicke of the palsie borne of foure men 4 And because they colde not come nere vnto him for the multitude they vncouered the rofe of the house where he was and when they had broken it open they let down the bed wherein the sicke of the palsie laye 5 Now when Iesus sawe their faith he said to the sicke of the palsie Sonne thy sinnes are forgiuen thee 6 And there were certeine of the Scribes sitting there and reasoning in their hearts 7 Why doeth this man speake suche blasphe mies * who can forgiuen sinnes but God onelie 8 And immediatly when Iesus perceyued in his spirit that thus they thoght with them selues he said vnto thē Why reasō ye these things in your hearts 9 Whether is it easier to say to the sicke of the palsie Thy sinnes are forgiuē thee or to say Arise and take vp thy bed and walke 10 And that ye may knowe that the Sonne of man hathe autoritie in earth to forgiue sinnes he said vnto the sicke of the palsie 11 I say vnto thee Arise and take vp thy bed and get thee hence into thine owne house 12 And by and by he arose toke vp his bed and went forthe before them al in somuche that they were all amased ād glorified God saying We neuer sawe suche a thing 13 ¶ Then he went again to warde the sea and all the people resorted vnto hym and he taught them 14 * And as Iesus passed by he sawe Leui the sonne of Alpheus sit at the receite of custome and said vnto him Followe me And he arose and followed him 15 ¶ And it came to passe as Iesus sate at table in his house many Publicanes and sinners sate at table also with Iesus and his disciples for there were many that followed him 16 And when the Scribes and Pharises sawe him eat with the Publicanes sinners they said vnto his disciples Howe is it that he eateth drinketh with Publicanes ād sinners 17 Now when Iesus heard it he said vnto thē The whole haue no nede of the physicion but the sicke * I came not to call the righteous but the sinners to repentance 18 * And the disciples of Iohn and the Pharises dist fast and came ād said vnto him Why do the disciples of Iohn and of the Pharises fast and thy disciples fast not 19 And Iesus sayd vnto them Can the childrē of the mariage chamber fast whiles the bridgrome is with thē as long as they haue the bridegrome with them they cā not fast 20 But the dayes wil come when the bridegrome shal be taken from them and thē shal they fast in those dayes 21 Also no man soweth a piece of new cloth in an olde garment for els the new piece ta keth away the filling vp from the olde and the breache is worse 22 Likewise no man putteth new wine into olde vessels for els the new wine breaketh the vessels and the wine runneth out and the vessels are lost but new wine must be put into new vessels 23 ¶ * And it came to passe as he went through the corne on the Sabbath day that his disciples as they went on their way began to plucke the eares of corne 24 And the Pharises said vnto him Beholde why do they on the Sabbath day that which is not lawful 25 And he said to them Haue ye neuer red what* Dauid did when he had nede ād was an hungred bothe he and they that were with him 26 How he went into the house of God in the dayes of Abiathar the hie Priest and dit eat the shewe bread which were not lawful to eat but for the* Priests and gaue also to them which were with him 27 And he said to thē The Sabbath was made for man and not man for the Sabbath 28 Wherefore the Sonne of man is Lord euen of the Sabbath CHAP. III. 1 He healeth the man with the dryed 〈◊〉 14. He choseth his Apostles 21 Christ is thoght of the worldelings to be besides him self 22 He casteth out the vncleane spi rit which the Pharises ascribe vnto the deuil 29 Blasphe mie against the holie Gost. 35 The brother sister and mother of Christ. 1 ANd* he entred againe into the Synagogue and there was a man which had a withered hand 2 And they watched him whether he wolde heale him on the Sabbath day that they might accuse him 3 Then he said vnto the man which had the withered hand Arise stand forthe in the middes 4 And he said to them Is it lawful to do a good dede on the Sabbath day or to do euil to saue the life or to kil But thei helde their peace 5 Then he loked rounde about on them an gerly mourning also for the hardenes of their hearts and said to the man Stretch forthe thine hand And he stretched it out and his hand was restored as whole as the other 6 ¶ And the Pharises departed straightwaye gathered a councel with the Herodians against him that they might destroye him 7 But Iesus auoyded with his disciples to the sea ād a great multitude followed him from Galile and from Iudea 8 And from Ierusalem and from Idumea and beyonde Iordan and they that dwelled about Tyrus and Sidon when thei had heard what things he did came vnto hym in great nomber 9 And he commāded his disciples that a ship shulde waite for hym because of the multitude lest they shulde throng him 10 For he had healed many in so muche that they preassed vpō him to touche him as ma ny as had plagues 11 And when the vncleane spirits sawe hym they fell downe before him and cryed saying Thou art the Sonne of God 12 And he sharpely rebuked them to the end they shulde not vtter him 13 ¶ * Then he went vp into a mountaine and called vnto him whome he wolde and they came vnto him 14 And he appointed twelue that they shulde be with him and that he might send them to preache 15 And that they myght haue power to heale sickenesses and to cast out deuils 16 And the first was Simon and he named Simon Peter 17 Then Iames the sonne of Zebedeus
of Salmon 〈◊〉 sonne of Naasson 33 The sonne of Aminadab the sonne of Aram the sonne of Esrom the sonne of Phares the sonne of Iuda 34 The sonne of Iacob the sonne of Isaac the sonne of Abraham the sonne of Thara the sonne of Nachor 35 The sonne of Saruch the sonne of Ragau the sonne of Phalec the sōne of Eber the sonne of Sala 36 The sonne of Cainā the sonne of Arphaxad the sonne of Sem the sonne of Noe the sonne of Lamech 37 The sonne of Mathusala the sonne of Enoch the sonne of Iared the sonne of Ma leleel the sonne of Cainan 38 The sonne of Enos the sonne of Seth the sonne of Adam the sonne of God CHAP IIII. 1 Iesus is led into the wildernes to be tempted 13 He ouercometh the deuil 14 He goeth into Galile 16 Preacheth at Nazaret and Capernaum 22 The Iewes despise him 38 He cometh intö Peters house and healeth his mother in law 41 The deuils acknowledge Christ. 43 He preacheth through the cities 1 ANd Iesus full of the holie Gost returned from Iordan and was led by the Spirite into the wildernes 2 * And was there fourtie dayes tempted of the deuill and in those dayes he did eat nothing but when they were ended he afterwarde was hungrie 3 Then the deuill said vnto him If thou be the Sonne of God commande this stone that it be made bread 4 But Iesus answered him saying It is writen * The man shall not liue by bread onely but by euerie worde of God 5 Thē the deuil toke him vp into an high moū taine and shewed him all the kingdomes of the worlde in the twinkeling of an eye 6 And the deuil said vnto him All this power wil I giue thee ād the glorie of those king domes for that is deliuered to me and to whomesoeuer I wil I giue it 7 If thou therfore wilt worship me they shal be all thine 8 But Iesus aunswered hym and said Hence from me Satan for it is written * Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God and hym alone thou shalt serue 9 Then he broght him to Ierusalem and set him on a pinacle of the Temple and said vnto hym If thou be the Sonne of GOD cast thy selfe downe from hence 10 For it is written * That he will giue his Angels charge ouer thee to kepe thee 11 And with their hands they shal lift thee vp lest at anie time thou shuldest dash thy foote against a stone 12 And Iesus aunswered and sayd vnto hym It is said * Thou shalte not tempt the Lorde thy God 13 And when the deuil had ended all the tenta cion he departed from him for a season 14 ¶ And Iesus returned by the power of the spirit into Galile and there went a fame of him throughout all the regiō rounde about 15 For he taught in their Synagogues and was honoured of all men 16 * And he came to Nazaret where he had bene broght vp at his custome was went into the Synagogue on the Sabbath day ād stode vp to reade 17 And there was deliuered vnto hym the boke of the Prophet Esaias ād when he had opened the boke he foūde the place where it was written 18 * The Spirit of the Lord is vpon me becau se he hath anointed me that I shuld preach the Gospell to the poore he hathe sent me that I shulde heale the broken hearted that I shulde preache deliuerance to the captiues recouering of sight to the blinde that I shulde set at libertie them that are bruised 19 And that I shulde preache the acceptable yere of the Lord. 20 And he closed the boke and gaue it againe to the minister and sate downe and the eyes of al that were in the Synagogue were fastened on him 21 Then he began to say vnto them This daye is this Scripture fulfilled in your eares 22 And all bare him witnes and wondered at the gracious wordes whiche proceded out of his mouth and sayd Is not this Iosephes sonne 23 Then he sayd vnto them Ye will surely saye vnto me this prouerbe Physicion heale thy selfe whatsoeuer we haue heard done in Capernaum do it here lykewise in thyne owne countrey 24 And he said Verely I saye vnto you * No Prophet is accepted in his owne countrey 25 But I tell you of a trueth manie widdowes were in Israell in the dayes of * Elias when heauen was shut three yeres and six moneths when greate famine was through out all the land 26 But vnto none of them was Elias sent saue into Sarepta a citie of Sidon vnto a certeine widdowe 27 Also manie lepers were in Israell in the tyme of * Eliseus the Prophet yet none of them was made cleare sauyng Naaman the Syrian 28 Then all that were in the Synagogue whē they heard it were filled with wrath 29 And rose vp and thrust him out of the citie and led hym vnto the edge of the hil where on their citie was buylt to cast hym downe headlong 30 But he passed through the middes of thē and went his way 31 ¶ * And came downe into Capernaum a citie of Galile and there taught them on the Sabbath dayes 32 * And they were astonied at his doctrine for his worde was with autoritie 33 And in the Synagogue there was a man whiche had a spirit of an vncleane deuil which cryed with a loude voyce 34 Saying Oh what haue we to do with thee thou Iesus of Nazaret art thou come to destroy vs I knowe who thou art euen the Holie one of God 35 And Iesus rebuked him saying Holde thy peace and come out of him Then the deuil throwing him in the middes of them came out of him and hurt him not 36 So feare came on them all and they spake among them selues saying What thing is this for with autoritie and power he commaundeth the foule spirits they came out 37 And the fame of him spred abroad through out all the places of the countrey rounde about 38 ¶ * And he rose vp and came out of the Synagogue and entred into Simons house And Simons wiues mother was takē with a great feuer and they required him for her 39 Then he stode ouer her and rebuked the feuer and it left her immediatly she arose and ministred vnto them 40 Now when the sunne was downe all they that had sicke folkes of diuers diseases broght them vnto him and he laied his hāds on euerie one of them and healed them 41 * And deuils also came out of manie crying and saying Thou art the Christ the Sonne of God but he rebuked them and suffred them not to say that thei knewe him to be 〈◊〉 42 And when it was day he departed and went forthe into a desert place and the
Peter and Iohn and Iames and went vp into a mountaine to pray 29 And as he prayed the facion of his countenarice was chāged his garmēt was white and glistered 30 And beholde two men talked with him which were Moses and Elias 31 Which appeared in glorie and tolde of his departing which he shulde accomplish at Ierusalem 32 But Peter and they that were with him were heauie with slepe and when they awooke they sawe his glorie the two men standing with him 33 And it came to passe as they departed from him Peter said vnto Iesus Master it is good for vs to be here let vs therefore make thre tabernacles one for thee and one for Moses and one for Elias and wist not what he said 34 While he thus spake there came a cloude and ouershadowed them and they feared when these were entring into the cloude 35 * And there came a voyce out of the cloude saying This is my beloued Sonne heare him 36 And when the voyce was past Iesus was founde alone and they kept it close and tol de no mā in those dayes any of those things which they had sene 37 ¶ And it came to passe on the next day as they came downe from the mountaine muche people met him 38 * And beholde a man of the cōpanie cryed out saying Master I beseche thee beholde my sonne for he is all that I haue 39 And lo a spirit taketh him and suddenly he cryeth and he teareth him that he fometh and with muche paine departeth from him when he hathe bruised him 40 Now I haue besoght thy disciples to cast him out but they colde not 41 Then Iesus answered and said O generacion faithles and croked how long now shall be with you and suffer you bring thy sonne hither 42 And whiles he was yet comming the deuil rent him and 〈◊〉 him ād Iesus rebuk ed the vncleane spirit and healed the childe and 〈◊〉 liuered him to his father 43 ¶ And thei were all amased at the mightie power of God and while thei all wondred at all things which Iesus did he said vnto his disciples 44 Marke these wordes diligently for it shal come to passe that the Sonne of man shal be deliuered into the hands of men 45 But they vnderstode not that worde for it was hid from them so that they colde not perceiue it and they feared to aske him of that worde 46 ¶ * Then there arose a disputacion among them which of them shulde be the greatest 47 When Iesus sawe the thoghts of their hearts he toke a litle childe and set him by him 48 And said vnto them Whosoeuer receiueth this litle childe in my Name receiueth me and whosoeuer shal receiue me receiueth him that sent me for he that is least among you all he shal be great 49 ¶ * And Iohn answered and said Master we sawe one casting out deuils in thy Name and we forbade him becausehe followeth thee not with vs. 50 Then Iesus said vnto him Forbid ye him not for he that is not against vs is with vs. 51 ¶ And it came to passe whē the dayes were accomplished that he shulde be receiued vp he setteled him self fully to go to Ierusalem 52 And sent messengers before him and they went and entred into a towne of the Samaritans to prepare him lodging 53 But they wolde not receiue him because his behauiour was as thogh he wolde go to Ierusalem 54 And when his disciples Iames and Iohn sawe it they said Lord wilt thou that we cōmande that fyre come downe from heauen and consume them euen as * Elias did 55 But Iesus turned about and rebuked them said Ye knowe not of what spirit ye are 56 * For the Sonne of man is not come to destroye mens liues but to saue thē Then they 〈◊〉 to another towne 57 ¶ And it came to passe that as they went in the way a certeine man said vnto him I wil followe thee Lord whethersoeuer thou goest 58 And Iesus said vnto him The foxes haue holes and the birdes of the heauen haue nestes but the Sonne of man hathe not whereon to laie his head 59 But he said vnto another Followe me And the same said Lord suffer me first to go and burye my father 60 And Iesus said vnto him Let the dead burye their dead but go thou and preache the kingdome of God 61 Then another said I wil followethee Lord but let me first go bid them fare wel which are at mine house 62 And Iesus said vnto him No man that putteth his hand to the plough and loketh backe is apte to the kingdome of God CHAP. X. 1 He sendeth the seuentie before him to preache and giueth them a charge how to behaue them selues 13 He threateneth the obstinate 21 He giueth thankes to his heauēhe Father 25 He answereth the Scribe that tēpted him 33 And by the example of the 〈◊〉 sheweth who is a mans neighbour 38 Martha receiueth the Lord into her house 40 Marie is feruent in hearing his worde 1 AFter* these things the Lord appointed other seuentie also ād sent them two two before him into euerie citie and place whether he him self shulde come 2 And he said vnto them * The haruest is great but the laborers are fewe pray therefore the Lord of the haruest to send forthe laborers into his haruest 3 * Go your waies beholde I send you forthe as lambs among wolues 4 Beare no bagge nether scryp nor shoes * ād salute no man by the 〈◊〉 5 * And into what soeuer houseye enter first say Peace be to this house 6 And if the sonne of peace be there your peace shal rest vpon him if not it shal turne to you againe 7 And in that house tarie stil eating and drinking suche things as by them shal be set before you * for the laborer is worthie of his wages Go not from house to house 8 But into what soeuer citie ye shal enter if they receiue you eat suche things as are set before you 9 And heale the sicke that are there and say vnto them The kingdome of God is come nere vnto you 10 But into whatsoeuer citie ye shal enter if they wil not receiue you go your waies out into the stretes of the same and say 11 Euen the verie * dust which cleaueth on vs of your citie we wipe of against you not with standing know this that they kingdome of God was come nere vnto you 12 For I say to you that it shal be easier in that day for them of Sodom then for that citie 13 * Wo be to thee Chorazin wo be to thee Beth-saida for if the miracles had bene done in Tyrus and Sidon which haue bene done in you
my self handle me and se for a spirit hathe not flesh and bones as ye se me haue 40 And when he had thus spoken he shewed them his hands and fete 41 And while they yet beleued not for ioye and wondered he said vnto them Haue ye here any meat 42 And they gaue him a piece of a broiled fish and of an honie combe 43 And he toke it and did eat before them 44 And he said vnto them These are the wordes which I spake vnto you while I was yet with you that all must be fulfilled which are written of me in the Law of Moses and in the Prophetes and in the Psalmes 45 Then opened he their vnderstanding that they might vnderstand the Scriptures 46 And said vnto them Thus is it written and thus it behoued Christ to suffre and to rise againe from the dead the thirde day 47 And that repentance and remission of sinnes shulde be preached in his Name among all nacions beginning at Ierusalem 48 Now ye are witnesses of these things 49 And beholde I wil send the * promes of my Father vpon you but tary ye in the citie of Ierusalem vntil ye be endued with power from an hie 50 Afterwarde he led them out into Bethania and lift vp his hands and blessed them 51 And it came to passe that as he blessed them * he departed from them and was caryed vp into heauen 52 And they worshipped him and returned to Ierusalem with great ioye 53 And were continually in the Temple praising and lauding God Amen THE HOLY GOSPEL of Iesus Christ according to Iohn CHAP. I. 1 14. 17. The diuinitie humanitie and office of Iesus Christ 15 The testimonie of Iohn 39 The calling of Andrewe Peter c. 1 IN the beginning was the Worde and the Worde was with God that Worde was God 2 The same was in the beginning with God 3 All things were made by it ād without it was made nothing that was made 4 In it was lif the lif was the light of men 5 And the light shineth in the darkenes and the darkenes comprehended it not 6 ¶ * There was a man sent from God whose name was Iohn 7 The same came for a witnes to beare witnes of the light that all men through him might beleue 8 He was not that light but was sent to beare witnes of the light 9 That was the true light which lighteth euerie man that cometh into the worlde 10 He was in the worlde and the worlde was * made by him the world knewe him not 11 He came vnto his owne and his owne receiued him not 12 But as many as receiued him to them he ga ue power to be the sonnes of God euen to them that beleue in his Name 13 Which are borne not of blood nor of the wil of the flesh nor of the wil of man but of God 14 * And the Worde was made flesh and dwelt among vs ād we* sawe the glorie thereof as the glorie of the onely begotten Son ne of the Father * ful of grace and trueth 15 ¶ Iohn bare witnes of him ād cryed saying This was he of whome I said He that commeth after me is preferred before me for he was before me 16 And of his fulnes haue all we receiued and grace for grace 17 For the Lawe was giuen by Moses but grace and trueth came by Iesus Christ. 18 * No man hathe sene God at any time the onely begottē Sonne which is in the bosome of the Father he hathe declared him 19 ¶ Then this is the recorde of Iohn whē the Iewes sent Priests Leuites from Ierusalem to aske him Who art thou 20 And he confessed and denyed not and said plainely I* am not the Christ. 21 And they asked him What then Art thou Elias And he said I am not Art thou the Prophet And he answered No. 22 Then said they vnto him Who art thou that we may giue an answer to them that sent vs what 〈◊〉 thou of thy self 23 He said I * am the voyce of him that cryeth in the wildernes Make straight the way of the Lord as said the Prophet Esaias 24 Now they whiche were sent were of the Pharises 25 And they asked him ād said vnto him Why baptizest thou then if thou be not the Christ nether Elias nor the Prophet 26 Iohn answered them saying I baptize with water but there is one among you whome ye knowe not 27 * He it is that commeth after me whiche is preferred before me whose shoe latchet I am not worthie vnlose 28 These things were done in Bethabara beyonde Iordan where Iohn did baptize 29 ¶ The next day Iohn seeth Iesus comming vnto him saith Behold the lambe of God which taketh away the sinne of the world 30 This is he of whome I said After me cometh a man whiche is preferred before me for he was before me 31 And I knew him not but because he shuld be declared to Israel therefore am I come baptizing with water 32 So Iohn bare recorde saying I sawe * the Spirit come downe from heaue like a doue and it abode vpon him 33 And I knewe him not but he that sent me to baptize with water he said vnto me Vpon whome thou shalt se the Spirit come downe and tary stil on him that is he whiche baptizeth with the holie Gost. 34 And I sawe and bare recorde that this is the Sonne of God 35 ¶ The next day Iohn stode againe and two of his disciples 36 And he behelde Iesus walking by and said Beholde the lambe of God 37 And the two disciples heard him speake folowed Iesus 38 Then Iesus turned about and sawe thē followe said vnto them What seke ye And they said vnto him Rabbi which is to say by interpretatiō Master where dwellest thou 39 He said vnto them Come ādse They came sawe where he dwelt abode with him that day for it was about the tenth houre 40 Andrewe Simon Peters brother was one of the two which had heard it of Iohn and that folowed him 41 The same founde his brother Simon first and said vnto him We haue founde the Messias whiche is by interpretation the Christ. 42 And he broght him to Iesus And Iesus behelde him and said Thou art Simō the sonne of Iona thou shalt be called Cephas which is by interpretation a stone 43 ¶ The day following Iesus wolde go into Galile founde Philippe and said vnto him Folowe me 44 ¶ Now Philippe was of Bethsaida the citie of Andrewe and Peter 45 Philippe founde Nathanael and said vnto him We haue founde him of whome * Moses did write in the Law and the * Prophetes
he had spoken these things while they behelde he was taken vp for a cloude toke him vp out of their sight 10 And while thei loked stedfastly towarde heauē as he went beholde two men stode by them in white apparel 11 Which also said Ye men of Galile why stād ye gasing into heauen This Iesus which is taken vp frō you into heauen shal so come as ye haue sene him go into heauen 12 ¶ Then returned they vnto Ierusalem from the mount that is called the mount of oliues which is nere to Ierusalem conteining a Sabbath dayes iourney 13 And when thei were come in they went vp into an vpper chamber where abode bothe Peter and Iames and Iohn and Andrewe Phi lippe Thomas Bartlemewe Matthewe Iames the sonne of Alpheus and Simon zelotes and Iudas Iames brother 14 These all continued with one accorde in prayer and supplicatiō with the womē and Marie the mother of Iesus and with his brethren 15 ¶ And in those dayes Peter stode vp in the middes of the disciples and said now the nō ber of names that were in one place were about an hundreth and twentie 16 Ye men and brethrē this Scripture must nedes haue bene fulfilled which the * holie Gost by the mouth of Dauid spake before of Iudas which was* guide to thē that toke Iesus 17 For he was nombred with vs and had obtei ned feloship in this ministration 18 He therefore hathe purchased a field with the rewarde of iniquitie and when he* had throwen downe him selfe head lōgs he brast a sondre in the middes and all his bowels gushed out 19 And it is knowen vnto all the inhabitans of Ierusalem in so muche that that field is called in their owne langage Aceldama that is The field of blood 20 For it is written in the boke of Psalmes * Let his habitacion be voyde and let no mādwell therein * also Let another take his charge 21 Wherefore of these men which haue cōpa nied with vs all the time that the Lord Iesus was conuersant among vs 22 Beginning from the Baptisme of Iohn vnto the day that he was taken vp from vs muste one of them be made a witnes with vs of his resurrection 23 And they presented two Ioseph called Barsabas whose surname was Iustus and Matthias 24 And they prayed saying Thou Lord which knowest the hearts of all men shewe whether of these two thou hast chosen 25 That he may take the roume of this ministration and Apostleship from which Iudas hathe gone astray to go to his owne place 26 Then they gaue forthe their lottes and the lot fel on Matthias he was by a cōmune consent counted with the Eleuen Apostles CHAP. II. 3 The Apóstles hauing receiued the holie Gost make their hearers astonished 14 When Peter had stopped the mouthes of the mockers he 〈◊〉 by thy visible graces of the holie Spirit that Christ is come 41 He baptizeth a great nomber that were conuerted 42 The godlie exer cise charitie and diuers vertues of the faithful 1 ANd when the day of Pentecoste was come they were all with one accorde in one place 2 And* suddenly there came a sounde frō heauen as of a russhing and mightie winde it filled all the house where they sate 3 And there appeared vnto them clouen tongues like fyre and it sate vpon eche of them 4 And they were all silled with the holie Gost and began to speake with other tongues as the Spirit gaue them vtterance 5 And there were dwelling at Ierusalem Iewes men that feared God of 〈◊〉 nation vnder heauen 6 Now when this was noised the multitude came together and were astonied because that euerie man heard them spake his owne langage 7 And they wondred all and marueiled saying 〈◊〉 them selues Beholde are not all these which speake of Galile 8 How then heare we euerie man our owne langage wherein we were borne 9 Parthians and Medes and Elamites and the inhabitans of Mesopotamia and of Iudea and of Cappadocia of Pontus and Asia 10 And of Phrygia and Pamphilia of Egypt of the parties of Lybia which is beside Cyrene and strangers of Rome and Iewes and proselytes 11 Cretes and Arabians we heard thē speake in our owne tōgues the wonderful workes of God 12 They were all then amased and douted saying one to another What may this be 13 And others mocked and said They are ful of newe wine 14 ¶ But Peter standing with the Eleuen lift vp his voice and said vnto them Ye men of Iudea and ye all that inhabit Ierusalem be this knowen vnto you and hearken vnto my wordes 15 For these are not drōkē as ye suppose since it is but the thirde houre of the day 16 But this is that which was spoken by the Prophet * Ioel 17 And it shal be in the last dayes saith God I wil powre out of my Spirit vpon all flesh and your sonnes your daughters shal prophecie and your yong men shal se visions your olde men shal dreame dreames 18 And on my seruāts on mine handemaides I wil powre out of my Spirit in those dayes and they shal prophecie 19 And I wil shewe wonders in heauen aboue and tokens in the earth beneth blood and fyre and the vapour of smoke 20 * The sunne shal be turned into darkenes and the moone into blood before that great and notable day of the Lord come 21 And it shal be * that whosoeuer shal call on the Name of the Lord shal be saued 22 Ye mē of Israel heare these wordes IESVS of Nazaret a man approued of God among you with great workes and wondres and signes which God did by him in the middes of you as ye your selues also knowe 23 Him I say haue ye taken by the hands of the wicked being deliuered by the determinate counsel and fore knowledge of God and haue crucified and slaine 24 Whome God hathe 〈◊〉 vp and losed the sorowes of death because it was vnpossible that he shulde be holden of it 25 For Dauid saith concerning him * I beheld the Lord alwayes before me for he is at my right hand that I shulde not be 〈◊〉 26 Therefore did mine heart reioyce and my tongue was glad and moreouer also my flesh shalrest in hope 27 Because thou wilt not leaue my soule in graue nether wilt suffer thine holie one to se corruption 28 Thou hast shewed me the wayes of lyfe and shalt make me ful ofioye with thy coun tenance 29 Men ād brethren I may boldely speake vn to you of the Patriarke Dauid * that he is bothe dead and buryed ād his sepulchre remaineth with vs vnto this day
of Iohn Marke 1 THen came downe certeine from Iudea and taught the brethren saying * Except ye be circumcised after the maner of Moses ye can not be saued 2 And when there was great dissention disputation by Paul and Barnabas against them they ordeined that Paul and Barnabas and certeine other of them shulde go vp to Ieru salem vnto the Apostles Elders about this question 3 Thus being sent forthe by the Church they passed through Phenice and Samaria declaring the conuersion of the Gētiles and they broght great ioye vnto all the brethren 4 And when they were come to Ierusalē they were receiued of the Church of the Apostles ād Elders they declared what things God had done by them 5 But said they certeine of the secte of the Pharises which did beleue rose vp saying that it was nedeful to circumcise thē and to cōmande them to kepe the Law of Moses 6 Then the Apostles Elders came together to loke to this matter 7 And when there had bene great disputation Peter rose vp and said vnto them * Ye men and brethren ye knowe that a good while ago among vs God chose out me that the Gentiles by my mouth shuld heare the word of the Gospel and beleue 8 And God which knoweth the hearts bare them witnes in giuing vnto them the holie Gost euen as he did vnto vs. 9 And he put no difference betwene vs and thē after that by faith he had*purified their hearts 10 Now therefore why temptye God to*lay a yoke on the disciples neckes whiche nether our fathers nor we were able to beare 11 But we beleue through the grace of the Lord Iesus Christ to be saued euen as they do 12 Then all the multitude kept silence heard Barnabas and Paul which tolde what signes and wondres God had done among the Gētiles by them 13 And when they helde their peace Iames answered saying Men brethren hearken vnto me 14 * Simeon hathe declared how God first did visite the 〈◊〉 to take of them a people vnto his Name 15 And to this agre the wordes of the Prophetes as it is written 16 * After this I wil returne and wil buylde againe the tabernacle of Dauid which is fallen downe the ruines thereof wil I buylde againe and I wil set it vp 17 That the residue of men might seke after the Lord and all the Gentiles vpō whome my Name is called saith the Lord whiche doeth all these things 18 From the beginning of the worlde God knoweth all his workes 19 Wherefore my sentence is that we trouble not them of the Gentiles that are turned to God 20 But that we write vnto them that they absteine them selues from filthines of idoles and fornication and that that is strangled and from blood 21 For Moses of olde time hathe in euerie citie them that preache him seing he is red in the Synagogues euerie Sabbath day 22 Then it semed good to the Apostles and Elders with the whole Church to send chosen men of their owne companie to Antiochia with Paul Barnabas to wit Iudas whose surname was Barsabas and Silas which were chief men among the brethren 23 And wrote letters by them after this maner THE APOSTLES AND the Elders the brethren vnto the brethren which are of the Gentiles in Antiochia and in Syria in Cilicia send greting 24 Forasmuche as we haue heard that certeine which departed from vs haue troubled you with wordes cumbred your mindes saying Ye must be circūcised and kepe the Law to whome we gaue no suche cōmandement 25 It semed therefore good to vs whē we were come together with one accorde to send chosen men vnto you with our beloued Bar nabas and Paul 26 Men that haue giuen vp their liues for the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ. 27 We haue therefore sent Iudas and Silas whiche shal also tell you the same things by mouth 28 For it semed good to the holie Gost and to vs to lay no more burden vpon you then these necessarie things 29 That is that ye absteine from things offered to idoles and blood and that that is strangled and from fornication frō which if ye kepe your selues ye shal do wel Fare ye wel 30 Now when they were departed they came to Antiochia after that they had assēbled the multitude they deliuered the epistle 31 And when they had red it they reioyced for the consolation 32 And Iudas and Silas being Prophetes exhorted the brethren with manie wordes strengthened them 33 And after they had taried there a space they were let go in peace of the brethren vnto the Apostles 34 Notwithstanding Silas thoght good to abide there stil 35 Paul also and Barnabas continued in Antiochia teaching and preaching with manie other the worde of the Lord. 36 ¶ But after certeine dayes Paul said vnto Barnabas Let vs returne and visite our brethren in euerie citie where we haue preached the worde of the Lord and se how thei do 37 And Barnabas counseled to take with thē Iohn called Marke 38 But Paul thoght it not mete to take him vnto their companie which departed from them from Pamphilia and went not with them to the worke 39 Then were they so stirred that they departed a sunder one from the other so that Barnabas toke Marke and sailed vnto Cyprus 40 And Paul chose Silas and departed being commended of the brethren vnto the grace of God 41 And he went through Syria and Cilicia stablishing the Churches CHAP. XVI 1 when Paul had circumcised Timothie he toke him with him 7 The' Spirit calleth them from one countrey to another 〈◊〉 Lydia is conuerted 28 Paul and Silas imprisoned conuert the iayler 37 And are deliuered as Romaines 1 THen came he to Derbe to Lystra and beholde a certeine disciple was there named*Timotheus a womans sonne which was a Iewesse and beleued but his father was a Grecian 2 Of whome the brethren which were at Lystra and Iconium reported wel 3 Therefore Paul wolde that he shulde go forthe with him and toke and circumcised him because of the Iewes which were in those quarters for they knew all that his father was a Grecian 4 And as they went through the cities they deliuered them the decrees to kepe ordeined of the Apostles and Elders which were at Ierusalem 5 And so were the Churches stablished in the faith and encreased in nombre daily 6 ¶ Now when they had gone through out Phrygia and the region of Galacia they were forbidden of the holie Gost to preache the worde in Asia 7 Then came they to Mysia and soght to go into Bithynia but the Spirit fuffred them not 8 Therefore they passed through Mysia and came downe to Troas 9 Where a visiō appeared to
things of the Lord and knewe but the baptisme of Iohn onely 26 And he began to speake boldely in the Syna gogue Whome when Aquila and Priscilla had heard they toke him vnto them and expounded vnto him the way of God more perfectly 27 And whē he was minded to go into Achaia the brethren exhorting him wrote to the disciples to receaue him after he was come thither he holpe them muche which had be leued through grace 28 For mightely he confuted publikely the Iewes with great vehemencie shewing by the Scriptures that Iesus was the Christ. CHAP. XIX 6 The holie Gost is giuen by Pauls hands 9 The Iewes 〈◊〉 his doctrine which was confirmed by miracles 13 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and punishment of the coniurers and the frute that came thereof 24 Demetrius raiseth sedition 〈◊〉 pretence of Diana 41 Yet God deliuereth his and appeaseth 〈◊〉 by the towne clarke 1 ANd it came to passe while Apollos was at Corinthus that Paul when he passed through the vpper coastes came to Ephesus and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 disciples 2 And said vnto them Haue ye receiued the 〈◊〉 Gost sence ye beleued And they said vnto him We haue not so muche as heard whether there be an holie Gost. 3 And he said vnto them Vnto what were ye then baptized And they said Vnto Iohns ba ptisme 4 Then said Paul * Iohn verely baptized with the baptisme of repentance saying vnto the people that they shulde beleue in him which shuld come after him that is in Christ Iesus 5 So when they heard it they were baptized in the Name of the Lord 〈◊〉 6 And Paul laid his hands vpon them and the holie Gost came on them they spake the tongues and prophecied 7 And all the men were about twelue 8 ¶ Moreouer he went into the Synagogue spak e boldely for the space of thre moneths disputing and exhorting to the things that apperteine to the kingdome of God 9 But when certeine were hardened disobeyed speaking euil of the way of God before the multitude he departed from thē separated the disciples and disputed daily in the schole of one Tyranus 10 And this was done by the space of two yeres so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the worde of the Lord Iesus bothe Iewes Grecians 11 And God wroght no smale miracles by the hands of Paul 12 So that from his bodie were broght vnto the sicke k erchefs or handk erchefs and the diseases departed from them and the euil spirits went out of them 13 Then certeine of the vagabonde Iewes exorcistes toke in hand to name ouer them which had euil spirits the Name of the Lord Iesus saying We adiure you by Iesus whom Paul preacheth 14 And there were certeine sonnes of Sceua a Iewe the Priest about seuen which did this 15 And the euil spirit answered and said Iesus I acknowledge and Paul I knowe but who are ye 16 And the man in whome the euil spirit was ran on them and ouercame them and preuai led against them so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded 17 And this was knowen to all the Iewes and Grecians also which dwelt at Ephesus and feare came on them all and the Name of the Lord Iesus was magnified 18 And many that beleued came and cōfessed and shewed their workes 19 Many also of them which vsed curious artes broght their bokes and burned them before all men and they counted the price of them and founde it fiftie thousand pieces of siluer 20 So the worde of God grewe mightely and preuailed 21 ¶ Now when these things were accomplished Paul purposed by the Spirit to passe through Macedonia ād Achaia and to go to Ierusalē saying After I haue bene there I must also se Rome 22 So sent he into Macedonia two of them that ministred vnto him Timotheus and Erastus but he remained in Asia for a season 23 And the same time there arose no smale trou ble about that way 24 For a certeine man named Demetrius a siluersmith which made siluer temples of Diana broght great gaines vnto the craftes men 25 Whome he called together with the workemen of like things and said Sirs ye knowe that by this crafte we haue our goods 26 Moreouer ye se and heare that not alone at Ephesus but almoste through out all Asia this Paul hathe persuaded and turned away muche people saying That they be not gods which are made with hands 27 So that not onely this thing is dangerous vnto vs that the state shulde be reproued but also that the temple of the great goddesse Diana shulde be nothing estemed and that it wolde come to passe that her magnificence which all Asia and the worlde worshippeth shulde be destroyed 28 Now when they heard it they were ful of wrath and cryed out saying Great is Diana of the Ephesians 29 And the whole citie was ful of confusion and they rushed into the commune place with one assent and caught*Gaius and*Aristarchus men of Macedonia and Pauls companions of his iourney 30 And when Paul wolde haue entred in vnto the people the disciples suffred him not 31 Certeine also of the chief of Asia which were his friends sent vnto him desiring him that he wolde not present him self in the commune place 32 Some therefore cryed one thing and some another for the assemblie was out of order and the more parte knewe not wherefore they were come together 33 And some of the companie drewe forthe Alexander the Iewesthrusting him forwardes Alexander then beckened with the hād and wolde haue excused the matter to the people 34 But when they knewe that he was a Iewe there arose a shoute almoste for the space of two houres of all men crying Great is Diana of the Ephesians 35 Then the towne clarkewhen he had stayed the people said Yemen of Ephesus what man is it that knoweth not how that the citie of the Ephesians is a worshipper of the great goddesse Diana and of the image which came downe from Iupiter 36 Seing then that no man can speake against these things ye ought to be appeased ād to do nothing rashly 37 For ye haue broghthither these men which haue nether commit sacrilege nether do blaspheme your goddesse 38 Wherefore if Demetrius and the craftes men which are with him haue a matter against any man the 〈◊〉 is open ād there are Deputies let them accuse one another 39 But if ye inquire anie thing concerning other matters it maye be determined in a lawful assemblie 40 For we are euen in ieopardie to be accused of this daies sedicion forasmuche as there is no cause whereby we may giue a reason of this concourse of people 41 And when he had thus spoken he let the assemblie departe CHAP. XX. Paul goeth into Macedonia and into Grecia 7
Abraham thogh it appeareth not so to mans eye and for that preferment that the Gētiles haue it procedeth of the liberal mercie of God whiche he at length 〈◊〉 towarde the Iewes againe and so gather the whole Israel which is his Church of them bothe This grounde worke of faith and doctrine layed instructions of Christian maners followe teaching 〈◊〉 man to walke in roundenes of conscience in his vocation with all patience and humblenes reuerencing and obeying magistrate exercising charitie putting of the olde man and putting on Christ bearing with the weake louing one another according to Christs example Finally S. Paul after his commendacions to the brethren exhorteth thē to vnitie and to flee false preachers and flatterers and so concludeth with a prayer CHAP. I. 1 Paul sheweth by whome and to what purpose he is called 13 His ready wil. 16 What the Gospel is 20 The vse of creatures and wherefore they were made 21. 24. The ingratitude peruersitie and punishment of all mankinde 1 PAVLa seruant of IESVSCHRIST called to be an Apostle * put aparte to preache the Gospel of God 2 Which he had pro mised afore by his* Prophetes in the ho lie Scriptures 3 Concerning his Sonne Iesus christ our Lord which was made of the sede of Dauid according to the flesh 4 And declared mightely to be the Sonne of God touching the Spirit of sanctification by the resurrection from the dead 5 By whome we haue receiued grace and Apostleship that obedience might be giuen vnto the faith in his Name among all the Gentiles 6 Among whome ye be also the called of Iesus Christ 7 To all you that be at Rome beloued of God called to be Saints * Grace be with you and peace from God our Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ. 8 First I thanke my God through Iesus Christ for you all because your faith is published throughout the whole worlde 9 For God is my witnes whome I serue in my spirit in the Gospel of his Sōne that with out ceasing I make mencion of you 10 Alwayes in my prayers beseching that by some meanes one time or other I might haue a prosperous iourney by the wil of God to come vnto you 11 * For I long to se you that I might bestowe among you some spiritual gifte to strengthen you 12 That is that I might be comforted together with you through our mutual faith bothe yours and mine 13 Now my brethren I wolde that ye shulde not be ignorāt how that I haue often times purposed to come vnto you but haue bene lethitherto that I might haue some frute also among you as I haue among the other Gentiles 14 I am detter bothe to the Grecians and to the Barbarians bothe to the wisemen and vnto the vnwise 15 Therfore asmuche as in me is I am ready to preache the Gospel to you also that are at Rome 16 For I am not ashamed of the Gospel of Christ for it is the * power of God vnto saluation to euerie one that beleueth to the Iewe first and also to the Grecian 17 For by it the iuste righteousnes of God is reueiled from faith to faith as it is written * The iuste shal liue by faith 18 For the wrath of God is reueiled from heauen against all vngodlines and vnrighteousnes of men which with holde the trueth in vnrighteousnes 19 Forasmuche as that which may be knowen of God is manifest in them for God hathe shewed it vnto them 20 For the inuisible things of him that is his eternal power and Godhead are sene by the creation of the worlde being considered in his workes to the intent that they shulde be without excuse 21 * Because that when they knewe God they glorified him not as God nether were thankeful but became vaine in their imaginations and their foolish heart was ful of darkenes 22 When they professed them selues to be wise they became fooles 23 For thei turned the glorie of the incorruptible God to the similitude of the image of a corruptible man and of birdes and foure foted beastes and of creeping things 24 Wherefore also God gaue them vp to their hearts lustes vnto vnclennes to defile their owne bodies betwene them selues 25 Which turned the trueth of God vnto a lie and worshipped and serued the creature * forsaking the Creator which is blessed for euer Amen 26 For this cause God gaue them vp vnto vile affections for euen their women did change the natural vse into that which is against nature 27 And likewise also the men left the natural vse of the woman and burned in their lusteone towarde another and man with man wroght filthines and receiued in them selues suche recōpense of their errour as was mete 28 For as thei regarded not to knowe God euen so God deliuered them vp vnto a reprobat minde to do those things which are not conuenient 29 Being ful of all vnrighteousnes fornicatiō wickednes coueteousnes maliciousnes full of enuie of murther of debat of disceite taking al things in the euil parte whisperers 30 Backebiters haters of God doers of wrōg proude boasters inuenters of euil things disobedient to parents without vnderstanding couenant breakers without natural affection suche as can neuer be appeased merciles 31 Which men thogh they knewe the Law of God how that they which commit suche things are worthie of death yet not one ly do the same but also fauour them that do them CHAP. II. 1 He feareth the hypocrites with Gods iudgemēt 7 And comforteth the faithful 12 To beat done all vaine pretence of ignorance holines and of alliance with God he proueth all men to be sinners 15 The Gentiles by their conscience 17 The Iewes by the Law written 1 THerefore thou art inexcusable ô man whosoeuer thou art that iudgest * for in that that thou iudgest another thou condēnest thy self for thou that iudgest doest the same things 2 But we knowe that the iudgement of God is according to trueth against them which commit suche things 3 And thinkest thou this ô thou man that iud gest them which do suche things and doest the same that thou shalt escape the iudgement of God 4 Ordespisest thou the riches of his bountifulnes and * pacience and long sufferance not knowing that the boūtifulnes of GOD leadeth thee to repentance 5 But thou after thine hardnes and heart that can not repent * heapest vnto thy self wrath against the day of wrath and of the declaration of the iuste iudgement of God 6 * Who wil rewarde euerie man according to his workes 7 That is to them which by continuance in wel doing seke glorie and honour and immortalitie eternal life 8 But vnto them that are
it pleased God by the foolishnes of preaching to saue them that beleue 22 Seing also that the Iewes require a * signe and the Grecians seke after wisdome 23 But we preache Christ crucified vnto the Iewes euen a stombling blocke vnto the Grecians foolishnes 24 But vnto them which are called bothe of the Iewes Grecians we preache Christ the power of God and the wisdome of God 25 For the foolishnes of God is wiser thē men and the weakenes of God is stronger then men 26 Forbrethren you se your calling how that not manie wise men after the flesh not manie mightie not manie noble are called 27 But God hathe chosen the foolish things of the worlde to confounde the wise and God hath chosen the weake things of the world to confounde the mightie things 28 And vile things of the worlde and things which are despised hathe God chosen and things whiche are not to bring to noght things that are 29 That no flesh shulde reioyce in his presence 30 But ye are of him in Christ Iesus who of God is made vnto vs * wisdome righteousnes and sanctification and redempcion 31 That according as it is written * He that reioyceth let him reioyce in the Lord. CHAP. II. 1 He putteth for example his maner of preaching whiche was according to the tenor of the Gospel 8 Which Gos pel was contemptible and hid to the carnal 10 And againe honorable and manifest to the spiritual 1 ANd I brethrē when I came to you came not with * excellencie of wordes or of wisdome shewing vnto you the testimonie of God 2 For I estemed not to know anie thing amōg you saue Iesus Christ and him crucified 3 * And I was among you in weakenes and in feare and in muche trembling 4 Nether stode my worde and my preaching in the * entising speache of mans wisdome but in plaine euidence of the Spirit of power 5 That your faith shuld not be in the wisdom of men but in the power of God 6 And we speake wisdome among them that are perfite not the wisdome of this worlde nether of the prīces of this worlde which come to noght 7 But we speake the wisdome of God in a mysterie euen the hid wisdome which God had determiued before the worlde vnto our glorie 8 Which none of the princes of this worlde hathe knowen for had thei knowen it thei wolde not haue crucified the Lord of glorie 9 But as it is written * The things which eye hathe not sene nether eare hathe heard nether came into mans heart are which God hathe prepared for them that loue him 10 But God hathe reueiled them vnto vs by his Spirit for the Spirit searcheth all things yea the deepe things of God 11 For what man knoweth the things of a mā saue the spirit of a man which is in him euē so the things of God knoweth no man but the Spirit of God 12 Now we haue receiued not the Spirit of the worlde but the Spirit which is of God that we might knowe the things that are giuen to vs of God 13 Which things also we speake not in the * wordes which mans wisdome teacheth but which the holie Gost teacheth comparing spiritual things with spiritual things 14 But the natural man perceiueth not the things of the Spirit of God for they are foolishnes vnto him nether can he knowe thē because they are spiritually discerned 15 But he that is spiritual discerneth all things yet he him self is iudged of no man 16 * For who hathe knowen the minde of the Lord that he might instruct him But we haue the minde of Christ. CHAP. III. 3 Paul rebuketh the sectes and autours thereof 7 No man ought to attribute his saluacion to the ministers but to God 10 That they beware erronius doctrines 11 Christ is the fundacion of his Church 16 The dignitie and office bothe of the ministers and also of all the faithful 1 ANd I colde not speake vnto you brethrē as vnto spiritual men but as vnto carnal euen as vnto babes in Christ. 2 I gaue you milke to drinke and not meat for ye were not yet able to beare it nether yet now are ye able 3 For ye are yet carnal for where as there is among you enuying and strife and diuisions are ye not carnal and walke as men 4 For when one saith I am Pauls and another I am Apollos are ye not carnal 5 Who is Paul then and who is Apollos but the ministers by whome ye beleued and as the Lord gaue to euerie man 6 I haue planted Apollos watred but God gaue the encrease 7 So then 〈◊〉 is he that plāteth anie thing nether he that watreth but God that giueth the encrease 8 And he that planteth he that watreth are one * euerie man shal receiue his wages according to his labour 9 For we together are Gods laborers ye are Gods housbandrie and Gods buylding 10 According to the grace of God giuen to me as a skilful master buylder I haue laid the fundacion and another buyldeth thereon butlet euerie man take hede how he buyldeth vpon it 11 For other fundacion can no man lay then that which is laid which is Iesus Christ. 12 And if anie man buylde on this fundacion golde siluer precious stones tymber haye or stubble 13 Euerie mans worke shal be made manifest for the daye shal declare it because it shal be reueiled by the fyre and the fyre shal trye euerie mans worke of what sort it is 14 If anie mans worke that he hathe buylt vpon abide he shal receiue wages 15 If anie mans worke burne he shal lose but he shal be safe him self neuertheles yet as it were by the fyre 16 * Knowe ye not that ye are the Temple of God and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you 17 If anie man destroy the Tēple of God him shal God destroy for the Temple of God is holie which ye are 18 Let no man deceiue him self If anie man among you seme to be wise in this worlde let him be a foole that he may be wise 19 For the wisdome of this world is foolishnes with God for it is written * He catcheth the wise in their owne craftines 20 * And againe The Lord knoweth that the thoghts of the wise be vaine 21 Therefore let no man reioyce in men for all things are yours 22 Whether it be Paul or Apollos or Cephas or the worlde or life or death whether they be things present or things to come euen all are yours 23 And ye Christs and Christ Gods CHAP. IIII. 1 After that he had described the office of a true Apostle 3 Seing they did not acknowledge him suche one 4 He appealeth to
Lambe stode on mount Sion and with him an hundreth fortie ād foure thousand hauing his Fathers Name writen in the forheads 2 And I hearde a voyce frome heauen as the sounde of manie waters and as the sounde of a great thunder and I heard the voyce of harpers harping with their harpes 3 And they sung as it were a new song before the throne and before the foure beasts and the Elders no mā colde learne that song but the hundreth fortie ād foure thousand whiche were boght from the earth 4 These are they whiche are not defiled with women for they are virgins these followe the Lābe wither so euer he goeth these are boght from men beyng the first frutes vnto God and to the Lambe 5 And in their mouths was founde no guile for they are without spot before the throne of God 6 ¶ Thē I sawe another Angel slee in the middes of Heauē hauing an euerlasting Gospel to preache vnto thē that dwell on the earth and to euerie nation ād kinred and tongue and people 7 * Saying with a loude voyce Feare God ād giue glorie to him for the houre of his iudge ment is come and worship him that made* heauen and earth and the sea and the fountaines of waters 8 And there followed another Angel saying * It is fallen it is fallen Babylon the great citie for she made all nations to drinke of the wine of the wrath of her fornication 9 ¶ And the thirde Angel followed them saying with a loude voyce If any man worship the beast his image ād receiue his marke in his forhead or on his hand 10 The same shall drynke of the wyne of the wrath of God yea of the pure wine which is powred into the cup of his wrath and he shal be tormented in fyre and brimstone before the holie Angels before the Lambe 11 And the smoke of their torment shal ascend euermore they shall haue no rest daye nor night which worship the beast his image whosoeuer receiueth the prīt of his name 12 Here is the pacience of Saintes here are they that kepe the commādements of God and the faith of Iesus 13 Then I heard a voyce frome heauen saying vnto me Write Blessed are the dead whiche hereafter dye in the Lord. Euē so saith the Spirite for they rest from their labours and their workes followe them 14 ¶ And I loked beholde a white cloude and vpon the cloude on sitting like vnto the Sonne of man hauyng on his head a golden crowne and in his hand a sharpe sickle 15 And another Angell came out of the Temple crying with a loude voyce to hym that sate on the cloude Trustin thy sickle and reape for the tyme is come to reape for the haruest of the earth is ripe 16 And he that sate on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth ād the earth was reaped 17 Thē another Angel came out of the temple which is in heauē hauing also a sharpe sickle 18 And another Angell came out from the altar whiche had power ouer fyre and cryed with a loude crye to him that had the sharpe sickle and sayd Thrust in thy sharpe sickle and gather the clusters of the vineyarde of the earth for her grapes are ripe 19 And the Angel thrust in his sharpe sickle on the earth and cut downe the vines of the vineyarde of the earth and cast them into the great wine presse of the wrath of God 20 And the wyne presse was troden without the citie and blood came oute of the wine presse vnto the horse bridles by the space of a thousand and six hundreth furlongs CHAP. XV. 1 Seuen Angels haue the seuen last plagues 3 The song of them that ouercome the beast 7 The seuen viales full of God wrath 1 ANd I saw another signe in heauen great and marueilous seuen Angels hauynge the seuen laste plagues for by them is fulfilled the wrath of God 2 And I sawe as it were a glassie sea mingled with fyre and them that had gotten victorie of the beast ād of his image ād of his marke and of the nomber of his name stande at the glassie sea hauing the harpes of God 3 And they sung the songe of Moses the * seruant of God and the song of the Lambe saying Great and marueilous are thy workes Lord God almightie iuste and true are thy* wayes Kyng of 〈◊〉 4 * Who shal not feare thee ô Lord and glorifie the Name for thou onely art holie and all nations shal come and worshyppe before thee for thy iudgements are made manifest 5 And after that I loked and beholde the temple of the tabernacle of testimonie was opē in heauen 6 And the seuen Angels came out of the tēple which had the seuen plagues clothed in pure and bright linnen ād hauing their breastes girded with golden girdles 7 And one of the foure beastes gaue vnto the seuen Angels seuen golden viales full of the wrath of God which liueth for euermore 8 And the Temple was ful of the smoke of the glorie of God of his power ād no mā was able to enter into the Temple til the seuen plagues of the seuen Angels were fulfilled CHAP. XVI 1 The Aungels 〈◊〉 out their vials full of wrath 6 And what plagues followe thereof 15 Admonition to take hede and watch 1 ANd I heard a great voyce out of the Tem ple saying to the seuen Aungels Go your wayes and powre out the seuen viales of the wrath of God vpon the earth 2 And the firste went and powred out hys vial vpon the earth and there fel a noysome and a grieuous sore vpon the men whiche had the marke of the beast and vpon them whiche worshipped his image 3 And the second Aungel powred out his viall vpon the sea and it became as the blood of a deadman and euerie liuyng thyng dyed in the sea 4 And the thirde Aungell powred out his viall vpon the riuers and fountaines of waters and they became blood 5 And I heard the Aungell of the waters say Lord thou art iust Whiche art and Whiche wast and Holie because thou hast iudged these things 6 For they shed the blood of the Saintes and Prophetes and therefore hast thou giuē thē blood to drinke for they are worthie 7 And I heard another out of the Sanctuarie say Euen so Lord God almightie true and righteous are thy iudgements 8 And the fourth Aungell powred out his viall on the sunnes and it was giuen vnto him to torment men with heat of fyre 9 And men boyled in great heat and blasphemed the Name of God whiche hathe power ouer these plagues and they repēted not to giue him glorie 10 And the fift Angel
23 31. infirmities come vpon vs for our sinnes Ioh. 5. 14 the leuites Inheritance Deut. 10. 9 euerie one shal beare his owne Iniquitie Deut. 24. 16 iniuries ought to be forgotten leu 19. 18 innocent as concerning euil wisevnto that which is good Rom. 16. 19 none is Innocent before god exod 34 7 thre things are Insatiable Prouer. 30. 15. wicked Inuentions Deut. 28. 20 Christ is our Intercessour Rom. 8. 34 Ioab and his doings 2. Sam. 2. 13. 11. 14 19. 1. King 21. 5 ioashpreserued through the helpe of his aunt iehosheba 2. King 11. 2 ioash the father of gideon Iud g. 6. 29 ioash the sonne of ahaziah and Iehoash the sonne of iehoahaz 2. King 11. and 14. Iob an example of pacience Iam. 5. 11. iochebed the wise of amram Exod. 6. 20 iohanan Iere. 40. 41 42 43 iohn baptist exhorteth to repentance Mat. 3. 2. Iohn baptist is buryed Mat. 14. 12 iohn marke the minister of paul and bar nabas Act. 12. 25. ionathan a gouernour of the iewes 1. Mac. 9 11 12. ionath an the sonne of saul his doings 1. Sam. 14 18 19 20 31 ioseph and his doings from the 30. of Gene. vnto the. 50 ioseph of arimathea Mat. 27. 57 ioses called barnabas Act. 4. 36. the good king Iosiah his doings 1. King 13. 2. 2. King 21. 24. 22. 1 ioshua and his doings Exod. 24. 13. 32. 17. Nomb. 11 28 13 14. Deut. 1. 38. and throughout his whole boke Iothan the sonne of Ierubbaal Iudges 9. 5. the iourne is of the children of Israel Nomb. 33 ¶ Iphtah and his doings Iudg. 11. and 12 ¶ Isaiah the prophet 2. King 19. 20. 20 his visions 1 2. 6. Ishai dauids father ruth 4. 22. 1. Sam. 16. 11. ish-bosheth and his doings 2. Sam. 2. 3. 4. ishmael and his life Gen. 16 and 17 21. 25. why iaak ob was called israel Gene. 32. 28 true Israelites who rom 9. 6. carnal Israel described hose 9. 7 israel sinned not of ignorance Rom. 10. 19. ¶ Iubal the inuentour of the harpe Gen. 4. 21 the Iubile leuit 25. 10 the rest of Iudah led away to babel 2. King 25. 11 iudah leahs sonne Gen. 29. 35 of Iudasmaccabeus read the bokes of maccabies iudas that betrayed Christ. Ioh. 18. 2 his repentance Mat. 27. 3. he slewe him self and brast in the middes Act. 1. 18 the general Iudgement Isa. 2. 19 and 26. 11. the signes that shal come before it Math. 24. 29 Iudgement for affliction 1. pet 4. 17 iudgement beginneth at the house of God 1. Pet. 4. 17 Gods Iudgements are a great deapth Psal. 36. 6 the office of a Iudge Exod. 23. 6 Speake not euil of Iudges Exod. 22. 28 What maner of men ought to be Iudges Exod. 18. 21. 23. 2 Iudge not another Mat. 7. 1. 12. 7 the Iudge of all the worlde Gen. 18. 25 a Iudge ought not to haue anie respect of persones Leuit. 19. 15 iudges are called gods Exod. 22. 8 Psal. 82. 6. the Iudges gaue sentence according to moseslaw Deut. 17. 11 iustified by faith Rom. 5. 1. not by workes Gal. 3. 10 We are Iustified or condemned by our wordes Mat. 12. 37 iustified what it signifieth Tit. 3. 4. actes 13. 38 ¶ Izhak the sonne of Abraham and his doings Gen. 21. vnto the. 28 K NAtiuitie of Kain and his doings Ge. 4. 1. 2. 1. Ioh. 3. 12. ¶ Keilah a citie deliuered by dauid 1. Sam. 23. 1 God Kepeth his as the apple of the eye Deut. 32. 10 keturah the wife of abraham Gen. 25. 1 the Keyes of the kingdome of heauen promised Matt. 16. 19. Are giuen by christ to his apostles Ioh. 20. 23 ¶ Man ought to kepe him frō all Kinde of euil 1. Thess. 5. 22 the rigour of a King 1. Sam. 8. 11 what is required in Kings Deu. 17. 15 what is the honour of Kings Prou. 25. 2. the Kingdome of christ eternal Isay. 9. 7 Luk. 1. 33 the Kingdome of heauen suffreth violence Mat. 11. 12 the Kingdome within vs. Luk. 17. 21 kiriath-arba a citie called also hebron Iosh. 14. 15 kiriath sepher a citie called also debir Iosh. 15. 15 paul Kissed of the faithful Act. 20. 37. the holie Kisse of Christians Rom. 16. 16 2. Corin. 13. 12 ¶ God hathe not cast away his people which he Knewe before Rom. 11. 2 Whome God Knewe before thē he ordeined to be like facioned vnto the image of his sonne Rom. 8. 29 to Knowe god and Iesus Christ whome he hathe sent is life eternal Ioh. 17. 3. the Knowledge of saluation Luk. 1. 77 ¶ Kohath and his sonnes Exode 5. 18. Iosh. 21. 5 korah for his rebellion is striken of god Nomb. 16 the red Know Nomb. 19. L LAban the brother of rebekah his doings Gen. 24. 29 the Laborers are few Mat. 9. 37 man appointed to labour Gen. 3. 19. he that doeth not Labour ought not to eat 2. Thess. 3. 10 we ought to liue by our Labours Prou. 5. 15. We ought to Labour with our hands 1. Thess. 4. 11 the Ladder that iaak ob sawe in his drea me Gen. 28. 12 Christ calleth to him thē that are Laden Mat. 11. 28 the pascal Lambe Exod. 12. 3 Iesus the Lambe of God Iohn 1. 29 Lamech and his two wiues Gen. 4. 19. 5. 26 the Lame from his mothers wombe is healed Actes 3. 7 the Last shal be the first Mat. 19. 30. wo to them that Laugh and why Luk. 6. 25 the Law ayoke Act. 15. 10 the end of the Law Christ. Rom. 10. 4 by the Law cometh knowledge of sinne Rom. 3. 20 the Law giuen to the lawles 1. Ti. 1. 9. the Law is giuen vnto the people Exod. 20. Deut. 5 the Law not giuen for the iuste Galat. 5. 18. the Law our schole master to bring vs to christ gal 3. 24 before the Law sinne was not counted sinne rom 5. 13 the Law writen in the heart of the faithful Ebr. 8. 10. Lazarus raised vp Ioh. 11 12. Lazarus sicke Ioh. 11. 4 ¶ Lea conceiueth Gen. 29. 32 the Leaper healed by faith mat 8. 2. the ten Leapers healed Luk. 17. 12. the iudging of Leprosies Deut. 24. 8. Leuit. 13. 14. the Law of Lending Exod. 22. 14. lend to the nedie Deut. 15. 8. Mat. 5. 42. the Letter killeth and the spirit giueth life 2. Cor. 3. 6 purge the olde Leuaine 1. Cor. 5. 7 leuaine for wicked doctrine Mat. 16. 6 Leuites elected to the ministerie Nomb 3. 45. Leuithe sonne of iaakob Gene. 29. 34. he slayeth the sichimites Ge. 34. 25 ¶ Paul vseth not his Libertie 1. Cor. 9. 4. libertie giueth not occasion to the flesh Gal. 5. 13. the Libertie of the spirit 2. Cor. 3. 17. the breuitie of mans Life Psalm 90. Iob. 7. to finde his Life and to lose it Mat. 10. 39 our Life Christ. Ioh. 14. 6. Colos. 3. 4
f Thogh Dauid was now anointed Kinge by the Prophet yet God woide 〈◊〉 him in sōdry sortes before he had the vse of his kingdome “ Or serued him g God wolde that Saul shulde recei ue this benefite as at Dauids hād that his condemnation might be the more euident for his cruel hate towarde him “ Or in Ephes dammin “ Or of the eke a Betwene the two campes “ Or coate of plate b That is 〈◊〉 lib. 4 onces after halfe an once the shekel and 600. snekels weight amounteth to 18. “ Or greaues lib. 3. quarters †Ebr. smiteme “ Or hand 〈◊〉 Chap. 16. 1. “ O. be was 〈◊〉 among them 〈◊〉 bare office c To serue 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 16. ver 19. d Thogh Ishai ment one thing 〈◊〉 Gods prouidē ce 〈◊〉 Dauid to another end e If they haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 for their necessitie 〈◊〉 it out †Ebr. vessels †Ebr. of peace “ Or valleye f As are aboue 〈◊〉 hearsed ver 〈◊〉 9. Iosh. 15. 18. g From taxes payments h This dishonour that he doeth to Israél i For his 〈◊〉 sending was a iu ste occasion and also he felt him self in wardly mo ued by Gods Spirits k Here Satan pro ueth Dauids faith by the insidelitie of Saul l Dauid by the ex perience that he hathehad in time past of Gods helpe nothing douteth to ouercome this danger seing he was zea lous for Gods honour m For by these exampleshe sawe that the power God was with him “ Or assayed n To the intent that by these weake meanes God might only be knowen to be the aut our of this victorie o He sware by his gods that he wolde 〈◊〉 him p Dauid being assured bothe of 〈◊〉 cause and of his calling prophecieth of the destru ction of the Philistims q Being moued with a feruent zeale to bereuen ged vpon this blasphemer of God Name Ecclesi 47 4. 1. mac 4. 30. “ Or Gai thecitie “ Or house at Bethléhem r That is of what familie and tribe is he or els he had forgotten Da uid 〈◊〉 he had receiued so great a benefit by him a His affection was fully bent toward him b That is be prospered in all his domgs c To wit Goliath †Ebr. answered playing Chap 〈◊〉 11. 29. 5. Eccles 47. 7. d Because he bare him enuie and hatted e That is spake as a man beside him selfe for so thepeo ple abused this worde whē thei colde not vnderstand f Meaning he was captaine 〈◊〉 the people g Fight against them the warre 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 h By whome 〈◊〉 had 〈◊〉 sonnes 〈◊〉 Dauid put to death at the re quest of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nites 2 〈◊〉 21 8. i So his hypocrisie 〈◊〉 for vnderpretence of 〈◊〉 he soght his destruction k Meaning that he was not able to endowe his wife with riches l Because he 〈◊〉 him 〈◊〉 able 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Kings request m Meaning Dauid his 〈◊〉 n To be depriued of his kingdome o that is 〈◊〉 had better 〈◊〉 against the Phi listims then 〈◊〉 men a 〈◊〉 Saul soght Dauids 〈◊〉 secretly but now his hypocrisie 〈◊〉 steth forth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b That I may giue thee warning what to do †Ebr. be put his soule in his hand Iudg. 12. 3. 1. samu 27 21. psalm 〈◊〉 109. c VVhat soeuer he pretended 〈◊〉 yet his heart was ful of malice d He plaide on his harpe to 〈◊〉 the rage of the euil Spirit as Chap. 16. 23. e Thus God mouedbothe the son ne and daughter of this tyrand to fauour Dauid 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 f Beholde how the 〈◊〉 to accomplish their 〈◊〉 nether 〈◊〉 de othe not frēdship God nor man g 〈◊〉 was a schole where the worde of God was studyed 〈◊〉 to Ramah h Being their chief 〈◊〉 i Changed their mindes and 〈◊〉 sed God k VVith a minde to persecute them l His kingly appa rel m He hūbled him selfe as other did Chap. 10. 11. a 〈◊〉 Saul was stayed a day and a night by Gods prouidence that Dauid might hauetime to eschape †Ebr. reueile it in mine care b I am in great daughter of death †Ebr. sayeth c At what time there shulde be a solenne sacrifice Nomb. 28. 11. to the which they addest peace offrings and feasts d Read Chap. 1. 〈◊〉 Chap. 18. 3. 23. 18. e That he were fully determined 〈◊〉 father do fauour me g The Lord 〈◊〉 he me moste grieuously h I knowe that if thou werest now preferred to the 〈◊〉 thou woldest not destroy me but shewe thy 〈◊〉 friendly to my posteritie “ Or 〈◊〉 †〈◊〉 of the way because it serued as a signe to shewe the way to them that pas sed by †〈◊〉 peace i The 〈◊〉 is the 〈◊〉 of thy 〈◊〉 k Yet he mighs haue somebusine to let him l Thus he 〈◊〉 contempteously of Dauid m That is a peace offring n Meaning all his 〈◊〉 o Thou are euer contrary vnto me as the mother is †Ebr. sonne of death p For it were 〈◊〉 great tyrannie to put one to death and not to sheue the cause why q For this was the third day as it was a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r By these wordes he had monished Dauid what 〈◊〉 ought 〈◊〉 do †Ebr. 〈◊〉 f It semeth that he had shot 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the stone lest the 〈◊〉 shulde 〈◊〉 espied Dauid 〈◊〉 VVhich othe he callethin the 〈◊〉 verse the 〈◊〉 of the Lord. a VVhere the Arke then was to aske counsel of the Lord. b These infilmities that we se in the saints of God teache vs that 〈◊〉 hathe his iustice in him sel fe but receiued it of Godsmercie Exod. 〈◊〉 30. Leu. 24. 5. c If they 〈◊〉 not companied with their wiues 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d That is their bo dies e Shalbe more ca reful to kepe his vesselholy when he shal haue eatē of thisholy foode f Tarying to worship before the Arke “ Or 〈◊〉 of them that kept Sauls 〈◊〉 Chap. 17. 2. g Behinde 〈◊〉 place Where the hie Priests garmentlay h That isout of Sauls dominion Chap. 17. 9. Chap. 18. 7 29. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 47. 7. †Ebr. put these wordes in his heart i By making 〈◊〉 kes and 〈◊〉 k Is hemete to be in a kings 〈◊〉 se. a VVhich was in the 〈◊〉 Iudah and nere to Beth-léhem “ Or 〈◊〉 b For there was another so called in Iudah c For he feared the rage of Saul against his house d That is in 〈◊〉 which was a strong holde e That a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 went on him f Ye that are of my 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 g Herby he wold persuade the that this conspiracio was moste 〈◊〉 where the sonne conspired against the father and the seruāt against hismaster h Whiche were the 〈◊〉 of the house of Eli whose house God 〈◊〉 to punishe i Haue I not at other times also whē he had great 〈◊〉 cōsulted with the Lorde for 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉
out of Babylon 〈◊〉 beso great that it shulde abolish 〈◊〉 of their deliueran ce from 〈◊〉 but he hathe here chiefly respect to the 〈◊〉 deliuerance vnder 〈◊〉 g 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 who shulde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 suche fort that if 〈◊〉 escaped the 〈◊〉 the other shulde take them h That is their sonnes daughters 〈◊〉 they offred to 〈◊〉 i He wondereth at the great mercie of God in this deliuerāce which shal not onely ex tend to the 〈◊〉 but also the Gentiles k Our fathers were most vile 〈◊〉 therefore it cometh onely of Gods mercie that he performeth his promes and hath not vtterly cast vs of l 〈◊〉 shal once againe fele my power mercie for their 〈◊〉 ce that they 〈◊〉 learne to 〈◊〉 me a The remēbrance of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of God can not passe albeit for a time he deferre the punishment for it shal be manifest to men and Angels b In stead of the Law of God thei haue 〈◊〉 ido 〈◊〉 all abominations in their heart c 〈◊〉 sinnes appeare in all the al tars that you haue 〈◊〉 to ido les d Some read So that their childrē remēber their altars 〈◊〉 is follow 〈◊〉 fathers wic kednes e zion that was my 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as a waste field f Because thou woldest not giue the land 〈◊〉 at such times 〈◊〉 and yeres as I ap pointed thou shalt here after be 〈◊〉 away it 〈◊〉 for lacke of laborers g The Iewes were 〈◊〉 to worlde lie policies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to make them selues 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 of the Egyptians Isa. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 an gers and in the meane season did not depend on God 〈◊〉 he denounceth Gods plagues agaīst thē shewing that they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 man to God which is 〈◊〉 Isa. 2 22. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 6. h Read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wic ked haue euer some excuse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 he sheweth that their owne 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 de ceiue thē 〈◊〉 them to these in 〈◊〉 but God wil examine their dedes by the malice of their hearts 〈◊〉 Sam. 16 7. 〈◊〉 chro 28. 9 psal 7 10. cha 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 20 12 Reuel 2 13. k As the patriche by 〈◊〉 ga thereth 〈◊〉 whiche 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche they so that she is not their dam so the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is forsaken of his ri 〈◊〉 because he cometh by them falsely l She wing that the 〈◊〉 ought to 〈◊〉 in nothing but in God who doeth exalt his and hath left a 〈◊〉 of his fauour in his Tēple m Their names snal not be registred in the boke of life n 〈◊〉 desireth God to preserue him that he fall not into 〈◊〉 considering the great 〈◊〉 of Godsworde and the multitude that fall 〈◊〉 God o The wicked say that my prophecie shal not come to passe because 〈◊〉 the time of thy vengeance p I am assured of my 〈◊〉 and therefore knowe that the thing which thou spea kest by me shal come to passe that I speake not of any worldelie 〈◊〉 q How soeuer the wicked deale 〈◊〉 withme yet let me finde comfort in thee r Read Chap. 11 20. s where as thy doctrine may be best vnderstand both of 〈◊〉 low t By naming the 〈◊〉 day he cōprehendeth the thing that is thereby signified for if they trāsgressed in the ceremonie they 〈◊〉 nedes be culpable of the rest read Exo. 20 8. and by the 〈◊〉 king of this one commandement he maketh them transgressors of the whole Lawe for as muche as the first and seconde table are contei nedherein * Chap 〈◊〉 4. a As the 〈◊〉 hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the clay to make what pot he wil or to breake thē when he hathe made them so ha ue I power 〈◊〉 you to do with you as semeth good to me Isa. 45 9. Wisd. 15 7. rom 9 20. b When the Scrip ture attribureth repentance vnto God it isnot that he doeth contrary to that which he hath ordeined in his secret 〈◊〉 sel but when he threatneth it is a calling to repentance and when he giueth māgra ce to repent the threatening whi che euer 〈◊〉 a condition in it taketh no place and this the Scripture calleth 〈◊〉 in God because it so 〈◊〉 to mans iudgement c As mē that had no remorce but were altogether bent to 〈◊〉 and to their own self wil. d As no mā that hathe thirst refuseth fresh cōduit waters which he hathe at home to go seke 〈◊〉 abroad to 〈◊〉 his thirst so theyought not to seke for helpe succour at 〈◊〉 leaue God which was present with them e That is the way of trueth which God had taught by his Law read chap. 6 16. f I wil shewe mine angre and not my fauour toward them g This argument the wicked haue euer vsed against the seruants of God The Church can not erre we are the Church therefore 〈◊〉 euer speaketh against vs they ought to dye 〈◊〉 King 22 24. cha 7 4 20 〈◊〉 mala 2 4 thus the false Church 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 Church whiche standeth not in outward pompe and in multitude but is knowē by the graces of the holie 〈◊〉 h Let vs sclander him and accuse him for we shal be beleued i Seing the 〈◊〉 nace 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 which grewe daiely more and more the Prophet beingmoued with Gods Spirit without my 〈◊〉 affection 〈◊〉 for their destruction becau se he knew that it 〈◊〉 tend to Gods glorie and 〈◊〉 of his Church “ Or gate of the sonne a By Kings here and in other places are ment counsellours and gouernour of 〈◊〉 people which he called the 〈◊〉 vers 〈◊〉 b Read of this 〈◊〉 1. Sam. 3. 11. c Whereby is de 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 what so euer is not 〈◊〉 by Gods word touching his seruice is 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 d Read Chap. 7. 〈◊〉 2 King 23. 10 Isa. 30. 33. Chap. 18. 16. 49. 30. 50. 13. 〈◊〉 28. 〈◊〉 Lament 4 10. e This 〈◊〉 le signe was to confirme them 〈◊〉 the assuran ce of this plague which 〈◊〉 Lord 〈◊〉 by his Prophet f He 〈◊〉 the greatrage of the 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 no place 〈◊〉 from their abomi nations inso muche as they 〈◊〉 their owne houses therewith aswe se yet amōg 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g Read Deut. 22. 8. a Thuswe 〈◊〉 the thing 〈◊〉 nether the King nor the princes nor the people durst 〈◊〉 against the Prophet of God this priest as a chief instrument of Satan first 〈◊〉 read Chap. 18. 18. “ Or feare round 〈◊〉 b Which haue suf fred them selues to be 〈◊〉 by thy false prophecies c Herein appeareth the impacien cie which of tentimes ouercometh 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 se not 〈◊〉 labours to profite and also 〈◊〉 their owne weaknes read chap. 15 18. d Thou didest thrust me forth to this worke against my wil. e He sheweth that he did his office in that he reproued the people of their vices and threatened them with Gods iudgements but because he
l By the title of aliance and here by brother he meaneththe next kinsmā that law fully might marie her Luk. 20. 17. Act. 23. 6. Deu. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Or sonnes m VVhere Gods worde is not preached and vnderstand there must nedes reigne blindenes ād errous n Forasmuche as theishalbe exem 〈◊〉 from the in 〈◊〉 of this present life Exod. 3. 6. Mar. 12. 28. Deut. 6 5. Luk. 10. 27. Leui. 19. 18. Mar. 12. 31. Rom. 13 9. Gal. 5. 14. Iam. 2. 8. Mar. 12. 35. Luk 20 41. o Ofwhat 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 p By the spirit of prophecie speaking of the king dome of Christ. q By the right hand is signified the autoritie and power which God giueth his Sonne Christ in making him his lieurenant and gouernour ouer his Church Psal 110. 1. r Not that his kingdome shal then end but the office of his humanitie shal cease and he with the Father and holie Gost shal reigne for euer as one God all in all s Christ is Dauids sonne touching his manhode ād his Lord concerning his GOD head Nehe. 8. 4. a And teache that which Moses saith b According to Moses whome they read but not that which they teache of them selues Luk. 11. 46. Actes 15 10. c They weres 〈◊〉 les of 〈◊〉 where in the cōmandemēts 〈◊〉 written to this day the Iewes vse the same and close them in a piece of lether and so binde thē to their browe and left arme to the intent they might haue continual remēbran ce of the Law d Christ for bideth nor to giue iuste honour to Magistrates ād Masters but condemneth ambicion and 〈◊〉 perioritie ouer our brothers faith which office apperteineth to Christ alone Nom. 15 38. Deut 22. 12. Mar. 12 38. e The Pharises were called Masters or Fathers and the Scribes Docters Luk. 11. 43. 20. 46. Or master Iam. 3. 1. f The highest dignitie in the 〈◊〉 is notlord shippe or dominion but ministe rie and seruice Or teacher Mal. 1. 6. Luk. 14. 〈◊〉 and 18 14. g Ye kepe backe the pure religion knowledge of God when men are readie to em brace it h Which haue now their 〈◊〉 within the dores i They soght all meanes thatthei colde inuent to make of a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k And maketh it to be taken as an 〈◊〉 thing because of the vse and hereby Christ sheweth that mans doctrine doeth not onely obscure the worde of God but is 〈◊〉 to it Marke 12. 40. luke 20. 47. “ Or is a detter * 1. King 8. 〈◊〉 * 〈◊〉 Chro. 6. 1. Chap. 〈◊〉 34. Luk 〈◊〉 42. l Ye staye at that which 〈◊〉 and let passe that 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 importance m Ye seke how to get estimaciō with men and passe not whether ye haue a good conscience or no. “ Or intemperancre Or painted n 〈◊〉 a remembrance of thē in the meane sea son they passed not for their doctrine o It is not now onely that our nacion hathe be gōne to be cruel against the seruants of God therefore it is no 〈◊〉 thogh the children of suche mu therers 〈◊〉 roughly the Prophetes p To conuince you of greater in gratitude q Christ meaneth that all their race shal be punished so that the iniqui tie of the fathers shal be 〈◊〉 in to the bosome of the children which resemble their fathers Gen. 4 8. Ebr. 11 44. r Read 2. Chro. 24 22. Luke 13 14. 2. Esdr. 1 30. s He wil returne no more to them as a teacher but as a iudge when as they shal be cōp lled to confesse althogh to late that he is the verie Sōne of God Chap. 〈◊〉 Marke 13 1. luke 21 5. a whose excellen cie appeareth in that that Herode for the space of 8. ye es kept 10000 men in worke the stones were 15 cubites long in height 12 in breadth 8 as losephus writeth Luke 19 44. b 〈◊〉 thoght the worlde 〈◊〉 be at an end when Ierusalem were destroyed Ephe. 5 6. c He answereth them not according to their mindes but admonisheth them of that which is necessarie for them to knowe Colos. 2 28. d Great ād cruel warres haue en sued since amongs the heathen for the contempt of the Go spel and increase more and more Chap. 10. 17. Luke 21 12. Iohn 15 20. and 16. 2. e As if you were the cause of these troubles f Manie wil kep backe their charitie because they are 〈◊〉 and euill vpon whō they shuld besto wit 2. Thes. 3. 13. 2. Tim. 2. 3. Marke 13. 14. Luke 22. 20. Dan. 9 27. g When the 〈◊〉 shal be pollu ted it shal be a signe of extreme desolation the sacrifices shall end and neuer be restored h The horrible destructiō of the Temple and the corruption of Gods pure religion Act. 1. 12. “ Or man i God preuideth for hys children in the middes of troubles Marke 〈◊〉 21. Luke 17. 23. k Whiter the false Christs and deceiuers leade the people hyding them selues in holes as if they were ashamed of their pro fession “ Or clossetes l 〈◊〉 despite of 〈◊〉 the faithful shal he gathered and ioyned with Christ as the 〈◊〉 assemble to adead 〈◊〉 m VVhen God 〈◊〉 made an end of the troubles of his Church n He 〈◊〉 an horrible trem bling of the worlde and as it were an alteration of the ordre of nature Luk. 17. 37. Mar. 13. 24. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 25. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 10. 〈◊〉 32 7. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 3. 15. Reuel 1. 7. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 12. 〈◊〉 4. 16. o For within fiftie yeres after Ierusalem was destroied the godlie were persecuted falle teachers seduced the people religion was polluted so that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to beat an 〈◊〉 Mar. 13 32. Gene. 7. 5. 〈◊〉 17. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 3. 20. p Because of their incredulitie q This teacheth euerie man to walke warely not respecting his companion althogh he be neuer so dere vnto him Luk 17. 〈◊〉 1. thes 4. 17. Mar. 13. 35. Luk. 12. 19. 2. thes 3. 2. 〈◊〉 16. 18. Luk. 12 42. “ Or separat him Chap 〈◊〉 42 and 25. 30. a This similitud̄e teacheth vs that it is not sufficiēt to haue once giuē our selues to followe Christ but that we muste continue b To do him ho nor as the maner was c Manie seke that which they haue contemned but it is to late “ Or quenched d This was spokē in reproche because they made not prouision in time e I wil not open to you because you haue failed in the midde way f This similitude teacheth how we oght to continue in the knowledge of God do good with those graces that God hathe giuen vs Chap 24. 43. mar 13. 33. Luk. 19. 12. g Euerie talent 〈◊〉 made threscore poūde read “ Or made Chap. 18. 24. h The master receiueth him into his house to giue him parte of his goods and 〈◊〉 “ Or lingerer Chap. 13. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 8. 18. and 〈◊〉 26. mar 4. 〈◊〉 i The 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 takē away
lodging h Doute 〈◊〉 to receiue nourishe ment of them of Whome you 〈◊〉 Chap. 9. 5. mat 10. 14. i God did present him self vnto you by his messēgers and Wolde haue reigned ouer you act 13. 51 18. 6. Mat. 11. 21. k VVhiche Were the signes of repentance l The mo benefites that God besto Wethvpō anie people the more 〈◊〉 their ingra titude deserue to be punished Mat. 0. 40. ioh 13 20. m The power of 〈◊〉 is beaten downe by the preaching of the Gospel “ Or in his minde n He attributeth it to the free electiō of God that the Wise World lings knowe not the Gospel the poore hase people vnderstand it o Christ is our onlie meane to receiue Gods mer cies by p Therefore We must esteme him as the fathers 〈◊〉 hathe taught vs not according tomās iudgement q In Whome We se God as in his 〈◊〉 image 〈◊〉 13. 16. Mat. 12. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 12 28. Deut. 6. 1. Leui. 19 18. “ Or to approue him self as iust r For they counted no mā their neighbour but their friend s For so it semed to mans iudgement althogh this Was so appointed by Gods counsell and 〈◊〉 uidence t He priuely noteth the greate 〈◊〉 Whiche was among this people chiefly the gouernours u This nacion Was odious to the Iewes x VVhich Was a 〈◊〉 pence of slerling money y Helpe hym that hath nede of thee althogh thou know him not z For she forgate the principal Whiche Was to heare Gods Worde a It Was not mere that she shuldhaue bene drawen from so 〈◊〉 a thing Whereunto she cold not alwaies haue opportunitie Mat. 6. 〈◊〉 a Or euerie day or asmuche as is sufficient for this day “ Or 〈◊〉 b By this similitude he 〈◊〉 vs that We oght not to be discouraged if We obteine not incontinentlye that Whiche We demande “ Or in passing by the Way “ Or 〈◊〉 Mat. 7. 7. and 21. 22. Marke 11. 24. Iohn 14. 13. and 16. 12. Iames 1. 10. Mat 9. 32. and 12. 21. Marke 3. 20. c The chiefest thing that We 〈◊〉 desire of God is his holie spirit Mat. 12. 25. Marke 3. 44. d That is to say your coniurers e The finger of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for that 〈◊〉 and power of God And the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 ād the Sonne is the holie 〈◊〉 for so 〈◊〉 doeth interpret thys place f The worde signifieth an entrie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be fore an house “ Or 〈◊〉 g They 〈◊〉 do not wholy applye 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 the kingdome of Sa tan can not be coūted to be on Christe side but are his 〈◊〉 how much more is be 〈◊〉 hym that 〈◊〉 open 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with him as Satan doeth h To the 〈◊〉 that he myght work according to his malicious nature i More 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 then it was afore k If by 〈◊〉 we turne backe from God Satan hathe greater power ouer vs then he had before l He 〈◊〉 an infinite nomber Ion. 2. 1. Mat. 12. 43. Ebr. 6. 4. 1. Peter 2. 20. m Christe 〈◊〉 her a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for that she 〈◊〉 ted the chief 〈◊〉 se which 〈◊〉 due vnto hym that was that they are blessed in deed to whome he communicateth him self by this worde Mat. 12. 48. 〈◊〉 Kyng 10 1. 2 〈◊〉 9. 1. Ion. 3. 5. Chap. 〈◊〉 16. Mat. 5. 15. Marke 4. 21. “ Or candle n 〈◊〉 it s huld guide and lead the bodie Mat. 6. 22. o VVithout spot 〈◊〉 vice Mat. 23. 〈◊〉 p Christ here 〈◊〉 two things first 〈◊〉 we come 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 meat and drinke and next that we 〈◊〉 part to the poorer for 〈◊〉 is the 〈◊〉 of the Law “ Or of that that you naue q He wolde not 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 least commande ment 〈◊〉 all things were 〈◊〉 hed but taught them to stick to the 〈◊〉 and not 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 ceremonies whi che 〈◊〉 quickly be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that which is 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 Chap. 20. 46. r VVhose 〈◊〉 and infection ap peare not suddenly Mat. 23. 6. 〈◊〉 12. 38. s 〈◊〉 you 〈◊〉 in remembrance the 〈◊〉 dedes of your fathers Act. 15. 10. t You shewe your selues as great 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fathers makynge men beleue ye honour GOD when you 〈◊〉 nour him u They were more curious to buylde their 〈◊〉 ues 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 followe their 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 expel them x Because they were culp able of the same 〈◊〉 that their ancestors were y They hid and toke awaye the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ād true 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 ptures Gen. 4. 8. 2 Chron. 24. 22. Mat. 16 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 8. 14. 〈◊〉 10. 26. Marke 4 22. a Openly that al men may heare Mat. 10 28. Chap. 9. 26. Mat 10. 32. Marke 8. 38. 2. 〈◊〉 2. 〈◊〉 Mat. 10. 29. b He that shal re siste against the worde of God purposely and against his 〈◊〉 Marke 13 32. c Be not so doutfull that you shulde be discou raged or distruct “ Or moment 1. Cor. 6 1. d Christe chiefly came to be 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 ding he 〈◊〉 the Christians to be iudges and de cide controuersies betwixte their 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 condemneth the atrogā cie 〈◊〉 the riche worldlings who as thogh they had God locked vp in their 〈◊〉 and barnes set their whole 〈◊〉 in their goods not consi dering that God gaue them lyfe and also can take it awaye when 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or countrey Eecle 11. 19. f To depend one ly on his prouidence knowing that he hathe ynough for all Mat. 6. 15. 2. Peter 5. 7. Psal. 55. 26. g He exhorteth vs to caste our care on God 〈◊〉 to submit our sel ues to his 〈◊〉 h The liberalitie of God whiche 〈◊〉 in the herbes and floures surmounteth all that man can do by his riches or 〈◊〉 “ Or make discourses in the ayre i VVhich are but accessaries and 〈◊〉 commune as wel to the wieked men as to the godlie k VVhiche is the 〈◊〉 thynge that can be giuē therefore you can not want those thynges whiche are of lesse importance 1. Peter 1 13. Mat. 6. 20. l Be in a readines to execute the charge which is committed vn to you m Because they did vse long garmēts the 〈◊〉 was to girde or 〈◊〉 them vp when they went about anye busines Mat. 24. 43. Reuela 16. 〈◊〉 n The porcion of 〈◊〉 euerie moneth was foure 〈◊〉 of corne as Donatus writeth in Phormio o Therfore igno rance is inexcusable p To whom God hathe giuen manie graces q The Gospel is as a burning fire most vehement which maketh a change of things through all the worlde r If there be great troubles alterations vpō the earth which things come not by the proprietie of the Gospel but through the wyckednes of man s He compareth hys death to baprisme Mat. 10. 34. Mat. 15. 2. Mat. 5. 25. t Thoght it be to thy 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 derance a He murthered them as they were 〈◊〉 so their blood was myngled with the bioode of
it might be more manifestly knowen set before all 〈◊〉 eyes a He dyeth to sin ne in whome the strength of sinne is broken by the 〈◊〉 of Christ and so now 〈◊〉 to God Gal. 3. 27. Col. 2. 12. b Which is that growing together with him we 〈◊〉 rec̄eiue vertue to kill sinne and raise vp our new mā 〈◊〉 4. 23. Col. 3. 8. Ebr 12. 2. 2. 〈◊〉 2. 1. c The Greke worde meaneth that we growe vp together with Christ as wese mosse yuie misteltowe or such like growe vp by a treandare nou 〈◊〉 with the ioyse thereof d If we by hisver tue dye to sinne 1. Cor. 6. 14. 2. Tim. 2. 11. e The fleshwhere in sinne sticketh fast f Because that being dead we can not sinne g That he might destroy sinne in 〈◊〉 h And sitteth at the right hand of the Father i We may gather that we are dead to sinne when sinne beginneth to dye in vs which is by the participation of Christs death by whome also being quickened we liue to God that is to righteousnes Or instruments or armoure k In that ye are led with the Spirit of God l The minde first ministreth euil motions whereby mans wil is entised thence burst forthe the lustes by them the bodie is prouoked and the bodie by his actions doeth solicitie the mindet therefore he commandeth at the least that we rule our bodies m Which is the declaration of sin ne n Indewed with the 〈◊〉 of Christ. o Shewing that none can be 〈◊〉 which doeth not obey God p To conforme your selues vnto it q It is a most vile thyng for him that is deliuered from the selauerie of sinne to 〈◊〉 againe to the same r Leauing to speake of heauenlie things according to your capacicitie 〈◊〉 vse these 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 and fredome that ye might the better vnderstād Iohn 8. 4. 2. Pet. 2. 19. s Or there warde recōpense t Sinne is cōpared to a tyrāt which reigneth by force who giueth death as an allowance to thē that were preferred by the Lawe a Meaning the moral Lawe 1 Cor. 7. 39. b Bothe in this first mariage and in the seconde the housband ād the wife must be considered with in our selues the first housbād was Sinne and our flesh was the wife their children 〈◊〉 the frutesof the flesh Gala. 5. 19. In the seconde mariage the Spirit is the housbād the new creature is the wife and their children are the frutes of the Spirit c Which is the Spirit or the seconde housband d VVhen we were destitute of the Spirit of God “ Or affections e Meaning to sinne our first housband f There is nothing more enemie to sinne then the Law if so be therefore that sinne rage more by reason thereof them before why shulde it be imputed to the Lawe which discloseth the sleightes of sinne her enemie h He thoght him sel to be aliue when he knewe not the Lawe Exod. 20 7. Dent. 5. 21. g VVhich is an in warde vice not openly knowen i Sinne being disclosed by the Lawe so muche more detestable because it turneth the goodnes of the Lawe to our destructiō 1. Tim. 1. 8. k So that it can iudge the affections of the heart l He is not able to do that which he desiret to do and therefore is farre from the true perfection m He doeth not excuse him self but sheweth that he is not able to accomplish that good desire whiche is in him n The flesh stayeth euen the moste perfect to runne forwarde as the spirit wisheth Or in my nature o That is in my spirit “ Or commaunde ment p Euen the corruption which yet remaineth q This fleshlie 〈◊〉 of sinne death r In that parte which is regene rate s Which is the parte corrupted a Thogh sinne be in vs yet it is not imputed vnto vs through Christ Iesus b He annexeth the cōdition lest we shulde abuse the libertie c The power autoritie of the Spirit that is the grace of regeneration d Whose sanctification is made ours “ Or of no strength e Christ did take flesh which of nature was subiect to sinne which not withstanding he sanctified euen in the 〈◊〉 instant of his conce ption and so did appropriate it vnto him that he might 〈◊〉 sinne in it 2. 7 Cor. 5. 21. “ Or by 〈◊〉 f That which the Law requireth g The worde comprehendeth all that which is moste excellent in man as wil vnderstanding reason wit c. “ Or his sobe “ Or 〈◊〉 h The Spirit of regeneracion which abolisheth sinne in our flesh not all at once but by de grees wherfore we muste in the meane time call to God through pacience i But to liue after the Spirit k So he nameth the holie Gost of the effect which he causeth in vs When he proposeth vs saluacion by the Law with an impossible condicion who also doeth seale our 〈◊〉 in our hearts by Christs fre adoption that we cōsider not God now as a rigorous Lord 〈◊〉 as a moste merciful Father l So that we haue two witnesses Spirit and ours who is certified by the Spirit of God m Frely made 〈◊〉 of the Fathers treasures Gala. 4. 5. “ Or of like value n The creatures shal not be restored before that Gods children be broght to their perfection in the meane season thei waite o That is to destruction because of mans sinne p He meaneth not the Angels nether deuils nor men q And yet are farre from the perfection r Which 〈◊〉 in the resurrectiō when we shal be made conformable to our head Christ. s By hope is mēt y thing which we hope for Luk. 2 28 t In that he stirreth their hears to pray and sheweth bothe whome to aske and how u He sheweth 〈◊〉 by the ordre of our election that afflictions are meanes to make vs like the Sonne of God Isa. 50 8. x Who pronoun ceth his iust in his Sonne Christ. y Where with he loued vs or God in Christ which 〈◊〉 is grounded vpon his determinate purpose and Christ is the pledge thereof Psal. 44. 23. z Which is to signifie the condicion of Christes Church a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 forthe by these wordes the wōderful nature of the spirits aswel the good Eph. 1. 21. col 11. as the euil spirits Ephes. 6. 12. col 2. 15. b That is wherewith God loueth vs in his Sonne Christ Iesus a As becometla him that 〈◊〉 en ceth Christ or whose tongue Christ ruleth and so taketh Christ for his witnes Act 9. 2. b He wolde redeme the reiection of the lewes with his 〈◊〉 damnaciō which 〈◊〉 his zeale towards Gods glorie read Exod. 32. 32. 1. Cor. 15. 8. c The Arke of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was a signe of Gods presence was called Gods glorie d The two 〈◊〉 of the couenant Deut. 11. 9. Chap. 2. 17. e Christ is verie God Chap. 2. 28. †Greke 〈◊〉 away f That is of Iacob
Chap. 3. 17 c To wit Satan Ioh. 12. 〈◊〉 14. 30. Ephes. 6. 〈◊〉 d In whome god doeth shew him self to be 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is called so in respect of his office e As they which 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 seke to besene and knowen 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 gene 1. 3. f Which are your seruants g That we hauing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shuld communicate the same with 〈◊〉 and therefore Christ calieth thē the light of the world Mat. 5. 14. h Albeit the ministers of the gospel be contem ptible as touchīg their persone yet the treasure which they carie is nothing worse or inferior i All the faithful and 〈◊〉 the ministers must drinke of this cup because the worlde heateth Christ and also that the 〈◊〉 shulde bē comformable to Christ their head yet by the mightie power of Christ who ouer came death they are made conque 〈◊〉 k By our death you haue life so that the frute of our afflictions co meth to you l The same faith by the inspiratiō of the holie Gost m In 〈◊〉 vs from these dan gers which is as it were a restoring from death to life Psal. 116. 10. n That in being deliuered and restored to you againe may not onely myself 〈◊〉 God thankes for this infinite 〈◊〉 of deliuerance but also you all which 〈◊〉 bothe partakers of mine affliction and comforte may abundantly set forthe his glorie Or be 〈◊〉 o Groweth stronger p Which is so called in respect of the euerlasting life a After this bodie shal be dissol ued it shal be made incorrupti ble immortal “ Or if so be we shal be founde clothed and not naked Reuel 16. 15. “ Or wherein b Not onely quiet in minde but also ready to susteine all dangers being assured of the good successe thereof “ Or strangers in the bodie c For here onely we beleue in God and se him not d In this bodie e Out of this bo die to heauen Rom. 14. 10. f That is ether glorie or shame g His feareful iudgement h He reproueth the dignitie of his ministerie by the frute and effect therof which is to bring 〈◊〉 to Christ. i By imbracing the same faith which we preache to others k As they which more estemed the outward shewe of wisdome and 〈◊〉 then true godlines l As the aduersa ries said 〈◊〉 colde not abide to heare them praised m Our folie serueth to Gods glorie n Therfore who so euer giueth pla ce to ambition or vaine glorie is yet dead and liueth not in Christ. o As the onely faithful do in Christ. p According to the estimation of the worlde but as he is guided by the Spirit of God q We do not este me nor commen de Christ him self now as he was an excellent man but as he was the Sonne of God partaker of his glorie and in whome God dwelled corpotally and do you thinke that I wil 〈◊〉 my self or anie man in setting for the his giftes Yea when I praise my ministerie I commende the power of God when I commende our worthie factes I praise the mightie power of God set forthe by vs wormes and wretches Isa. 41 〈◊〉 r Let him be 〈◊〉 and renounce him self els all the rest is nothing Reucl. 21. 5. s Therefore without Christ we can not enioye the life euerlasting nor come to God t That is a sacrifice for sinne u By 〈◊〉 when we shal be 〈◊〉 with Christs iustice Isa. 43. 8. a To wit Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whetein he hathe powred for the his infinite loue b By the infideles if they sawe no frute come thereof 1. Cor. 4. 〈◊〉 c He declareth with what weapons he resisted his afflictions d Who is the efficient cause e Whiche is the final cause f By the Gospel and the power of God and hys owne integritie he ouer 〈◊〉 Satan the worlde as with weapōs on 〈◊〉 side most 〈◊〉 g Signifying his 〈◊〉 vehement affection h Their iudge 〈◊〉 was so corrupted that they were not likewise affectioned towardes hym as he was to 〈◊〉 them i She we like affection towardes me k He semeth to allude to that which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 22. 10. “ Or the deuill Eccle. 13. 31. Where the Lorde 〈◊〉 that an oxe and an asse be not yoked together because the match is vnequal so if the faithfull marie with the infideles or elshaue to do with them in anie thing vnlawful it is here reproued l So called because he hath not onely life in 〈◊〉 selfe but 〈◊〉 it also to all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1. Cor. 3. 13. and 6. 19. Leui. 26. 11. Isa. 52. 〈◊〉 Ierem. 31. 1. a Consider this wel ye that serue idoles with your bodies and yet thinke your consciences pure towarde God God wil one day 〈◊〉 you for your 〈◊〉 b Of bodie and soule c That we may teache you d By griedie 〈◊〉 e He had nether rest in bodie nor 〈◊〉 and it semeth that he al ludeth to that 〈◊〉 is written 〈◊〉 32. 25. for the crosse to mans eye is commune bothe to the godlie and to the wicked althogh to 〈◊〉 ends f This ioye 〈◊〉 all my sorowes 1. 〈◊〉 2. 19. g Whose hearts Gods Spirit doeth touche he is 〈◊〉 for his sinnes committed against so merciful a Father and these 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of his repentance as witnes Dauids and Peters 〈◊〉 others which are sorie for their sin nes onely for feare of punishment and Gods vengeance fall in 〈◊〉 desperacion as Cain Saul Achitophel and 〈◊〉 h In asking God forgiuenes i 〈◊〉 in iudging and 〈◊〉 your selues you preuented Gods angre “ Heart k The Greke worde 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is ment moste great loue and tender 〈◊〉 l Bothe in thinking and reporting wel of you a This benefite of God appeared in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 first that the Ma cedonians being in so great afflictions were so prompt to helpe others and next that being in great pouertie were verie liberal towards others b So that a moste abundant riuer of riches flowed out of their 〈◊〉 c So he 〈◊〉 their liberalitie ether because thei were the bestowers of Gods graces or because thei receiued thē of God frely and 〈◊〉 they desired Paul to se to the distribution thereof d Euerie man may do good that hathe abilitie thereunto but towil and haue aminde to do good cometh of 〈◊〉 charitie e That as you helpe others in their nede so 〈◊〉 shal releue your want f That bothe you and others as occasion shal serue may relieue the godlie according to their necessities Exod. 16. 18. g And willing ly offred him self to gather your almes h In 〈◊〉 the Gospel Some vnderstād Luke others 〈◊〉 i His wel doing is approued before God and man Rom. 12. 17. k That is by whome Christs glorie is greatly aduanced Prouerb 〈◊〉 Rom. 12 8. 〈◊〉 35. 11. a Lest thei 〈◊〉 giue but 〈◊〉 distrusting 〈◊〉 impo uerish thē 〈◊〉 thereby he sheweth that God wil so blese
faith Gene. 1. 3. d Because God re ceiued hym to mercie therefore he imputed him righteous e That is liueth Gen. 4. 4. Mat. 23. 25. f For Enochs and Elias taking vp was such a thing as is spoken of 1. Cor. 15. 51. and. 1. Thes. 4. 15. Gene 〈◊〉 24. Eccles. 44. 15. and 49. 16. g First God must finde vs before wecā seke him then we muste seke him with a pure hearte in Christ who is reueiled in hys worde and ther by we learne to beleue Gods fre mercie towards vs in his Sonne through whome we obteine the rewarde of hys promes and not of our desertes Gen. 12. 4. Gene. 6. 13. Eccles. 44. 〈◊〉 h For all things in the World are subiect to corruption Gen. 17. 19 21. 2. 〈◊〉 44. 22. i Euen as dead k VVhiche was the enioying of the lād of Canaā l VVith the eyes of faith m And therfore put not their cōfidence in things of this Worlde n That is of 〈◊〉 Gen 21. 10. o For it myghe seme to the 〈◊〉 that the promes was cōtrarie to this commandement to sactifice his sonne Eccles. 44. 〈◊〉 Gene. 22. 12. Rom. 9. 7. Gen. 27. 28. Gen. 49. 15. Gen. 47. 31. “ Or Worshiped toward the end of his staffe Gen. 50. 29. Exod. 2. 2. Act 7. 21. Exod. 1. 16. Exod. 2. 11. p The 〈◊〉 of the Worlde whiche draw vs frome God and Whiche we can notvse without 〈◊〉 of Gods angre Exod. 12. 22. Exod. 14. 〈◊〉 Iosh. 6. 20. Iosh. 6. 23. Iosh. 2. 〈◊〉 Iudg. 6. 11. Iudg. 4. 6. Iudg. 13. 24. Iudg. 11. 1. 12. 7. 1. Sam. 1. 20. and 〈◊〉 14. q 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r As Elias raised vp the widdowe of Sareptas sonne and Eliseus the 〈◊〉 sonne s They had not suche cleare light of Christ as we for they loked for that whiche we haue therefore it were shame for vs if at least we haue 〈◊〉 as great constancie as they “ For we are all one bodie together Rom. 6. 4. “ Or multitude Ephe. 4. 23. a As riches cares and suche like ād so to become Christs disciples by denying our selues ād taking our crosse to followe him Colos. 3. 8. “ Or so easely compasseth vs aboute 〈◊〉 Pet. 2. 1. b As beyng our 〈◊〉 c VVhiche by rea son of our concu 〈◊〉 assaileth vs on all sides Prou 〈◊〉 21. Reuel 3. 17. d He concludeth that they which refuse the 〈◊〉 denie to be of the nomber of 〈◊〉 children but are bastardes e VVhiche haue naturally begotten vs. f As he doeth creat our spirits withoute anye worldely meane so he doeth instructe and 〈◊〉 teine thēby the wonderful 〈◊〉 of his Spirit g Their 〈◊〉 partely declared their sloenes and partly their incō stancie in 〈◊〉 therefore thei were in danger to be punished Rom 12. 18 h As her esies or apostasie Gen. 〈◊〉 33. Gen. 27. 38. i He was full of despire and disdaine but was not touched with true 〈◊〉 to be displeased for his sinnes ād so seke amendemēt Exod. 19. 13. and 20. 21. k VVhich might be touched and sene for as it was materiall but God had commā ded that none shuld touche it Exod. 19. 13. l VVhence the worde of God must come m Which shal be 〈◊〉 through all the worlde n By the Gospel We are ioyned with the Angels and Patriarkes Gene. 4. 10. o VVhiche spake but rudely in cō parison of Christ who preached not the Law but the Gospel Hag. 2. 7. Deut. 4. 24. p To destroy 〈◊〉 that resist him Rom. 12. 10. 1. 〈◊〉 4. 9. Gen. 18. 3. 19. 3. a As incontinen cie is a disease cō mune to men of al sortes and degrees so mariage the remedie is offred by the fre mercie of God to all maner of men without respect b The Lord. Iosh. 1. 〈◊〉 Psal. 118. 6. c He was is and shal be the 〈◊〉 of the Churche 〈◊〉 euer d Whatsoeuer doctrine is not according to the simple trueth of Gods worde is strange e By reprouyng thē which supersticiously 〈◊〉 difference betwixt meats he condēneth all the serui ce whiche stode in ceremonies cōparing it with the spiritual worshipping 〈◊〉 Leui. 6. 36. 16. 27 f Thei that sticke to the ceremonies of the Law cā not eate that is can not be partakers of our altar whiche 〈◊〉 thankes giuynge and 〈◊〉 which two 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 are now onely left to the Christians g So that the Priests had no piece thereof h Thankesgiuing and doing good are 〈◊〉 onelie sa crifices whiche please God Hos. 14. 3. i Read Act 20 28. and ioh 10. 〈◊〉 * That is writ to no one man citie or countrey but to all the Iewes generally being now 〈◊〉 “ Or afflictions 〈◊〉 5. 3. a A 〈◊〉 trye our faith and ingendre patience b Our pacience ought to cōtinue to the end 〈◊〉 by working it bath polished vs 〈◊〉 made vs perfect in Christ. c To endure paciently whatsoeuer God layeth vpon him Mat 7. 7. Mar. 11. 24. Luk 11. 9. d Douting in doct ine or of Gods wil. “ Or double Iohn 14 13. 16. 23. e That he is called to the companie of Christ and his Angels f Or contēptible to the worlde Iob. 5. 17. Eccles. 14 18. Isa. 40. 6. 1. Pet. 1. 24. “ Or in all his 〈◊〉 dedes “ Or moued to euil g He meaneth now of the inwarde tētations as of our disorde red appetites whiche cause vs tosinne h Seing al good things come of God we ought not to make 〈◊〉 the autor of euil i He alluderb vnto the sunne whi che in his 〈◊〉 turning some time is cleare and bright some time darke and cloudie but Gods liberalitie is euer like it self bright and continually shinyng k That is prōpt to learne l For we can not heare God except we be peaceable and modeste 〈◊〉 17. 27. m But hindereth Gods worke 〈◊〉 vs. n By 〈◊〉 the worde preached Mat. 7. 21. Rom. 2. 13. o So Gods worde is a glasse wherein we must 〈◊〉 holde our selues and become like vnto him p In so behauing himself a As esteming saith and religiō by the outwarde 〈◊〉 of mē “ Or acceptation b That is are ye not euil affectioned c Seing God 〈◊〉 meth thē we mai not 〈◊〉 thē d The Name of God and Christ whereof you make profession and in that they dishonour God it is not merethat you his children shuld honour thē e whiche is here taken puerbially for the high or brode way wherein there is no turnings and euerie mā can go it so euerie man is our neighbour as wel the poore as the riche Leui. 19. 18. Mat. 22. 39. Mar. 12. 〈◊〉 Rom. 13. 9. 〈◊〉 5. 14. Leui. 19. 15. Deut. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mat 5. 19. Exo. 20. 14. Deuter. 5. 18. Luk. 〈◊〉 11. 1. Iohn 3. 17. f By the mercie of God which de liuereth vs frome the 〈◊〉 of the Lawe g And 〈◊〉 not h 〈◊〉
〈◊〉 ne the clearnes thereof so the hardenes whiche we cannot some time compas or perfectly 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Scri ptures ought not to take away from vs 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 Or 〈◊〉 a That is Christ God 〈◊〉 b That is Christ being man c Which giueth 〈◊〉 and had it in him self Iohn 14. d Before all beginning e The effect of the Gospel is that we all being ioyned together in Christ by faith shulde be the sonnes of God Iohn 8. 18. f The frutes of our faith must de clare whether we beioyned in God or no for God being the verie puritie and 〈◊〉 wil not haue felowship with them which lie in sinne and darkenes h That is Christ with vs and we with our selues g In an euil conscience and with out the feare of God i If we be not ashamed earnest ly and openly to acknowledge our selues before God to 〈◊〉 sinners Ebr. 9. 14. 1. Pet. 1. 19. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 6. 1 king 8 46. 2. Chron. 6. 〈◊〉 Prou. 20 9. “ Or doctrine Eccle. 7. 20. a Christe is our 〈◊〉 Aduocate and 〈◊〉 for the office of intercession and redemption are ioyned together b That is of thē which haue embraced the Gospel by faith in all ages degrees places for there is no saluation without Christ. c That is by faith and so obey him for knowledge cannot be without obedience d Whereby 〈◊〉 loueth God so that to loue God is to obey his worde “ Or doctrine e When the Law was giuen f Louechy neigh bour as thy self is the olde cōmā 〈◊〉 taught in the Law but whē Christ saith So loue one another as I haue loued you giueth a newe commandement onely as touching the forme but not as touching the nature or substance of the precept g He namethall the faithful children as he being their spiritual father attributing to olde 〈◊〉 know ledge of greate things to yong men 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 childrē 〈◊〉 and reuerence to their gouernours h For Christs sake Chap. 3. 14. “ Or the deuil “ Or the deuil i 〈◊〉 it is aduersarie to God Iam. 4. 4. k To liue in 〈◊〉 l 〈◊〉 m Ambition pride n Whiche of semed to haue bene of our nōber because for atime they occupied a place 〈◊〉 the Church o The grace of the holie Gost. p Which is Christ q In this Epistle Whiche I now write vnto you r He that taketh away 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ether of the natures in Christ or he that confoundeth or separateth them els he that putteth not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the per sone of the 〈◊〉 and also he that beleueth not to haue 〈◊〉 of sinnes by his onely 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be the 〈◊〉 Messias s Then the inside les worship not the true God () But he 〈◊〉 cō 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 hathe also the Father t 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him self vnto you teacheth you by the holie Gost and his 〈◊〉 “ Or in Christ. u By this name he meaneth the w 〈◊〉 Churche of Christ in general a Being made the sonnes of God in Christ he 〈◊〉 what qualities we must haue to be discer ned frō 〈◊〉 b That is Christ. c As the 〈◊〉 and head 〈◊〉 which make one perfect bodie d That is in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 doeth reigne so that he seketh not be sanctified Isa 〈◊〉 9. 1. Pet. 2. 〈◊〉 Iohn 8. 44. e As 〈◊〉 by Adam f Whiche is the holie Gost. g He can not 〈◊〉 vnder the power of sinne because the Spirit of God correcteth hiseuil and corrupt affections h He descendeth from the first cable of the commandements to the seconde Iohn 13. 14. 15. 12 Gen. 4. 8. i This loue is the speciall frute of our faith a certeine signe of our 〈◊〉 Chap. 2 10. Leuit. 19. 17. Iohn 15. 13. Ephe. 5. 2. Luk. 3. 11. k whiche is not the cause wherefore we are the sonnes of God but a moste certeine signe l If our 〈◊〉 being giltie of any thing be able to condēne vs muche more the iudgemēt of God whiche knoweth our hearts better thē we our selues is able to cōdemne vs. Iohn 15. 7. 16. 23. Mat. 21. 22. Chap. 〈◊〉 24. Iohn 6. 29 17. 3. Iohn 13. 34. 15. 10 a Them whiche boast that they haue the Spirit to 〈◊〉 or ptophecie b 〈◊〉 being very God came frō his Father toke vpō him our flesh He that 〈◊〉 or preacheth this truely 〈◊〉 the Spirit of God els not c He began to builde the misterie of 〈◊〉 d Satā the prince of the worlde Iohn 8. 47. e With pute affe ction obediēce Iohn 5. 10. f Trueth it is that God hathe declared his loue in many other thīgs but herein hathe passed all other g By his 〈◊〉 death Iohn 1. 18. 1. Tim. 6. 15. h So that his con 〈◊〉 procedeth of faith “ Or towarde vs. i By inspiring it into vs. k Suche as shulde trouble the conscience l For god 〈◊〉 teth him self to vs in thē whiche beare his image Iohn 13. 43. 15. 〈◊〉 a Is regenerat by the vertue of his Spirit b The loue of God must go before or els we cā not loue a right Mat. 11. 30. c They are easie to the sonnes of God whiche are led with his Spi rit for thei delite there in 1. Cor. 15. 57. d That is regene racion e The water and blood that came out of his side de clare that we ha ue our sinnes wa shed by him ād he hath made ful 〈◊〉 for the same f Our minde inspired by the holie Gost. g VVhich 〈◊〉 our hearts that we be the children of God 〈◊〉 3. 37. “ of God Mat. 7. 7. and 21. 22. Chap. 3. 22. Mat. 12. 31. Mar. 3. 29. Luke 12. 10. h Althogh 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be to death yet God through his mer cie pardonoth his in his Sonne Christ. i As theirs is whome GOD doeth so forsake that they fal into vtter dispaire k 〈◊〉 not him selfe so ouer to sinne that he forgetteth God Luke 24. 45. l Tak̄eth hede that he sinne not m That is Satan n VVith a mortal wounde o That is al men generally as of them selues lye as it were buryed in euil p Christe verye God q Meaning from euerie 〈◊〉 and facion of thinge whiche is set vp for anie 〈◊〉 to worship God “ Or worthie and noble b VVe can not re ceiue the grace of God except we haue the true knowledge of him of the whiehe knowledge loue procedeth c Accordyng to Gods 〈◊〉 Iohn 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 d By 〈◊〉 our selues to be seduced e He that 〈◊〉 the limites of pu re 〈◊〉 Rom. 16. 17. f Haue nothinge to do with him nether shew him anie signe of 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 a That is in godlie conuersacion as they whiche haue bothe the knowledge and feare of God b By keping hospitalitie c If thou surnishest them with necessities towarde they iourney knowyng that the Lorde saith He that receiueth you receiueth
righteous shal liue foreuer their rewarde also is with the Lord and the moste High hathe care of them 16 Therefore shal they 〈◊〉 a glorious kingdome and a beautiful crowne of the Lords hand for with his right hand shal he couer them and with his arme shal he de fende them 17 He shal take his 〈◊〉 lousie for armour and shal arme the créatures to be reuenged of the enemies 18 He shal put on righteousnes for a brest-plate and take true iudgement in stead of an helmet 19 He wil take holines for an inuincible shield 20 He wil sharpen fierce wrath for a swor de and the worlde shal fight with him against the vnwise 21 Then shal the thunder boltes go 〈◊〉 outof the lightnings and shal 〈◊〉 to the marke as out of the bēt bowe of the clouds and out of his angre that troweth stones shal thicke haile be cast and the water of the sea shal be wrothe against them and the floods shal mightely ouer flowe 22 And a mightie winde shal stand vp against them and like a storme shal scatter them abroad Thus iniquitie shal bring all the earth to a wildernes and wickednes shal ouerthrowe the thrones of the mightie CHAP. VI. The calling of Kings princes and iudges which are also exhorted to searche wisdome 1 HEare therefore ôye Kings and vnderstand learne ye that be iudges of the ends of the earth 2 Giue eare ye that rule the multitudes and glorie in the multitude of people 3 For the rule * is giuen you of the Lord and power by the moste High which wil trye your workes and searche out your imaginacions 4 Because that ye being officers of his kingdome haue not iudged aright nor kept the Law nor walked after the wil of God 5 Horribly and sodenly wil he appeare vnto you for an hard iudgement shal they haue that beare rule 6 For he that is moste lowe is worthie mercie but the mightie shal be mightely tormented 7 For he that is Lord ouer all wil spare no * persone nether shal he feare anie greatnes for he hathe made the small and great and careth for all a like 8 But for the mightie abideth the sorer tryal 9 Vnto you therefore ô tyrants do I speake that ye may learne wisdome and not go armisse 10 For they that kepe holines holily shal be holie and they that are learned there shal finde a defence 11 Wherefore set your delite vpon my wordes desire them ye shal be instructed 12 Wisdome shineth neuerfadeth away is easely sene of them that loue her foun de of suche as seke her 13 She preuenteth them that desire her that she may first shewe her self vnto them 14 Whoso awaketh vnto her betimes shal haue no great trauail for he shal finde her sitting at his dores 15 To thinke vpon her then is perfite vnderstāding who so watcheth for her shal be sone without care 16 For she goeth about seking suche as are mete for her and sheweth her self cherefully vnto them in the waies and meteth them in euerie thoght 17 For the moste true desire of discipline is her beginning and the care of discipline is loue 18 And loue is the keping of her lawes the keping of the lawes is the assurance of immortalitie 19 And immortalitie maketh vs nere vnto God 20 Therefore the desire of wisdome leadeth to the Kingdome 21 If your delite be then in thrones scepters ô Kings of the people honour wisdome that ye may reigne for euer 22 Now I wil tell you what wisdome is whē ce it cometh and wil not hide the mysteries from you but wil seke her out from the beginning of her natiuitie and bring the know ledge of her into light and wil not kepe bac ke the trueth 23 Nether wil I haue to do with consuming en uie for suche a man shal not be partaker of wisdome 24 But the multitude of the wise is the preseruacion of the worlde and a wise King is the staye of the people 25 Be therefore instructed by my wordes and ye shal haue profite CHAP. VII Wisdome ought to be preferred aboue all things 1 I My self am also mortal and a man like all other and am come of him that was first made of the earth 2 And in my mothers wombe was I facioned to be flesh in ten moneths I was* broght together into blood of the sede of man and by the pleasure that cometh with slepe 3 And when I was borne I receiued the cōmu ne aire and fel vpon the earth which is oflike nature crying weping at the first as all other do 4 I was nourished in swadling clothes with cares 5 For there is no King that had 〈◊〉 other beginning of birth 6 All * menthen haue one entrance vnto life and a like going out 7 Wherefore I prayed and vnderstanding was giuen me I called and the Spirit of wisdome came vnto me 8 I preferred her to scepters and thrones and counted riches nothing in cōparison of her 9 * Nether did I compare precious stones vnto her for all golde is but a litle grauel in respect of her siluer shal be counted but clay before her 10 I loued her aboue health and beautie pur posed to take her for my light for her light can not be quenched 11 All * good things therefore came to me together with her and innumerable riches tho row her hands 12 So I was glad in all for wisdome was the autor thereof and knewe not that she was the mother of these things 13 And I learned vnfainedly and communicated without enuie and I do not hide 〈◊〉 ches 14 For she is an infinite treasure vnto men whi che whoso vse become partakers of the loue of God are accepted for the gifts of know ledge 15 God hathe granted me to speake according to my minde and to iudge worthely of the things that are giuen me for he is the leader vnto wisdome and the 〈◊〉 of the wise 16 For in his hand are bothe we and our wordes and all wisdome and the knowledge of the workes 17 For he hathe giuen me the true knowledge of the things that are so that I knowe how the worlde was made and the powers of the elements 18 The beginning and the end and the middes of the times how the times alter and the chá ge of the seasons 19 The course of the yere the situacion of the starres 20 The nature of liuing things and the furious nes of beasts the power of the windes and the imaginacions of men the diuersities of plants and the vertues of rootes 21 And all things bothe secret and knowen do I know for wisdome the worker of all thīgs hathe taught me it 22 For in her ist he spirit of vnderstanding whi che is holie the onely begotten manifolde subtil moueable cleare vndefiled euident not 〈◊〉 louing
the good sharpe which can not be letted doing good 23 Courteous stable sure without care hauing all power circumspect in all things and 〈◊〉 through all intellectual pure and subtil spirits 24 For wisdome is nimbler then all nimble things she goeth thorow and atteineth to all things because of her purenes 25 For she is the breth of the power of God and a pure influence that floweth from the glorie of the Almightie therefore can no de filed thing come vnto her 26 For * she is the brightnes of the euerlasting 〈◊〉 the vndefiled mirroure of the maiestie of God and the image of his goodnes 27 And being one she can do all things and remaining in her 〈◊〉 renueth all according to the ages she entreth into the holie soules and maketh them the friends of God Prophetes 28 For God loueth none if he dwell not with wisdome 29 For she is more beautiful then the sunne is aboue all the order of the starres and the light is not to be compared vnto her 30 For night cometh vpō it but wickednes cā not ouercome wisdome CHAP. VIII The effects of wisdome 1 SHe also reacheth from one end to another mightely and comely doeth she order all things 2 I haue loued her and soght her frō my youth I desired to marye her suche loue had I vnto her beautie 3 In that she is conuersant with God it commendeth her nobilitie yea the Lord of all things loueth her 4 For she is the scholemastres of the knowled ge of God and the choser out of his workes 5 If riches be a possessiō to be desired in this life what is richer then wisdome that worketh all things 6 For if prudence worketh what is it among all things that worketh better then she 7 If a man loue righteousnes her labours are vertuous for she teacheth sobernes and pru dencie righteousnes and strength which are the moste profitable things that men can haue in this life 8 If a man desire great experience she can tell the things that are past and discerne things to come she knoweth the subtilties of wordes and the solutions of darke sentences she foreseeth the 〈◊〉 wonders or euer they come to passe and the succes of seasons and times 9 Therefore I purposed to take her vnto my companie knowing that she wolde counsel me good things and comfort me in cares griefs 10 For her sake shal I haue glorie among the multitude and honour among the Elders thogh I be yong 11 I shal be founde of sharpe iudgement so that I shal be marueilous in the sight of great men 12 When I holde my tongue they shal abide my leasure when I speake they shal heare di ligently and if I take muche they shal laye their hands vpon their mouth 13 Moreouer by her I shal obteine immortalitie and leaue an euer lasting memorial amōg them that come 〈◊〉 me 14 I shal gouerne the people and the nacions shal be subdued vnto me 15 Horrible tyrants shal be afrayed when they heare me among the multitude I shal be coū ted good and mightie in battel 16 When I come home I shal rest with her for her companie hathe no bitternes and her fe lowshippe hathe no tediousnes but mirthe and ioye 17 Now when I considered these things by my self and pondered them in mine heart how that to be ioyned vnto wisdome is immortalitie 18 And great pleasure is in her friendshippe and that in the workes of her hands are infinite riches and that in the exercise of talking with her is prudencie and glorie by cō muning with 〈◊〉 I went about seking how I might take her vnto me 19 For I was a wittie childe and was of a good spirit 20 Yea rather being good I came to an vndefiled bodie 21 Neuertheles when I perceiued that I colde not enioye her except God gaue her that was a pointe of wisdome also to knowe whose gifte it was I went vnto the LORD and besoght him and with my whole heart I said CHAP. IX A prayer of Salomon to obteine wisdome 1 O God of fathers and Lord of mercie whi che hast made all things with thy worde 2 And ordeined man thorow thy wisdome that he shulde haue * dominiō ouer the crea tures which thou hast made 3 And gouerne the worlde according to equitie and righteousnes and execute iudgement with an vpright heart 4 Giue * me that wisdome which sitteth by thythrone and put me not out from among thy children 5 For I thy * seruant and sonne of thine handmaide am a feble persone of a shorte time and yet lesse in the vnderstanding of iudgement and the lawes 6 And thogh a man be neuer so perfite among the children of men yet if thy wisdome be not with him he shal be nothing regarded 7 * Thou hast chosē me to be a King of thy peo ple the iudge of thy sonnes daughters 8 Thou hast commanded me to buyld a temple vpon thine holy Mount an altar in the citie wherein thou dwellest a likenes of thine holie Tabernacle which thou hast prépared from the beginning 9 And thy * wisdome with thee which know eth thy workes which also was when thou madest the worlde and which knewe what was acceptable in thy sight and right in thy commandements 10 Send her out of thine holy heauēs and send her from the throne of thy maiestie that she may be with me labour that I may know what is acceptable in thy sight 11 For she knoweth vnderstandeth all things and she shallead me soberly in my workes preserue me by her glorie 12 So shal my workes be acceptable and then shal I gouerne thy people righteously be mete for my fathers throne 13 For * what man is he that can knowe the coū sel of God or who can thinke what the wil of God is 14 For the thoghts of mortal men are feareful and our forecastes are vncerteine 15 Because a corruptible bodie is heauie vnto the soule and the earthlie mansion kepeth downe the minde that is ful of cares 16 And hardly can we discerne the things that are vpō earth ād with great labour finde we out the things which are before vs who cā then seke out the things that are in heauen 17 Who can knowe thy counsel except thou giue him wisdome and send thine holy Spirit from aboue 18 For so the wayes of them whiche are vpon earth are reformed and men are taught the things that are pleasant vnto thee and are preserued thorow wisdome CHAP. X. The 〈◊〉 of the righteous and destruction of the enemies cometh thorowe wisdome 1 SHe preserued the first father of the world that was formed and kept hym when he was created alone and broght hym out of his offence 2 And * gaue him power to rule all things 3 * But the vnrighteous in his wrath departed from her ād perished